bm.3^References^-1^-1^,R-1,R-2,R-3,R-4,R-5,R-6,R-7,R-8,R-9,R-10,R-11,R-12,R-13,R-14,R-15,R-16,R-17,R-18,R-19,R-20,R-21,R-22,R-23,R-24,R-25,R-26,R-27,R-28,R-29,R-30,R-31,R-32,R-33,R-34,R-35,R-36,R-37,R-38,R-39,R-40,R-41,R-42,R-43,R-44,R-45,R-46,R-47,R-48,R-49,R-50,R-51,R-52,R-53,^22803^25455%
Page R-1
References
Aaron, S. (1986). Stage fright. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

ABC News (2007). Basic instincts: The science of evil. ABC News Primetime. Retrieved online on 3/14/2007 from http://abcnews.go.com/Primetime/story?id=2765416&page=1

Abdul-Rahim, H. F., Holmboe-Ottesen, G., Stene, L. C. M., Husseini, A., Giacaman, R., Jervell, J., & Bjertness, E. (2003). Obesity in a rural and an urban Palestinian West Bank population. International Journal of Obesity, 27, 140–146.
Abel, T., & Kandel, E. (1998). Positive and negative regulatory mechanisms that mediate long-term memory storage. Brain Research Reviews, 26, 360–378.
Abi-Dargham, A., & Guillen, A. (Eds.) (2007). Integrating the neurobiology of schizophrenia. New York: Elsevier Science.
Abraham, K. (1911). Notes on the psychoanalytic investigation and treatment of manic-depressive insanity and allied conditions. In Selected papers of Karl Abraham. New York: Basic Books, 1968.
Abramov, I., & Gordon, J. (1994). Color appearance: On seeing red—or yellow, or green, or blue. Annual Review of Psychology, 45, 451–485.
Abramson, L. Y., Seligman, M. E. P., & Teasdale, J. D. (1978). Learned helplessness in humans: Critique and reformulation. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 87, 49–74.
Achter, J., Lubinski, D., & Benbow, C. P. (1996). Multipotentiality among the intellectually gifted: “It was never there and already it's vanishing.” Journal of Counseling Psychology, 43, 65–76.
Adair, R. K. (1990). The physics of baseball. New York: Harper & Row.
Adam, J. J., Hommel, B., & Umilta, C. (2005). Preparing for perception and action (II): Automatic and effortful processes in response cueing. Visual Cognition, 12, 1444–1473.
Adams, P. R., & Cox, K. J. A. (2002). Synaptic Darwinism and neocortical function. Neurocomputing, 42, 197–214.
Adelmann, P. K., & Zajonc, R. B. (1989). Facial efference and the experience of emotion. Annual Review of Psychology, 40, 249–280.
Ader, R. (2001). Psychoneuroimmunology. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 10, 94–98.
Ader, R., & Cohen, N. (1975). Behaviorally conditioned immunosuppression. Psychosomatic Medicine, 37, 333–340.
Ader, R., & Cohen, N. (1982). Behaviorally conditioned immunosuppression and murine systemic lupus erythematosus. Science, 215(4539), 1534–1536.
Adrés, P. (2003). Frontal cortex as the central executive of working memory: Time to revise our view. Cortex, 39, 871–895.
Aggleton, J. P. (1993). The contribution of the amygdala to normal and abnormal emotional states. Trends in Neurosciences, 16, 328–333.
Agnew, H. W., Jr., Webb, W. B., & Williams, R. L. (1967). Comparison of stage four and 1-REM sleep deprivation. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 24, 851–858.
Ahadi, S. & Diener, E. (1989). Multiple determinants and effect size. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 398–406.
Ahn, H. J. (2005). Child care teachers' strategies in children's socialization of emotion. Early Child Development & Care, 175, 49–61.
Ai, A. K., Peterson, C., & Ubelhor, D. (2002). War-related trauma and symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder among adult Kosovar refugees. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 15, 157–160.
Aiello, R. (Ed.). (1994). Musical perceptions. London: Oxford University Press.
Ainsworth, M., Blehar, M. C., Waters, E., & Wall, S. (1978). Patterns of attachment: A psychological study of the strange situation. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Airey, D., & Sodhi, M. (2007). Schizophrenia. New York: Chelsea House.
Aitchison, J. (1998). The articulate mammal: An introduction to psycholinguistics. Florence, KY: Taylor & Francis/Routledge.
Aitken, S., & Bower T. G. (1982). Intersensory substitution in the blind. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 33, 309–323.
Ajzen, I. (1991). The theory of planned behavior. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 50, 179–211.
Akerstedt, T., Kecklund, G., & Hoerte, L. G. (2001). Night driving, season and the risk of highway accidents. Sleep: Journal of Sleep and Sleep Disorders Research, 24, 401–406.
Alanko, L. O., Laitinen, J. T., Stenberg, D., & Porkka-Heiskanen, T. (2004). Adenosine Al receptor-dependent G-protein activity in the rat brain during prolonged wakefulness. Neuroreport: For Rapid Communication of Neuroscience Research, 15, 2133–2137.
Albee, G. W. (1997). Speak no evil? American Psychologist, 52, 1143–1144.
Alcock, J. (2005). Animal behavior: An evolutionary approach (8th ed.). New York: Sinauer.
Alcock, J. E. (2003). Give the null hypothesis a chance: Reasons to remain doubtful about the existence of psi. In J. E. Alcock, J. E. Burns, & A. Freeman (Eds.), Psi wars: Getting to grips with the paranormal. Charlottesville, VA: Imprint Academic.
Aldridge, S. (1998). The thread of life: The story of genes and genetic engineering. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Alexander, F. (2004). A classic in psychotherapy integration revisited: The dynamics of psychotherapy in the light of learning theory. Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, 14, 347–359.
Alfieri, T., Ruble, D. N., & Higgins, E. T. (1996). Gender stereotypes during adolescence: Developmental changes and the transition to junior high school. Developmental Psychology, 32, 1129–1137.
Alison, L., Kebbell, M., & Lewis, P. (2006). Considerations for experts in assessing the credibility of recovered memories of child sexual abuse: The importance of maintaining a case-specific focus. Psychology, Public Policy, and Law, 12, 419–441.

Allen Institute of Brain Science (2006, September 6). Allen Institute for Brain Science Completes Brain Atlas. Retrieved September 8, 2006 from http://www.alleninstitute.org.

Allen, M. (1991). Meta-analysis comparing the persuasiveness of one-sided and two-sided messages. Western Journal of Speech Communication, 55, 390–404.
Allen, M., D'Alessio, D., & Brezgel, K. (1995). A meta-analysis summarizing the effects of pornography: II. Aggression after exposure. Human Communication Research, 22, 258–283.
Allen, M., D'Alessio, D., & Emmers-Sommer, T. M. (2000). Reactions of criminal sexual offenders to pornography: A meta-analytic summary. In M. Roloff (Ed.), Communication Yearbook 22. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Allport, G. W. (1954). The nature of prejudice. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Allport, G. W., & Odbert, H. S. (1936). Trait names: A psycho-lexical study. Psychological Monographs, 47(Whole No. 211).
Alonso, C., & Coe, C. J. (2001). Disruptions of social relationships accentuate the association between emotional distress and menstrual pain in young women. Health Psychology, 20, 411–416.
Alport, G. W., & Postman, L. J. (1947). The psychology of rumor. New York: Holt.
Altman, I., & Taylor, D. A. (1973). Social penetration: The development of interpersonal relationships. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
Page R-2
Altman, J., & Bayer, S. A. (1996). Development of the cerebellar system: In relation to its evolution, structure and functions. Boca Raton, FL: CRC-Press.
Amato, P. R, & Afifi, T. D. (2006). Feeling caught between parents: Adult children's relations with parents and subjective well-being. Journal of Marriage and Family, 68, 222–235.
Amato, P. R., & Keith, B. (1991). Parental divorce and the well-being of children: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 110, 26–46.
American Psychiatric Association. (1990). The practice of ECT: Recommendations for treatment, training, and privileging. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.
American Psychiatric Association. (1994). The diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (4th ed.). Washington, DC: Author.
American Psychiatric Association. (2000). The diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, fourth edition, text revision (DSMIV). Washington, DC: Author.
American Psychological Association Research Office. (2001). Employment characteristics of APA members by membership status, 2000 (Table 4). In 2000 APA Directory Survey. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
American Psychological Association. (2002). Ethical principles of psychologists and code of conduct. American Psychologist, 57, 1060–1073.

American Psychological Association. (2007a). About APA. Retrieved January 8, 2007 from http://www.apa.org/about.html

American Psychological Association. (2007b). What is ACT? Retrieved January 8, 2007 from http://actagainstviolence.apa.org/about/what/index.html#two

American Psychological Association Task Force (2006). Evidence-based practice in psychology. American Psychologist, 61, 271–285.

American Psychological Society. (2005). History of APS. Retrieved March 13, 2005, from http://www.psychologicalscience.org/about/history.cfm

American Psychological Society. (2007). History of APS. Retrieved January 8, 2007, from http://www.psychologicalscience.org/about/history.cfm

Ames, C. (1992). Achievement goals and adaptive motivation patterns: The role of the environment. In G. Roberts (Ed.), Motivation in sport and exercise. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Anand, B. K., & Brobeck, J. R. (1951). Hypothalamic control of food intake in rats and cats. Yale Journal of Biology and Medicine, 24, 123–140.
Anderson, C. A. (2004). An update on the effects of playing violent video games. Journal of Adolescence, 27, 113–122.
Anderson, C. A., & Bushman, B. J. (2002). Human aggression. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 27–51.
Anderson, J. R. (1985). Cognitive psychology and its implications (2nd ed.). New York: Freeman.
Anderson, J. R. (1991). The adaptive nature of human categorization. Psychological Review, 98, 409–429.
Anderson, M. C., & Neely, J. H. (1996). Interference and inhibition in memory retrieval. In E. L. Bjork & R. A. Bjork (Eds.), Memory: Handbook of perception and cognition (2nd ed.). San Diego: Academic Press.
Anderson, N. D., & Craik, F. I. M. (2000). Memory in the aging brain. In E. Tulving & F. I. M. Craik (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of memory. New York: Oxford University Press.
Andreason, N. C., Arndt, S., Swayze, V., Cizadlo, T., et al. (1994). Thalamic abnormalities in schizophrenia visualized through magnetic resonance image averaging. Science, 266, 294–298.
Andrews, F. M. (1991). Stability and change in levels and structure of subjective well-being: USA 1972 and 1988. Social Indicators Research, 25, 1–30.
Ankney, C. D. (1992). Sex differences in relative brain size: The mismeasure of women, too? Intelligence, 16, 329–336.
Anthony, J. C., Warner, L. A., & Kessler, R. C. (1997). Comparative epidemiology of dependence on tobacco, alcohol, controlled substances, and inhalants: Basic findings from the National Comorbidity Survey. In G. A. Marlatt & G. R. VandenBos (Eds.), Addictive behaviors: Readings on etiology, prevention and treatment. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Anton, R. F. (2001). Pharmacologic approaches to the management of alcoholism. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 62, 11–17.
Antonuccio, D. O., Danton, W. G., et al. (2003). Psychology in the prescription era: Building a firewall between marketing and science. American Psychologist 58, 1028–1043.
Antrobus, J. (1991). Dreaming: Cognitive processes during cortical activation and high afferent thresholds. Psychological Review, 98, 96–121.
APA Monitor (1997, December). Author, 28(12).
Aponte, H., & Hoffman, L. (1973). The open door. A structural approach to a family with an anorectic child. Family Process, 12, 1–44.
Arean, P. (2007). Mood disorders: Depressive disorders. In M. Hersen, S. M. Turner, & D. C. Beidel (Eds.), Adult psychopathology and diagnosis. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
“A Recovering Patient.” (1986). “Can we talk?” The schizophrenic patient in psychotherapy. American Journal of Psychiatry, 143, 68–70.
Argyle, M. (1999). Causes and correlates of happiness. In D. Kahneman, E. Diener, & N. Schwarz (Eds.), Well-being: The foundations of hedonic psychology. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.
Ariznavarreta, C., Cardinali, D. P., Villanua, M. A., Granados, B., Martin, M., Chiesa, J. J., et al. (2002). Circadian rhythms in airline pilots submitted to long-haul transmeridian flights. Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, 73, 445–455.
Arnett, J. J. (1999). Adolescent storm and stress, reconsidered. American Psychologist, 54, 317–326.
Arnett, J. J. (2001). Conceptions of the transition to adulthood: Perspectives from adolescence through midlife. Journal of Adult Development, 8, 133–143.
Arnett, P. A. (1997). Autonomic responsivity in psychopaths: A critical review and theoretical proposal. Clinical Psychology Review, 17, 903–936.
Aron, E., Aron, A., & Davies, K. M. (2005). Adult shyness: The interaction of temperamental sensitivity and an adverse childhood environment. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 181–197.
Aronson, E. (2004). Reducing hostility and building compassion: Lessons from the jigsaw classroom. In A. Miller (Ed.), The social psychology of good and evil. New York: Guilford Press.
Aronson, E., Stephan, C., Sikes, J., Blaney, N., & Snopp, M. (1978). The jigsaw classroom. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.
Aronson, J., Lustina, M. J., Good, C., Keough, K., Steele, C. M., & Brown, J. (1999). When White men can't do math: Necessary and sufficient factors in stereotype threat. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 35, 29–46.
Arrow, H., & Burns, K. L. (2004). Self-organizing culture: How norms emerge in small groups. In M. Schaller, & C. S. Crandall (Eds.), The psychological foundations of culture. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Arundale, R. B. (2005). Pragmatics, conversational implicature, and conversation. In K. L. Fitch & R. E. Sanders (Eds.), Handbook of language and social interaction. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Asch, S. E. (1946). Forming impressions of personality. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 41, 258–290.
Asch, S. E. (1951). Effects of group pressure upon the modification and distortion of judgment. In H. Guetzkow (Ed.), Groups, leadership, and men. Pittsburgh: Carnegie Press.
Asch, S. E. (1956). Studies of independence and conformity: A minority of one against a unanimous majority. Psychological Monographs, 70, 416.
Asimov, I. (1997). Isaac Asimov's book of facts. New York: Random House/Wings Books.
Aspinwall, L. G., & Staudinger, U. M. (Eds.). (2003). A psychology of human strengths: Fundamental questions and future directions for a positive psychology. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Assanand, S. P., John, P. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1998). Teaching theories of hunger and eating: Overcoming students' misconceptions. Teaching of Psychology, 25, 44–46.
Assor, A., Roth, G., & Deci, E. L. (2004). The emotional costs of parents' conditional regard: A self-determination theory analysis. Journal of Personality, 72, 47–88.
Page R-3
Atkinson, J. W. (Ed.). (1958). Motives in fantasy, action, and society. Princeton, NJ: Van Nostrand.
Atkinson, J. W. (1964). An introduction to motivation. Princeton, NJ: Van Nostrand.
Atkinson, J. W., & Birch, D. (1978). An introduction to motivation. New York: Van Nostrand.
Atkinson, R. C., & Shiffrin, R. M. (1968). Human memory: A proposed system and its control processes. In K. W. Spence & J. T. Spence (Eds.), Advances in the psychology of learning and motivation: Research and theory (Vol. 2). New York: Academic Press.
Auerbach, S. M. (1989). Stress management and coping research in the health care setting: An overview and methodological commentary. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 57, 388–395.
Auld, F., Hyman, M., & Rudzinski, D. (2005). Resolution of inner conflict: An introduction to psychoanalytic therapy. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Avenell, A., Brown, T. J., Mc Gee, M. A., Campbell, M. K., et al. (2004). What interventions should we add to weight reducing diets in adults with obesity? A systematic review of randomized controlled trials of adding drug therapy, exercise, behaviour therapy or a combination of these interventions. Journal of Human Nutrition and Dietetics, 17, 293–316.
Ayllon, T., & Azrin, N. H. (1968). The token economy: A motivational system for therapy and rehabilitation. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
Ayres, J. J. B. (1998). Fear conditioning and avoidance. In W. T. O'Donohue (Ed.), Learning and behavior therapy. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Baars, B. J. (1997). In the theatre of consciousness: Global workspace theory, a rigorous scientific theory of consciousness. Journal of Consciousness Studies, 4, 292–309.
Baars, B. J. (2002). The conscious access hypothesis: Origins and recent evidence. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 6, 47–52.
Bach-y-Rita, P. (2004). Tactile sensory substitution studies. In M. C. Roco & C. D. Montemagno (Eds.), The coevolution of human potential and converging technologies. New York: New York Academy of Sciences.
Backhaus, W. G., Kliegl, R., & Werner, J. S. (Eds.). (1998). Color vision: Perspectives from different disciplines. New York: Walter de Gruyter.
Baddeley, A. (2007). Working memory, thought, and action. London: Oxford University Press.
Baddeley, A. D. (1990). Human memory: Theory and practice. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Baddeley, A. D. (2002). Is working memory still working? European Psychologist, 7, 85–97.
Baddeley, A. D., & Hitch, G. J. (1974). Working memory. In G. H. Bower (Ed.), The psychology of learning and motivation (Vol. 8). New York: Academic Press.
Baehr, E. K. (2001). Circadian phase-delaying effects of nocturnal exercise in older and young adults. Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering, 62(4-B), 2105.
Bagge, C., Nickell, A., Stepp, S., Durrett, C., Jackson, K., & Trull, T. J. (2004). Borderline personality disorder features predict negative outcomes 2 years later. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 113, 279–288.
Bagley, C., & Ramsay, R. (1997). Suicidal behaviour in adolescents and adults: Research, taxonomy and prevention. Ashgate, England: Ashgate Publishing.
Bahrick, H. P. (1984). Semantic memory content in permastore: Fifty years of memory for Spanish learned in school. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 113, 1–29.
Bahrick, H. P. (2005). The long-term neglect of long-term memory: Reasons and remedies. In A. F. Healy (Ed.), Experimental cognitive psychology and its applications: Decade of behavior. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Bahrick, H. P., Bahrick, P. O., & Wittlinger, R. P. (1975). Fifty years of memory for names and faces: A cross-sectional approach. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 104, 54–75.
Bahrick, H. P., Hall, L. K., & Berger, S. A. (1996). Accuracy and distortion in memory for high school grades. Psychological Science, 7, 265–271.
Bailey, J. M., Dunne, M. P., & Martin, N. G. (2000). Genetic and environmental influences on sexual orientation and its correlates in an Australian twin sample. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 524–536.
Bailey, J. M., & Pillard, R. C. (1991). A genetic study of male sexual orientation. Archives of General Psychiatry, 48, 1089–1096.
Bailey, J. M., Pillard, R. C., Neale, M. C., & Agyei, Y. (1993). Heritable factors influence sexual orientation in women. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 217–223.
Baillargeon, R. (2004). Infants' physical world. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 89–94.
Ball, J., & Mosselle, K. (1995). Health risk behaviors of adolescents in Singapore. Asian Journal of Psychology, 1, 54–62.
Ballenger, J. C. (2000). Panic disorder and agoraphobia. In G. Fink (Ed.), Encyclopedia of stress. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Baltes, P. B., Glück, J., & Kunzmann, U. (2002). Wisdom: Its structure and function in successful lifespan development. In C. R. Snyder & S. J. Lopez (Eds.), Handbook of positive psychology (pp. 327–350). New York: Oxford University Press.
Baltes, P. B., & Kunzmann, U. (2004). The two faces of wisdom: Wisdom as a general theory of knowledge and judgment about excellence in mind and virtue vs. wisdom as everyday realization in people and products. Human Development, 47, 290–299.
Baltes, P., & Staudinger, U. M. (2000). Wisdom: A metaheuristic (pragmatic) to orchestrate mind and virtue toward excellence. American Psychologist, 55, 122–136.
Bandura, A. (1965). Influence of models' reinforcement contingencies on the acquisition of imitated responses. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1, 589–595.
Bandura, A. (1969). Principles of behavior modification. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of thought and action: A social-cognitive theory. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Bandura, A. (1989). Social cognitive theory. Annals of Child Development, 6, 3–58.
Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. New York: W. H. Freeman.
Bandura, A. (1999). Social cognitive theory of personality. In D. Cervone & Y. Shoda (Eds.), The coherence of personality. New York: Guilford Press.
Bandura, A. (2000). Health promotion from the perspective of social cognitive theory. In P. Norman, C. Abraham, & M. Conner (Eds.), Understanding and changing health and behaviour. Reading, England: Harwood.
Bandura, A. (2002a). Environmental sustainability by sociocognitive deceleration of population growth. In P. Schmuck & W. P. Schultz (Eds.), Psychology of sustainable development. Dordrecht, Netherlands: Kluwer.
Bandura, A. (2002b). Growing primacy of human agency in adaptation and change in the electronic era. European Psychologist, 7, 2–16.
Bandura, A. (2004). Social cognitive theory for personal and social change by enabling media. In A. Singhal, M. J. Cody, E. M. Rogers, & M. Sabido (Eds.), Entertainment-education and social change: History, research, and practice. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Bandura, A. (2006a). Going global with social cognitive theory: From prospect to paydirt. In S. I. Donaldson, D. E. Berger, & K. Pezdek (Eds.), Applied psychology: New frontiers and rewarding careers. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Bandura, A. (2006b). Toward a psychology of human agency. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 1, 164–180.
Bandura, A., & Cervone, D. (1983). Self-evaluative and self-efficacy mechanisms governing the motivational effects of goal systems. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 45, 1017–1028.
Bandura, A., O'Leary, A., Taylor, C., et al. (1987). Perceived self-efficacy and pain control: Opioid and nonopioid mechanisms. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 563–571.
Barber, J. (1998). The mysterious persistence of hypnotic analgesia. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 46, 28–43.
Barber, T. X. (1961). Death by suggestion. Psychosomatic Medicine, 23, 153–155.
Barefoot, J. C., Peterson, B. L., Harrell, F. E., Hlatky, M. A., Pryor, D. B., Haney, T. L., et al. (1989). Type A behavior and survival: A follow-up study of 1,467 patients with coronary artery disease. The American Journal of Cardiology, 64, 427–432.
Page R-4
Bargh, J. A., & Chartrand, T. L. (1999). The unbearable automaticity of being. American Psychologist, 54, 462–479.
Bargh, J. A., & Williams, E. L. (2006). The automaticity of social life. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 15, 1–4.
Bar-Haim, Y., Lamy, D., Pergamin, L., Bakermans-Kranenburg, M., & van Ijzendoorn, M. H. (2007). Threat-related attentional bias in anxious and non-anxious individuals; A meta-analytic study. Psychological Bulletin, 133, 1–24.
Barlow, D. H. (1997). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for panic disorder: Current status. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 58(Suppl. 2), 32–36.
Barlow, D. H. (2002). Anxiety and its disorders. New York: Guilford Press.
Barlow, D. H., Rapee, R. M., & Reisner, L. C. (2001). Mastering stress 2001: A lifestyle approach. Dallas, TX: American Health.
Barnes, G. E., & Prosen, H. (1985). Parental death and depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 94, 64–69.
Barnett, J. E., & Porter, J. E. (1998). The suicidal patient: Clinical and risk management strategies. In L. VandeCreek & S. Knapp (Eds.), Innovations in clinical practice: A source book (Vol. 16). Sarasota, FL: Professional Resource Press.
Barnett, W. S., & Camilli, G. (2002). Compensatory preschool education, cognitive development, and “race.” In J. Fish (Ed.), Race and intelligence: Separating science from myth. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Baron, R. S., Cutrona, C. E., Hicklin, D., Russell, D. W., & Lubaroff, D. M. (1990). Social support and immune responses among spouses of cancer patients. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 344–352.
Barondes, S. H. (1999). Mood genes: Hunting for origins of mania and depression. New York: Oxford University Press.
Barrett, G. V., & Depinet, R. L. (1991). A reconsideration of testing for competence rather than intelligence. American Psychologist, 46, 1012–1024.
Barrow, C. J. (2003). Environmental change and human development: The place of environmental change in human evolution. New York: Oxford University Press.
Bartholow, B. D., & Anderson, C. A. (2002). Effects of violent video games on aggressive behavior: Potential sex differences. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 283–290.
Bartholomew, D. L. (2005). Measuring intelligence: Facts and fallacies. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Bartlett, F. C. (1932). Remembering: A study in experimental and social psychology. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Basedow, H. (1925). The Australian aboriginal. Adelaide, Australia: F. W. Preece.
Bates, M. S., Edwards, W. T., & Anderson, K. O. (1993). Ethnocultural influences on variation in chronic pain perception. Pain, 52, 101–112.
Batson, C. D. (1991). The altruism question: Toward a social-psychological answer. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Batson, C. D. (2006). “Not all self-interest after all”: Economics of empathy-induced altruism. In D. De Cremer, D. M. Zeelenberg, & J. K. Murnighan (Eds.), Social psychology and economics. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Baum, A. (1994). Disease processes: Behavioral, biological, and environmental interactions in disease processes. In S. J. Blumenthal, K. Matthews, & S. M. Weiss (Eds.), New research frontiers in behavioral medicine: Proceedings of the national conference. Washington, DC: NIH Publications.
Baum, A., Krantz, D. S., & Gatchel, R. J. (1997). An introduction to health psychology (3rd ed.). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Baum, A., & Posluszny, D. M. (1999). Health psychology: Mapping biobehavioral contributions to health and illness. Annual Review of Psychology, 50, 137–164.
Baumeister, R. (Ed.). (1993). Self-esteem: The puzzle of low self regard. New York: Plenum.
Baumeister, R. F., Catanese, K. R., & Vohs, K. D. (2001). Is there a gender difference in strength of sex drive? Theoritical views, conceptual distinctions, and a review of relevant evidence. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 5, 242–273.
Baumeister, R. F., & Leary, M. R. (1995). The need to belong: Desire for interpersonal attachments as a fundamental human motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 497–529.
Baumeister, R. F., & Tice, D. M. (1990). Anxiety and social exclusion. Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 9, 165–195.
Baumrind, D. (1964). Some thoughts on ethics of research: After reading Milgram's behavioral study of “obedience.” American Psychologist, 19, 421–423.
Baumrind, D. (1967). Child care practices anteceding three patterns of preschool behavior. Genetic Psychology Monographs, 75, 43–88.
Baumrind, D., Larzelere, R. E., & Cowan, P. A. (2002). Ordinary physical punishment: Is it harmful? Comment on Gershoff (2002). Psychological Bulletin, 128, 580–589.
Bauserman, R. (1996). Sexual aggression and pornography: A review of correlational research. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 18, 405–427.
Bayley, T. M., Dye, L., Jones, S., DeBono, M., & Hill, A. J. (2002). Food cravings and aversions during pregnancy: Relationships with nausea and vomiting. Appetite, 38, 45–51.
Beahrs, J. O. (1994). Dissociative identity disorder: Adaptive deception of self and others. Bulletin of the American Academy of Psychiatric Law, 22, 223–237.
Beaman, A. L., Barnes, P. J., Klentz, B., & McQuirk, B. (1978). Increasing helping rates through information dissemination: Teaching pays. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 406–411.
Beatty, M. J., Heisel, A. D., Hall, A. E., Levine, T. R., & La France, B. H. (2002). What can we learn from the study of twins about genetic and environmental influences on interpersonal affiliation, aggressiveness, and social anxiety? A meta-analytic study. Communication Monographs, 69, 1–18.
Beauchamp, G. K., & Bartoshuk L. (Eds.). (1997). Tasting and smelling. Philadelphia: Academic Press.
Beck, A. T. (1976). Cognitive therapy and the emotional disorders. New York: International Universities Press.
Beck, A. T. (2002). Cognitive patterns in dreams and daydreams. Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy, 16, 23–28.
Beck, A. T., Freeman, A., & Davis, D. D. (2004). Cognitive therapy of personality disorders (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford.
Beck, A. T., Rush, A. J., Shaw, B. F., & Emery, G. (1979). Cognitive therapy of depression. New York: Guilford Press.
Becker, A. E., Grinspoon, S. K., Klibanski, A., & Herzog, D. B. (1999). Current concepts: Eating disorders. New England Journal of Medicine, 340, 1092–1098.
Becker, J. (2004). Reconsidering the role of overcoming perturbations in cognitive development: Constructivism and consciousness. Human Development, 47, 77–93.
Beecher, H. K. (1959). Generalization from pain of various types and diverse origins. Science, 130, 267–268.
Beidel, D. C., & Turner, S. M. (2007). Shy children, phobic adults: Nature and treatment of social anxiety disorders. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Beidel, D. C., Turner, S. M., & Stipelman, B. (2007). Anxiety disorders. In M. Hersen, S. M. Turner, & D. C. Beidel (Eds.), Adult psychopathology and diagnosis. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Beilcock, S. L., & Carr, T. H. (2001). On the fragility of skilled performance: What governs choking under pressure? Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 130, 701–725.
Bekesy, G. von. (1957). The ear. Scientific American, 230, 66–78.
Bell, A. P., Weinberg, M. S., & Hammersmith, S. K. (1981). Sexual preference: Its development in men and women. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
Bell, J. H., & Bromnick, R. D. (2003). The social reality of the imaginary audience: A ground theory approach. Adolescence, 38, 205–219.
Bellack, A. S., Mueser, K. T., Gingerich, S., & Agresta, J. (2004). Social skills training for schizophrenia (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.
Belloc, N. B. (1973). Relationship of health practices and mortality. Preventive Medicine, 2, 67–81.
Bem, D. J. (1972). Self-perception theory. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 6). New York: Academic Press.
Bem, D. J. (1996). Exotic becomes erotic: A developmental theory of sexual orientation. Psychological Review, 103, 320–335.
Page R-5
Bem, D. J. (2001). Exotic becomes erotic: Integrating biological and experiential antecedents of sexual orientation. In A. R. D'Augelli & C. J. Patterson (Eds.), Lesbian, gay, and bisexual identities and youth: Psychological perspectives. London: Oxford University Press.
Bem, D. J., & Honorton, C. (1994). Does psi exist? Replicable evidence for an anomalous process of information transfer. Psychological Bulletin, 115, 4–18.
Bem, S. L. (1981). Gender schema theory: A cognitive account of sex typing. Psychological Review, 88, 354–364.
Benedito-Silva, A. A., Menna-Barreto, I. S., Cipolla-Neto, J., Marques, N., & Tenreiro, S. (1989). A self-evaluation questionnaire for the determination of morningness-eveningness types in Brazil. Chronobiologia, 16, 311.
Bengtson, V. L. (2001). Beyond the nuclear family: The increasing importance of multigenerational bonds. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 63, 1–16.
Benjamin, A. S., & Bjork, R. A. (2000). On the relationship between recognition speed and accuracy for words rehearsed via rote versus elaborative rehearsal. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 26, 638–648.
Benjamin, L. S. (2003). Interpersonal reconstructive therapy: Promoting change in nonresponders. New York: Guilford Press.
Bennett, H. L. (1983). Remembering drink orders: The memory skills of cocktail waitresses. Human Learning, 2, 157–169.
Benson, H., & Klipper, M. Z. (1976). The relaxation response. New York: Morrow.
Berg, C. A. (2000). Intellectual development in adulthood. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Handbook of intelligence. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Berkowitz, L., & Harmon-Jones, E. (2004). Toward an understanding of the determinants of anger. Emotion, 4, 107–130.
Bernichon, T., Cook, K. E., & Brown, J. D. (2003). Seeking self-evaluative feedback: The interactive role of global self-esteem and specific self-views. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 194–204.
Bernstein, S. E., & Carr, T. H. (1996). Dual-route theories of pronouncing printed words: What can be learned from concurrent task performance? Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 22, 86–116.
Berntsen, D. (2001). Involuntary memories of emotional events: Do memories of traumas and extremely happy events differ? Applied Cognitive Psychology, 5, S135–S158.
Berridge, K. C. (2004). Motivation concepts in behavioral neuroscience. Physiology and Behavior, 81, 179–209.
Berry, J. W., Poortinga, Y. H., Segall, M. H., & Dasen, P. (1992). Cross-cultural psychology: Research and application. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Berry, L. M. (1998). Psychology at work (2nd ed.). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Berthoud, H. R. (2002). Multiple neural systems controlling food intake and body weight. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 26, 393–428.
Best, S. J., Krueger, B., Hubbard, C., & Smith, A. (2001). An assessment of the generalizability of Internet surveys. Social Science Computer Review, 19, 131–145.
Betta, M. (Ed.) (2006). The moral, social, and commercial imperatives of genetic testing and screening: The Australian case. New York: Springer.
Beutler, L. E. (2002). The dodo bird is extinct. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 9, 30–34.
Beutler, L. E., & Malik, M. L. (2002). Rethinking the DSM: A psychological perspective. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Beyer, S. (1990). Gender differences in the accuracy of self-evaluations of performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 960–970.
Bialystok, E. (2001). Bilingualism in development: Language, literacy, and cognition. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Bialystok, E., & Martin, M. M. (2004). Attention and inhibition in bilingual children: Evidence from the dimensional change card sort task. Developmental Science, 7, 325–339.
Biederman, J. (1998). Attention-deficit/hyper-active disorder: A life-span perspective. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 59, 1–13.
Bieling, P. J., Israeli, A. L., & Antony, M. M. (2004). Is perfectionism good, bad, or both? Examining models of the perfectionism construct. Personality and Individual Differences, 36, 1373–1385.
Biemiller, A., & Slonim, N. (2001). Estimating root word vocabulary growth in normative and advantaged populations: Evidence for a common sequence of vocabulary acquisition. Journal of Educational Psychology, 93, 498–520.
Biller, J, Brazis, P., & Masdeu, J. C. (2006). Localization in clinical neurology. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Williams, & Wilkins.
Billings, A. G., & Moos, R. H. (1984). Coping, stress, and social resources among adults with unipolar depression. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 877–891.
Binder, J. L. (2004). Key competencies in brief dynamic psychotherapy. New York: Guilford Press.
Binder, J. L., & Strupp, H. H. (1997). “Negative process”: A recurrently discovered and underestimated facet of therapeutic process and outcome in the individual psychotherapy of adults. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 4, 121–139.
Birdsong, D., & Molis, M. (2001). On the evidence for maturational constraints in second-language acquisition. Journal of Memory and Language, 44, 235–249.
Birney, D. P., & Sternberg, R. J. (2006). Intelligence and cognitive abilities as competencies in development. In E. Bialystok & F. I. M Craik (Eds.), Lifespan cognition: Mechanisms of change. New York: Oxford University Press.
Bjorklund, D. F., & Pellegrini, A. D. (2002). Evolutionary perspectives on social development. In P. K. Smith & C. H. Hart (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of childhood social development. Malden, MA: Blackwell.
Black, D. N., Seritan, A. L., Taber, K. H., & Hurley, R. A. (2004). Conversion hysteria: Lessons from functional imaging. Journal of Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 16, 245–251.
Black, D. W. (1999). Bad boys, bad men: Confronting antisocial personality disorder. New York: Oxford University Press.
Black, D. W., Yates, W. R., & Andreason, N. C. (1988). Schizophrenia, schizophreniform disorder, and delusional paranoid disorders. In J. A. Talbott, R. E. Hales, & S. C. Yudofsky (Eds.), Textbook of psychiatry. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.
Blackstone, J. (2007). The empathic ground: Intersubjectivity and nonduality in the psychotherapeutic process. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.
Blader, S. L., & Tyler, T. R. (2002). Justice and empathy: What motivates people to help others? In M. Ross & D. T. Miller (Eds.), The justice motive in everyday life. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Blair, J. (2005). Development of the psychopath: Emotion and the brain. St. Louis, MO: Blackwell.
Blair, S. N., Kohl, H. W., III, Paffenbarger, R. S., et al. (1989). Physical fitness and all-cause mortality: A prospective study of healthy men and women. Journal of the American Medical Association, 262, 2395–2401.
Blakemore, C., & Cooper, G. G. (1970). Development of the brain depends on visual environment. Nature, 228, 477–478.
Blanchard, R. (2001). Fraternal birth order and the maternal immune hypothesis of male homosexuality. Hormones and Behavior, 40, 105–114.
Blanchard, R., & Bogaert, A. F. (1996). Homosexuality in men and number of older brothers. American Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 27–31.
Blanke, O., Ortigue, S., Landis, T., & Seeck, M. (2002). Stimulating illusory own-body perceptions. Nature, 419(6904), 269–270.
Blanton, H., Pelham, B., DeHart, T., & Carvallo, M. (2001). Overconfidence as dissonance reduction. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 37, 373–385.
Blass, T. (2004). The man who shocked the world: The life and legacy of Stanley Milgram. New York: Basic Books.
Blass, T., & Schmitt, C. (2001). The nature of perceived authority in the Milgram paradigm: Two replications. Current Psychology: Developmental, Learning, Personality, Social, 20, 115–121.
Blechman, E., & Brownell, K. D. (1998). Behavioral medicine and women: A comprehensive handbook. New York: Guilford Press.
Blessing, W. W. (1997). The lower brainstem and bodily homeostasis. New York: Oxford University Press.
Page R-6
Block, N. (2002). How heritability misleads about race. In J. M. Fish (Ed.), Race and intelligence: Separating science from myth. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Blodgett, H. C. (1929). The effect of the introduction of reward on the maze performance of rats. University of California Publications in Psychology, 4(8), 114–126.
Blodgett, R. (1986, May). Lost in the stars: Psychics strike out (again). People Expression, 32–35.
Bloomfield, K., Greenfield, T. K., Kraus, L., & Augustin, R. (2002). A comparison of drinking patterns and alcohol-related problems in the United States and Germany, 1995. Substance Use and Misuse, 37, 399–428.
Bobo, L. (1988). Attitudes toward the Black political movement: Trends, meaning, and effects of racial policy preferences. Social Psychology Quarterly, 51, 287–302.
Boehm, S. L., Reed, C. L., McKinnon, C. S., & Phillips, T. J. (2002). Shared genes influence sensitivity to the effects of ethanol on locomotor and anxiety-like behaviors, and the stress axis. Psychopharmacology, 161, 54–63.
Bolles, R. C., & Beecher, M. D. (Eds.). (1988). Evolution and learning. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Bolling, M. Y., & Kohlenberg, R. J. (2004). Reasons for quitting serotonin reuptake inhibitor therapy: Paradoxical psychological side effects and patient satisfaction. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 73(6), 380–385.
Bonanno, G. A, Papa, A., Lalande, K., Westphal, M., & Coifman, K. (2004). The importance of being flexible. Psychological Science, 15, 482–487.
Bond, R. (2005). Group size and conformity. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 331–354.
Bond, R., & Smith, P. B. (1996). Culture and conformity: A meta-analysis of studies using Asch's (1952b, 1956) line judgment task. Psychological Bulletin, 119, 111–137.
Boneva, B., Frieze, I. H., Ferligoj, A., Pauknerova, D., & Orgocka, A. (1998). Achievement, power, and affiliation motives as clues to (e)migration desires: A four-countries comparison. European Psychologist, 3, 247–254.
Bonnel, A. M., & Hafter, E. R. (1998). Divided attention between simultaneous auditory and visual signals. Perception & Pychophysics, 60, 179–190.
Bonvillian, J. D., & Patterson, F. G. P. (1997). Sign language acquisition and the development of meaning in a lowland gorilla. In C. Mandell & A. McCabe (Eds.), The problem of meaning: Behavioral and cognitive perspectives. Amsterdam: North-Holland/Elsevier Science.
Booth, A., & Amato, P. R. (2001). Parental predivorce relations and offspring postdivorce well-being. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 63, 197–212.
Bootzin, R. R. (2002). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of insomnia: Knitting up the ravell'd sleeve of care. In D. T. Kenny, J. G. Carlson, F. J. McGuigan, & J. L. Sheppard (Eds.), Stress and health: Research and clinical applications. Amsterdam: Harwood.
Borkenau, P., Riemann, R., Spinath, F. M., & Angleitner, A. (2006). Genetic and environmental influences on person x situation profiles. Journal of Personality, 74, 1451–1480.
Borod, J. C. (2000). The neuropsychology of emotion. New York: Oxford University Press.
Boschker, M. S., Baker, F. C., & Michaels, C. F. (2002). Memory for the functional characteristics of climbing walls: Perceiving affordances. Journal of Motor Behavior, 34, 25–36.
Bosson, J. K., Haymovitz, E. L., & Pinel, E. C. (2004). When saying and doing diverge: The effects of stereotype threat on self-reported versus non-verbal anxiety. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 247–255.
Bouchard, T. J. (2004). Genetic influence on human psychological traits. Current Directions in Psychological Science 13, 148–151.
Bouchard, T. J., Lykken, D. T., McGue, M., Segal, N. L., & Tellegen, A. (1990). Sources of human psychological differences: The Minnesota study of twins reared apart. Science, 250, 223–228.
Bouchard, T. J., & McGue, M. (1981). Familial studies of intelligence: A review. Science, 212, 1055–1059.
Boulos, Z. (1998). Bright light treatment for jet lag and shift work. In R. Lam & W. Raymond (Eds.), Seasonal affective disorder and beyond: Light treatment for SAD and non-SAD conditions. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.
Boutros, N. N., Gelernter, J., Gooding, D. C., Cubells, J., Young, A., Krystal, J. H., & Kosten, T. (2002). Sensory gating and psychosis vulnerability in cocaine-dependent individuals: Preliminary data. Biological Psychiatry, 51, 683–686.
Bowlby, J. (1969). Attachment and loss: Vol. 1. Attachment. New York: Basic Books.
Bowlby, J. (1973). Attachment and loss: Vol. 2. Separation: Anxiety and anger. London: Hogarth.
Bowlby, J. (2000). Loss: Sadness and depression. New York: Basic Books.
Boyd, R., & Richerson, P. J. (2005). The origin and evolution of cultures. New York: Oxford University Press.
Bozarth, J. D., Zimring, F. M., & Tausch, R. (2002). Client-centered therapy: The evolution of a revolution. In D. J. Cain (Ed.), Humanistic psychotherapies: Handbook of research and practice. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Brabender, V., Fallon, A. E., & Smolar, A. I. (2004). Essentials of group therapy. New York: Wiley.
Bracha, H. S. (2006). Human brain evolution and the “neuroevolutionary time-depth principle”: Implications for the reclassification of fear-circuitry-related traits in DSM-V and for studying resilience to warzone-related posttraumatic stress disorder. Progress in Neuro-Pharmacology & Biological Psychiatry, 30, 827–853.
Bransford, J. D., & Johnson, M. K. (1972). Contextual prerequisites for understanding: Some investigations of comprehension and recall. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 11, 717–726.
Brantley, P., & Garrett, V. D. (1993). Psychobiological approaches to health and disease. In B. Sutker & H. E. Adams (Eds.), Comprehensive handbook of psychopathology (2nd ed.). New York: Plenum.
Brauer, M. (2001). Intergroup perception in the social context: The effects of social status and group membership on perceived out-group homogeneity and ethnocentrism. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 37, 15–31.
Bray, J. H., & Berger, S. H. (1993). Developmental issues in Step Families Research Project: Family relationships and parent-child interactions. Journal of Family Psychology, 7, 76–90.
Brazel, C. Y., & Rao, M. S. (2004). Aging and neuronal replacement. Ageing Research Reviews, 3, 465–483.
Brehm, J. W., & Self, E. A. (1989). The intensity of motivation. Annual Review of Psychology, 40, 109–131.
Breland, K., & Breland, M. (1961). The misbehavior of organisms. American Psychologist, 16, 681–684.
Breland, K., & Breland, M. (1966). Animal behavior. New York: Macmillan.
Bremner, J. D. (2000). Neurobiology of posttraumatic stress disorder. In G. Fink (Ed.), Encyclopedia of stress. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Bremner, J. D. (2005). Brain imaging handbook. New York: Norton.
Breslau, N. S., Davis, G. C., Andreski, P., Peterson, E. L., & Schultz, L. R. (1997). Sex differences in post-traumatic stress disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 54, 1044–1048.
Brewin, C. R. (2004). Commentary on McNally “Is traumatic amnesia nothing but psychiatric folklore?” Cognitive Behaviour Therapy, 33, 102–104.
Brickman, P., Coates, D., & Janoff-Bulman, R. (1978). Lottery winners and accident victims: Is happiness relative? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 36, 917–927.
Briere, J., & Lanktree, C. (1983). Sex role-related effects of sex bias in language. Sex Roles, 9, 625–632.
Broadbent, D. E. (1958). Perception and communication. London: Pergamon Press.
Broberg, D. J., & Bernstein, I. L. (1987). Candy as a scapegoat in the prevention of food aversions in children receiving chemotherapy. Cancer, 60, 2344–2347.
Bronzaft, A. L., Ahern, K. D., McGinn, R., O'Connor, J., & Savino, B. (1998). Aircraft noise: A potential health hazard. Environment & Behavior, 30, 101–113.
Brown, E., Deffenbacher, K., & Sturgill, W. (1977). Memory for faces and the circumstances of encounter. Journal of Applied Psychology, 62, 311–318.
Brown, G. W., & Harris, T. O. (1978). Social origins of depression. London: Tavistock Press.
Page R-7
Brown, I., & Percy, M. (Eds.) (2007). A comprehensive guide to intellectual and developmental disabilities. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes Publishing Company.
Brown, J. A. (1958). Some tests of the decay theory of immediate memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 10, 12–21.
Brown, J. D. (1998). The self. Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Brown, L. S. (1994). Subversive dialogues: Theory in feminist therapy. New York: Basic Books.
Brown, N. O. (1959). Life against death. New York: Random House.
Brown, R. (1973). A first language: The early stages. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Brown, R., & Kulik, J. (1977). Flashbulb memories. Cognition, 5, 73–99.
Brown, S. L., Nesse, R. M., Vinokur, A. D., & Smith, D. M. (2003). Providing social support may be more beneficial than receiving it: Results from a prospective study of mortality. Psychological Science, 14, 320–327.
Brown, T. A., Di-Nardo, P. A., Lehman, C. L., & Campbell, L. A. (2001). Reliability of DSM-IV anxiety and mood disorders: Implications for the classification of emotional disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 110, 49–58.
Brown, T. S., & Wallace, P. (1980). Physiological psychology. New York: Academic Press.
Brownell, K. D. (1994). The LEARN program for weight control. Dallas, TX: American Health.
Bruce, T. J., & Sanderson, W. C. (1998). Specific phobias: Clinical applications of evidence-based psychotherapy. Northvale, NJ: Aronson.
Bruck, M., Ceci, S. J., & Hembrooke, H. (1998). Reliability and credibility of young children's reports: From research to policy and practice. American Psychologist, 53, 136–151.
Bruck, M., Ceci, S. J., Principe, G. F. (2006). The child and the law. In K. A. Renninger, I. E. Sigel, W. Damon, & R. M. Lerner (Eds). Handbook of child psychology: Child psychology in practice (6th ed.). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Bruederl, J., Diekmann, A., & Engelhardt, H. (1997). Erhoeht eine Probeehe das Scheidungrisiko? Eine empirische Untersuchung mit dem Familiensurvey [Does a trial marriage increase divorce risk? Empirical study of the Families Survey]. Koelner Zeitschrift fuer Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie, 49, 205–222.
Bruner, J. (1983). Child's talk. New York: Norton.
Bruunk, B., & Gibbons, F. X. (Eds.). (1997). Health, coping, and well-being: Perspectives from social comparison theory. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Bryan, J., III. (1986). Hodgepodge: A commonplace book. New York: Ballantine.
Buck, L., & Axel, R. (1991). A novel multigene family may encode odorant receptors: A molecular basis for odor recognition. Cell, 65, 175–187.
Buckley, K. E., & Anderson, C. (2006). A theoretical model of the effects and consequences of playing video games. In P. Vorderer & J. Bryant (Eds.), Playing video games: Motives, responses, and consequences. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Bullier, J. (2002). Neural basis of vision. In H. Pashler & S. Yantis (Eds.), Steven's handbook of experimental psychology: Vol. 1. Sensation and perception (3rd ed.). New York: Wiley.
Burgess, C. A., & Kirsch, I. (1999). Expectancy information as a moderator of the effects of hypnosis on memory. Contemporary Hypnosis, 16, 22–31.
Burgwyn-Bailes, E., Baker-Ward, L., Gordon, B. N., & Ornstein, P. A. (2001). Children's memory for emergency medical treatment after one year: The impact of individual difference variables on recall and suggestibility. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 15, S25–S48.
Burke, K. C., Burke, J. D., Rae, D. S., & Regier, D. A. (1991). Comparing age at onset of major depression and other psychiatric disorders by birth cohorts in five U.S. community populations. Archives of General Psychiatry, 48, 789–795.
Burley, T., & Freier, M. C. (2004). Character structure: A gestalt-cognitive theory. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 41, 321–331.
Burns, M. O., & Seligman, M. E. P. (1991). Explanatory style, helplessness, and depression. In C. R. Snyder & D. R. Forsyth (Eds.), Handbook of social and clinical psychology: The health perspective. New York: Pergamon Press.
Burnstein, E., Crandall, C., & Kitayama, S. (1994). Some neo-Darwinian decision rules for altruism: Weighing cues for inclusive fitness as a function of the biological importance of the decision. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 773–789.
Burton, E., Stice, E., & Seeley, J. R (2004). A prospective test of the stress-buffering model of depression in adolescent girls: No support once again. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 72, 689–697.
Busey, T. A., Tunnicliff, J. J., Loftus, G. R., & Loftus, E. F. (2000). Accounts of the confidence-accuracy relation in recognition memory. Psychonomic Bulletin and Review, 7, 26–48.
Bushman, B. J. (2002). Does venting anger feed or extinguish the flame? Catharsis, rumination, distraction, anger and aggressive responding. Personality and Social Psychology, 28, 724–731.
Bushman, B. J., & Bonacci, A. M. (2002). Violence and sex impair memory for television ads. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87, 557–564.
Bushnell, I. W. R. (2001). Mother's face recognition in newborn infants: Learning and memory. Infant and Child Development, 10, 67–74.
Buske-Kirschbaum, A., Kirschbaum, C., & Hellhammer, D. H. (1994). Conditioned modulation of NK cells in humans: Alteration of cell activity and cell number by conditioning protocols. Psychologische Beitraege, 36, 100–111.
Buske-Kirschbaum, A., Kirschbaum, C., Stierle, H., & Lehnert, H. (1992). Conditioned increase of natural killer cell activity (NKCA) in humans. Psychosomatic Medicine, 54, 123–132.
Buss, A., & Plomin, R. (1975). A temperament theory of personality development. New York: Wiley.
Buss, A., & Plomin, R. (1984). Temperament: Early developing personality traits. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Buss, D. M. (1985). Human mate selection. American Scientist, 73, 47–51.
Buss, D. M. (1989). Sex differences in human mate preferences: Evolutionary hypotheses tested in 37 cultures. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 12, 1–49.
Buss, D. M. (1991). Evolutionary personality theory. Annual Review of Psychology, 42, 459–491.
Buss, D. M. (1995). Evolutionary psychology: A new paradigm for psychological science. Psychological Inquiry, 6, 1–30.
Buss, D. M. (1999). Human nature and individual differences: The evolution of human personality. In L. A. Pervin & O. P. John (Eds.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research. New York: Guilford Press.
Buss, D. M. (2005). The handbook of evolutionary psychology. New York: Wiley.
Buss, D. M. (2007). Evolutionary psychology. The new science of the mind. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Buss, D. M., Abbott, M., Angleitner, A., Asherian, A., Biaggio, A., Blanco-Villasenor, A., et al. (1990). International preferences in selecting mates: A study of 37 cultures. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 21, 5–47.
Buss, D. M., & Schmitt, D. P. (1993). Sexual strategies theory: An evolutionary perspective on human mating. Psychological Review, 100, 204–232.
Byer, C. O., Shainberg, L. W., & Galliano, G. (2002). Dimensions of human sexuality (6th ed.). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Byrd, M. R., Richards, D. F., Hove, G., & Frima, P. C. (2002). Treatment of early onset hair pulling as a simple habit. Behavior Modification, 26, 400–411.
Byrne, D. (1997). An overview (and underview) of research and theory within the attraction paradigm. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 14, 417–431.
Byrne, D., Ervin, C. R., & Lamberth, J. (1970). Continuity between the experimental study of attraction and real-life computer dating. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 16, 157–165.
Byrne, D., & Greendlinger, V. (1989). Need for affiliation as a predictor of classroom friendships. Unpublished manuscript, State University of New York at Albany.
Cabeza, R., Nyberg, L., & Park, D. C. (2005). Cognitive neuroscience of aging: Linking cognitive and cerebral aging. New York: Oxford University Press.
Cacioppo, J. T., Berntson, J. T., Poehlmann, K. M., & Ito, T. A. (2000). The psychophysiology of emotion. In M. Lewis & J. M. Haviland-Jones (Eds.), Handbook of emotions (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.
Page R-8
Cain, D. J., & Seeman, J. (Eds.). (2002). Humanistic psychotherapies: Handbook of research and practice. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Cairns, H. (1952). Disturbances of consciousness in lesions of the mid-brain and diencephalon. Brain, 75, 107–114.
Caldwell, A. B. (1994). The profile of Jeffrey Dahmer [Videotape]. Los Angeles: Caldwell Report.
Calhoun, L. G., & Tedeschi, R. G. (Eds.) (2006). Handbook of posttraumatic growth: Research and practice. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Camilleri, C., & Malewska-Peyre, H. (1997). Socialization and identity strategies. In J. W. Berry, P. R. Dasen, & T. S. Saraswathi (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology: Basic processes and human development: Vol. 2. Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (2nd ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Campbell, A., Shirley, L., & Candy, J. (2004). A longitudinal study of gender-related cognition and behaviour. Developmental Science, 7, 1–9.
Campfield, L. A. (1997). Metabolic and hormonal controls of food intake: Highlights of the last 25 years: 1972–1997. Appetite, 29, 135–152.
Canivez, G. L., & Watkins, M. W. (1998). Long-term stability of the Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children—Third Edition. Psychological Assessment, 10, 285–291.
Canli, T. (2004). Functional brain mapping of extraversion and neuroticism: Learning from individual differences in emotion processing. Journal of Personality, 72, 1105–1132.
Canli, T. (Ed.) (2006). Biology of personality and individual differences. New York: Guilford.
Cannon, W. B. (1929). Bodily changes in pain, hunger, fear, and rage. New York: Appleton-Century.
Cannon, W. B. (1942). “Voodoo” death. American Anthropologist, 44, 169–181.
Cannon, W. B., & Washburn, A. L. (1912). An explanation of hunger. American Journal of Physiology, 29, 441–454.
Cardasis, W., Hochman, J. A., & Silk, K. R. (1997). Transitional objects and borderline personality disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 250–255.
Cardeña, E., Lynn, S. J., & Krippner, S. (2000). Introduction: Anomalous experiences in perspective. In E. Cardeña, S. J. Lynn, & S. Krippner (Eds.), Varieties of anomalous experience: Examining the scientific evidence. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Carels, R. A., Douglass, O. M., & Cacciapaglia, H. M. (2004). An ecological momentary assessment of relapse crises in dieting. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 72, 341–348.
Carey, G., & Gottesman, I. I. (1981). Twin and family studies of anxiety, phobic, and obsession disorders. In D. F. Klein & J. Rabkin (Eds.), Anxiety: New research and changing concepts. New York: Raven Press.
Carlson, C. (2000). ADHD is overdiagnosed. In R. L. Atkinson, R. C. Atkinson, E. E. Smith, D. J. Bem, & S. Nolen-Hoeksema, Hilgard's introduction to psychology (13th ed.). Ft. Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace.
Carlson, E. A., & McAndrew, F. T. (2004). Body shape ideals and perceptions of body shape in Spanish and American college students. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 99, 1071–1074.
Carlson, J. G., & Hatfield, E. (1992). Psychology of emotion. Ft. Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.
Carlson, S. M., Moses, L. J., & Hix, H. R. (1998). The role of inhibitory processes in young children's difficulties with deception and false belief. Child Development, 69, 672–691.
Carnagey, N. L., & Anderson, C. A. (2005). The effects of reward and punishment in violent video games on aggressive affect, cognition, and behavior. Psychological Science, 16, 882–889.
Carney, L. H. (2002). Neural basis of audition. In H. Pashler & S. Yantis (Eds.), Steven's handbook of experimental psychology: Vol. 1. Sensation and perception (3rd ed.). New York: Wiley.
Carnicero, J. A. C., Perez-Lopez, J., Salinas, M. D. C. G., & Martinez-Fuentes, M. T. (2000). A longitudinal study of temperament in infancy: Stability and convergence of measures. European Journal of Personality, 14, 21–37.
Carpenter, P. A., Just, M. A., & Shell, P. (1990). What one intelligence test measures: A theoretical account of the processing in the Raven Progressive Matrices Test. Psychological Review, 97, 404–431.
Carpenter, R., & Robson, J. (Eds.). (1999). Vision research: A practical guide to laboratory methods. New York: Oxford University Press.
Carroll, C. R. (1993). Drugs in modern society. Madison, WI: Brown & Benchmark.
Carroll, J. B. (1993). Human cognitive abilities: A survey of factor-analytic studies. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Carson, R. C., Butcher, J. N., & Coleman, J. C. (1988). Abnormal psychology and modern life (8th ed.). Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman.
Carter, S. J., & Cassaday, H. J. (1998). State dependent retrieval and chlorpheniramine. Human Psychopharmacology: Clinical and Experimental, 13, 513–523.
Cartwright, R. D. (1977). Night life: Explorations in dreaming. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Carver, C. S., & Scheier, M. F. (2003). Perspectives on personality (5th ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Carver, C. S., Scheier, M. F., & Weintraub, J. K. (1989). Assessing coping strategies: A theoretically based approach. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 267–283.
Case, R. (1987). The structure and process of intellectual development. International Journal of Psychology, 22, 571–607.
Case, R., Demetriou, A., Platsidou, M., & Kazi, S. (2001). Integrating concepts and tests of intelligence from the differential and developmental traditions. Intelligence, 29, 307–336.
Caspi, A., Elder, G. H., & Bem, D. J. (1988). Moving away from the world: Life course patterns of shy children. Developmental Psychology, 24, 824–831.
Caspi, A., & Roberts, B. W. (1999). Personality continuity and change across the life course. In L. A. Pervin & O. P. John (Eds.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research. New York: Guilford Press.
Castonguay, L. G., & Beutler, L. E. (2005). Principles of therapeutic change that work. New York: Oxford University Press.
Catania, A. C. (2001). Positive psychology and positive reinforcement. American Psychologist, 56, 86–87.
Catania, C. A. (1998). Learning (4th ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Catchpole, C. K., & Rowell, A. (1993). Song sharing and local dialects in a population of the European wren Troglodytes troglodytes. Behaviour, 125, 67–78.
Cattabeni, F., Colciaghi, F., & Di Luca, M. (2004). Platelets provide human tissue to unravel pathogenic mechanisms of Alzheimer disease. Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry, 28, 763–770.
Cattell, R. B. (1965). The scientific analysis of personality. Chicago: Aldine.
Cattell, R. B. (1971). Abilities: Their growth, structure, and action. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
Caughlin, J. P., & Malis, R. S. (2004). Demand/withdraw communication between parents and adolescents: Connections with self-esteem and substance use. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 21, 125–148.
Ceci, S. J. (1996). On intelligence: A bioecological treatise on intellectual development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Ceci, S. J., Bruck, M., & Battin, D. B. (2000). The suggestibility of children's testimony. In D. F. Bjorklund (Ed.), False-memory creation in children and adults: Theory, research, and implications. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Ceci, S. J., & Williams, W. M. (1997). Schooling, intelligence, and income. American Psychologist, 52, 1051–1058.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (1988). Posttraumatic stress disorders. Atlanta, GA: Author.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (1997). Fertility, family planning, and women's health: New data from the 1995 National Survey on Family Growth (Series 23, No. 19). Washington, DC: Author.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2002a). Causes of death in the United States. Atlanta, GA: Author.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2002b). Youth risk behavior surveillance—United States, 2001. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 51(SS04), 1–64. Washington, DC: Author.
Cervone, D. (1999). Bottom-up explanation in personality psychology: The case of cross-situational consistency. In D. Cervone & Y. Shoda (Eds.), The coherence of personality. New York: Guilford Press.
Page R-9
Cervone, D., & Shoda, Y. (1999). The coherence of personality: Social-cognitive bases of consistency, variability, and organization. New York: Guilford Press.
Chalmers, D. J. (1995). The puzzle of conscious experience. Scientific American, 273(6), 80–86.
Chambless, D. L., & Hollon, S. D. (1998). Defining empirically supported therapies. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 66, 7–18.
Chamorro-Premuzic, T. (2007). Personality and individual differences. London: Blackwell.
Chan, Z. C. Y., & Ma, J. L. C. (2002). Family themes of food refusal: Disciplining the body and punishing the family. Health Care for Women International, 23, 49–58.
Chandler, M. J., Lacritz, L. H., Cicerello, A. R., Chapman, S. B., Honig, L. S., Weiner, M. F., & Cullum, C. M. (2004). Three-word recall in normal aging. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology, 26, 1128–1133.
Chang, E. C. (1996). Cultural differences in optimism, pessimism, and coping: Predictors of subsequent adjustment in American and Caucasian American college students. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 43, 113–123.
Chang, E. C. (1998). Dispositional optimism and primary and secondary appraisal of a stressor: Controlling for confounding influences and relations to coping and psychological and physical adjustment. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 1109–1120.
Chappell, M., & Humphreys, M. S. (1994). An auto-associative neural network for sparse representations: Analysis and application to models of recognition and cued recall. Psychological Review, 101, 103–128.
Chapell, M. S., Blanding, Z. B., Silverstein, M. E., Takahashi, M., Newman, B., Gubi, A., & McCann, N. (2005). Test anxiety and academic performance in undergraduate and graduate students. Journal of Educational Psychology, 97, 268–274.
Chartrand, T. L., & Bargh, J. A. (2002). Nonconscious motivations: Their activation, operation, and consequences. In A. Tesser, D. A. Stapel, & J. V. Wood (Eds.), Self and motivation: Emerging psychological perspectives. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Chartrand, T. L., Bargh, J. A., & van Baaren, R. (2002). Consequences of automatic evaluation for mood. Manuscript submitted for publication.
Chase, W. G., & Simon, H. A. (1973). Perception in chess. Cognitive Psychology, 4, 55–81.
Chen, C., Greenberger, E., Lester, J., Dong, Q., & Guo, M. S. (1998). A cross-cultural study of family and peer correlates of adolescent misconduct. Developmental Psychology, 34, 770–781.
Chen, H., Charlat, O., Tartaglia, L. A., Woolf, E. A., Weng, X., & Ellis, S. J. (1996). Evidence that the diabetes gene encodes the leptin receptor: Identification of a mutation in the leptin receptor gene in db/db mice. Cell, 84, 491–495.
Chen, H., & Lan, W. (1998). Adolescents' perceptions of their parents' academic expectations: Comparison of American, Chinese-American, and Chinese high school students. Adolescence, 33, 385–390.
Chen, S., English, T., & Peng, K. (2006). Self-verification and contextualized self-views. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 32, 930–942.
Chenoweth, D. (2002). Evaluating worksite health promotion. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Chi, L. (2004). Achievement goal theory. In T. Morris & J. Summers (Eds.), Sport psychology: Theories, applications, and issues (2nd ed.). Sydney, Australia: Wiley.
Chiappe, D., & MacDonald, K. (2005). The evolution of domain-general mechanisms in intelligence and learning. Journal of General Psychology, 132, 5–40.
Chiappelli, F. (2000). Immune suppression. In G. Fink (Ed.), Encyclopedia of stress. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Chiles, J. A., & Strossahl, K. D. (1995). The suicidal patient: Principles of assessment, treatment, and case management. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.
Chiriboga, D. A. (1989). Mental health at the midpoint: Crisis, challenge, or relief? In S. Hunter & M. Sundel (Eds.), Midlife myths: Issues, findings, and practice implications. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Choi, I., Dalal, R., Kim Prieto, C., & Park, H. (2003). Culture and judgement of causal relevance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 46–59.
Chomsky, N. (1965). Aspects of a theory of syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Chomsky, N. (1972). Language and mind. New York: Harcourt.
Chomsky, N. (1987). Language in a psychological setting. Sophia Linguistic Working Papers in Linguistics, 22, Sophia University, Tokyo.
Christensen, A., Atkins, D. C., Yi, J., Baucom, D. H., & George, W. H. (2006). Couple and individual adjustment for 2 years following a randomized clinical trial comparing traditional versus integrative behavioral couple therapy. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 74, 1180–1191.
Christianson, S. A., & Nilsson, L. G. (1989). Hysterical amnesia: A case of aversively motivated isolation of memory. In T. Archer & L. G. Nilsson (Eds.), Aversion, avoidance, and anxiety: Perspectives on aversively motivated behavior. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Christopherson, E. R., & Mortweet, S. L. (2001). Treatments that work with children: Empirically supported strategies for managing childhood problems. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Chrousos, G. P., Kaltsas, G. A., & Mastorakos, G. (2006). Neuroimmunodulation: Neuroendocrine and immune crosstalk. London: Blackwell.
Church, A. T., & Katigbak, M. S. (2000). Trait psychology in the Philippines. American Behavioral Scientist, 44, 73–94.
Chwalisz, K., Diener, E., & Gallagher, D. (1988). Autonomic arousal feedback and emotional experience: Evidence from the spinal cord injured. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 820–828.
Chwilla, D. J., & Kolk, H. H. J. (2002). Three step priming in lexical decision. Memory and Cognition, 30, 217–225.
Cialdini, R. (2007). Influence: The psychology of persuasion. New York: Harper Collins.
Cialdini, R. B., Brown, S. L., Lewis, B. P., & Luce, C. (1997). Reinterpreting the empathy-altruism relationship: When one into one equals oneness. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 481–494.
Cialdini, R. B., Schaller, M., Hoolihan, D., Arps, K., Fultz, J., & Beaman, A. L. (1987). Empathy-based helping: Is it selflessly or selfishly motivated? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 749–758.
Cianelli, S. N., & Fouts, R. S. (1998). Chimpanzee to chimpanzee American Sign Language. Human Evolution, 13, 147–159.
Cigales, M., Field, T., Lundy, B., Cuadra, A., & Hart, S. (1997). Massage enhances recovery from habituation in normal infants. Infant Behavior and Development, 20, 29–34.
Clancy, S. A., McNally, R. J., Schacter, D. L., Lenzeweger, M. F., & Pitman, R. K. (2002). Memory distortion in people reporting abduction by aliens. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 111, 455–461.
Claparède, E. (1911). Recognition et moiïté. Archives de Psychologies, 11, 79–90.
Clark, A. E. (1998). The positive externalities of higher unemployment: Evidence from household data. Working paper, Universite d'Orleans, Orleans, France.
Clark, D. A. (2004). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for OCD. New York: Guilford Press.
Clark, D. A., Beck, A. T., & Alford, B. A. (1999). Scientific foundations of cognitive theory and therapy of depression. New York: Wiley.
Clark, D. A., Beck, A. T., & Brown, G. (1989). Cognitive mediation in general psychiatric outpatients: A test of the content-specificity hypothesis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 958–964.
Clark, D. A., & O'Connor, K. (2005). Thinking is believing: Ego-dystonic intrusive thoughts in obsessive-compulsive disorder. In D. A. Clark (Ed.), Intrusive thoughts in clinical disorders: Theory, research, and treatment. New York: Guilford Press.
Clark, D. M. (1988). A cognitive model of panic attacks. In S. Rachman & J. D. Maser (Eds.), Panic: Psychological perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Clark, K. B., & Clark, M. P. (1947). Racial identification and preference in Negro children. In T. N. Newcomb & E. L. Hartley (Eds.), Readings in Social Psychology. New York: Holt.
Page R-10
Clark, R. D. (1990). The impact of AIDS on gender differences in willingness to engage in casual sex. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 20, 771–782.
Clark, R. D., III. (2001). Effects of majority defection and multiple minority sources on minority influence. Group Dynamics, 5, 57–62.
Clark, R. D., III, & Hatfield, E. (1989). Gender differences in willingness to engage in casual sex. Journal of Psychology and Human Sexuality, 2, 39–55.
Clark, W. R., & Grunstein, M. (2005). Are we hardwired?: The role of genes in human behavior. New York: Oxford University Press.
Clarke, A. M., & Clarke, A. D. B. (2000). Early experience and the life path. London: Kingsley.
Clarkin, J. F., Marziali, E., & Munroe-Blum, H. (1992). Borderline personality disorder: Clinical and empirical perspectives. New York: Guilford Press.
Clay, R. A. (2002). Advertising as science. Monitor on Psychology, 33(9), 38–41.
Clifasefi, S. L., Takarangi, M. K., & Bergman, J. S. (2006). Blind drunk: The effects of alcohol on inattentional blindness. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 20, 697–704.
Clifford, B. R. (2004). Levels of processing 30 years on: A special issue of memory: Book review. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 18, 486–489.
Cloninger, C. R., & Gottesman, I. I. (1989). Genetic and environmental factors in antisocial behavior disorders. In S. Mednick, T. Moffitt, & S. Strack (Eds.), The causes of crime: New biological approaches. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.
Clore, G. L., & Centerbar, D. (2004). Analyzing anger: How to make people mad. Emotion, 4, 139–144.
Clutton-Brock, T. (2002). Breeding together: Kin selection and mutualism in cooperative vertebrates. Science, 296, 69–72.
Coan, J. A., & Allen, J. (2003). Frontal EEG asymmetry and the behavioral activation and inhibition systems. Psychophysiology, 40, 106–114.
Coan, J. A., Schaefer, H. S., & Davidson, R. J. (2006). Lending a hand: Social regulation of the neural response to threat. Psychological Science, 17, 1032–1039.
Cochrane, R. E., Tett, R. P., & Vandecreek, L. (2003). Psychological testing and the selection of police officers: A national survey. Criminal Justice and Behavior, 30, 115–120.
Coffey, C., Carlin, J. B., Degenhardt, L., Lynskey, M., Sanci, L., & Patton, G. C. (2002). Cannabis dependence in young adults: An Australian population study. Addiction, 97, 187–194.
Coffey, C. E., Weiner, R. D., Djang, W. T., et al. (1991). Brain anatomic effects of electroconvulsive therapy: A prospective magnetic resonance imaging study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 48, 1013–1020.
Cohen, D. A., Pascual-Leone, A., Press, D. Z., & Robertson, E. M. (2005). Off-line learning of motor skill memory: A double dissociation of goal and movement. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 102, 18237–41.
Cohen, K. M. (2002). Relationships among childhood sex-atypical behavior, spatial ability, handedness, and sexual orientation in men. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 31, 129–143.
Cohen, S. (1988). Psychosocial models of the role of social support in the etiology of physical disease. Health Psychology, 7, 269–297.
Cohen, S., Doyle, W. J., Turner, R., Alper, C. M. & Skoner, D. P. (2003). Sociability and susceptibility to the common cold. Psychological Science, 14, 389–395.
Cohen, S., & Herbert, T. B. (1996). Health psychology: Psychological factors and physical disease from the perspective of human psychoneuroimmunology. Annual Review of Psychology, 47, 113–142.
Cohen, S., Kessler, R. C., & Gordon, L. U. (1995). Measuring stress. New York: Oxford University Press.
Cohen, S. I. (1985). Psychosomatic death: Voodoo death in a modern perspective. Integrative Psychiatry, 3, 46–51.
Collings, P. (2001). If you got everything, it's good enough: Perspectives on successful aging in a Canadian Inuit community. Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology, 16, 127–155.
Collins, A. M., & Loftus, E. F. (1975). A spreading activation theory of semantic processing. Psychological Review, 82, 407–428.
Collins, D. W., & Kimura, D. (1997). A large sex difference on a two-dimensional mental rotation task. Behavioral Neuroscience, 111, 845–849.
Colonius, H., & Dzhafarov, E. N. (2006). Measurement and representation of sensation. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Columbia. (1996). The Columbia world of quotations. Retrieved March 21, 2003, from http://www.bartleby.com

Columbia Accident Investigation Board. (2003). Report (Vol. 1). Retrieved October 2, 2003 from http://www.nasa.gov/columbia/home/index.html

Committee on Animal Research and Ethics (CARE). (2005). Research with animals in psychology. American Psychological Association. Retrieved March 14, 2005, from http://www.apa.org/science/animal2.html

Compton, S., Burns, B. J., Egger, H. L., & Robertson, E. (2002). Review of the evidence base for treatment of childhood psychopathology: Internalizing disorders. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 71, 1240–1266.
Comuzzie, A. G., & Allison, D. B. (1998). The search for human obesity genes. Science, 280, 1374–1377.
Conrad, R. (1964). Acoustic confusions in immediate memory. British Journal of Psychology, 55, 75–84.
Cooke, P. (1991, June 23). They cried until they couldn't see. New York Times Magazine, 25, 43.
Cooper, C. R., & Denner, J. (1998). Theories linking culture and psychology: Universal and community-specific processes. Annual Review of Psychology, 49, 559–584.
Cooper, J., Mirabile, R., & Scher, S. J. (2005). Actions and attitudes: The theory of cognitive dissonance. In T. C. Brock & M. C. Green (Eds.), Persuasion: Psychological insights and perspectives (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Coopersmith, S. (1967). The antecedents of self-esteem. San Francisco: Freeman.
Corales, T. A. (Ed.). (2005). Focus on posttraumatic stress disorder research. Hauppauge, NY: Nova Science.
Cordova, J. V., Gee, C. B., & Warren, L. Z. (2005). Emotional skillfulness in marriage: Intimacy as a mediator of the relationship between emotional skillfulness and marital satisfaction. Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 24, 218–235.
Core Institute. (2002). Statistics on substance use by college students. Carbondale, IL: Author.
Correll, J., Park, B., Judd, C. M., & Wittenbrink, B. (2002). The police officer's dilemma: Using ethnicity to disambiguate potentially threatening individuals. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1314–1329.
Corrigan, P. W. (2005). On the stigma of mental illness: Practical strategies for research and social change. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Cosmides, L., & Tooby, J. (2002). Unraveling the enigma of human intelligence: Evolutionary psychology and the multimodular mind. In R. J. Sternberg & J. C. Kaufman (Eds.), The evolution of intelligence. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Costa, P. T., & McCrae, R. R. (1992). The five-factor model of personality and its relevance to personality disorders. Journal of Personality Disorders, 6, 343–359.
Costa, P. T., & McCrae, R. R. (2002). Looking backward: Changes in the mean levels of personality traits from 80 to 12. In D. Cervone & W. Mischel (Eds.), Advances in personality science. New York: Guilford Press.
Courchesne, E., Carper, R., & Aksboomoff, N. (2003). Evidence of brain overgrowth in the first year of life. Journal of the American Medical Association, 290, 337–344.
Courneya, K. S. (1995). Understanding readiness for regular physical activity in older individuals: An application of the theory of planned behavior. Health Psychology, 14, 80–87.
Cousins, S. D. (1989). Culture and self-perception in the United States and Japan. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 124–131.
Cowan, C. P., & Cowan, P. A. (2000). When partners become parents: The big life change for couples. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Cowley, E. (2005). Views from consumers next in line: The fundamental attribution error in a service setting. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 33, 139–152.
Page R-11
Crabbe, J. C. (2002). Genetic contributions to addiction. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 435–462.
Craik, F. I. M., & Lockhart, R. S. (1972). Levels of processing: A framework for memory research. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 11, 671–684.
Craik, F. I. M., & Tulving, E. (1975). Depth of processing and the retention of words in episodic memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 104, 268–294.
Crandall, C. S., D'Anello, S., Sakalli, N., Lazarus, E., Wieczorkowska, G., & Feather, N. T. (2001). An attribution-value model of prejudice: Anti-fat attitudes in six nations. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 30–37.
Craske, M. (1999). Anxiety disorders: psychological approaches to theory and treatment. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Craske, M. (2003). Origins of phobias and anxiety disorders: Why more women than men? New York: Elsevier Science.
Craske, M. G., & Rowe, M. K. (1997). Nocturnal panic. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 4, 153–174.
Crawford, M., & Chaffin, R. (1997). The meanings of difference: Cognition in social and cultural context. In P. J. Caplan & M. Crawford (Eds.), Gender differences in human cognition. Counterpoints: Cognition, memory, and language. New York: Oxford University Press.
Creese, I., Burd, D. R., & Snyder, S. H. (1976). Dopamine receptor binding predicts clinical and pharmacological potencies of antischizophrenic drugs. Science, 192, 481–483.
Crits-Christoph, P., Cooper, A., & Luborsky, L. (1988). The accuracy of therapists' interpretations and the outcome of dynamic psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 56, 490–495.
Croizet, J.-C., Despres, G., Gauzins, M.-E., Huguet, P., Leyens, J.-P., & Meot, A. (2004). Stereotype threat undermines intellectual performance by triggering a disruptive mental load. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 721–731.
Crowley, K., Callanan, M. A., Tenenbaum, H. R., & Allen, E. (2001). Parents explain more often to boys than to girls during shared scientific thinking. Psychological Science, 12, 258–261.
Culbertson, F. M. (1997). Depression and gender: An international review. American Psychologist, 52, 25–31.
Cull, W. L. (2000). Untangling the benefits of multiple study opportunities and repeated testing for cued recall. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 14, 215–235.
Cummings, L. (2005). Pragmatics: A multidisciplinary perspective. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Cunillera, T., Toro, J. M., Sebastian-Galles, N., & Rodriguez-Fornells, A. (2006). The effects of stress and statistical cues on continuous speech segmentation: An event-related brain potential study. Brain Research, 1123, 168–178.
Curci, A., & Luminet, O. (2006). Follow-up of a cross-national comparison on flashbulb and event memory for the September 11th attacks. Memory, 14, 329–344.
Curry, F., Elliot, A. J., Fonseca, D. D., & Moller, A. C. (2006). The social-cognitive model of achievement motivation and the 2 x 2 achievement goal framework. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 90, 666–679.
Curtis, G. C., Magee, W. J., Eaton, W. W., Wittchen, H.-U., & Kessler, R. C. (1998). Specific fears and phobias: Epidemiology and classification. British Journal of Psychiatry, 173, 112–117.
Curtiss, S. (1977). Genie: A psychological study of a modern day “wild child.” New York: Academic Press.
Cytowic, R. E. (2002). Synesthesia: A union of the senses (2nd ed.). Boston: MIT Press.
Dalton, P. (2002). Olfaction. In H. Pashler & S. Yantis (Eds.), Steven's handbook of experimental psychology: Vol. 1. Sensation and perception (3rd ed.). New York: Wiley.
Daly, M., & Wilson, M. (1988). Homicide. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.
Damasio, A. R. (2005). Emotions and feelings: A neurobiological perspective. In A. S. R. Manstead, N. H. Frijda, A. H. Fischer, & K. Oatley (Eds.), Feelings and Emotions: The Amsterdam Symposium. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Daniels, C. W. (2002). Legal aspects of polygraph admissibility in the United States. In M. Kleiner (Ed.), Handbook of polygraph testing. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Daniels, K., Toth, J., & Jacoby, J. (2006). The aging of executive functions. In E. Bialystok & F. I. M Craik (Eds.), Lifespan cognition: Mechanisms of change. New York: Oxford University Press.
Darley, J. M., & Gross, P. H. (1983). A hypothesis-confirming bias in labeling effects. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 20–33.
Darley, J. M., & Latané, B. (1968). Bystander intervention in emergencies: Diffusion of responsibility. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 8, 377–383.
Darwin, C. (1859). On the origin of species by means of natural selection. London: Murray.
Darwin, C. (1965). The expression of emotion in man and animals. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. (Original work published 1872)
Dasen, P. R., Barthélémy, D., Kan, E., Kouamé, K., Daouda, K., Adjéi, K. K., & Assandé, N. (1985). N'glouele, l'intelligence chez les Baoulé [N'glouele, intelligence according to the Baoulé]. Archives de Psychologie, 53, 293–324.
Davidoff, J. (2004). Coloured thinking. Psychologist, 17, 570–572.
Davidson, R. J. (1998). Neuropsychological perspectives on affective and anxiety disorders. Chicago: Psychology Press.
Davidson, R. J., & Fox, N. A. (1988). Cerebral asymmetry and emotion: Developmental and individual differences. In D. L. Molfese & S. J. Segalowitz (Eds.), Brain lateralization in children: Developmental implications. New York: Guilford Press.
Davis, C., Patte, K., Levitan, R., Reid, C., Tweed, S., & Curtis, C. (2007). From motivation to behaviour: A model of reward sensitivity, overeating, and food preferences in the risk profile for obesity. Appetite, 48, 12–19.
Davis, C. G., Nolen, H. S., & Larson, J. (1998). Making sense of loss and benefiting from the experience: Two construals of meaning. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 75, 561–574.
Davis, S., Jenkins, G., & Hunt, R. (Eds.). (2002). The pact: Three young men make a promise and fulfill a dream. New York: Riverhead.
Davis, T., Gunderson, J. G., & Myers, M. (1999). Borderline personality disorder. In D. G. Jacobs (Ed.), The Harvard Medical School Guide to suicide assessment and intervention. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Dawidowicz, L. S. (1975). The war against the Jews, 19331945. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
Dawkins, R. (2006) The selfish gene (revised edition). New York: Oxford University Press.
Dawood, K., Pillar, R. C., Horvath, C., Revelle, W., & Bailey, J. M. (2000). Familial aspects of male homosexuality. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 29, 155–163.
Dawson, G., Toth, K., Abbott, R., Osterling, J., Munson, J., Estes, A., & Liaw, J. (2004). Early social attention impairments in autism: Social orienting, joint attention, and attention to distress. Developmental Psychology, 40, 271–283.
Dawson-McClure, S. R., Sandler, I. N., Wolchik, S. A., & Millsap, R E. (2004). Risk as a moderator of the effects of prevention programs for children from divorced families: A six-year longitudinal study. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 32, 175–190.
Day, R., Nielsen, J. A., Korten, A., et al. (1987). Stressful life events preceding the acute onset of schizophrenia. Culture, Medicine, and Psychiatry, 11, 123–205.
Deary, I. J., Whiteman, M. C., Starr, J. M., Whalley, L. J., & Fox, H. (2004). The impact of childhood intelligence on later life: Following up the Scottish Medical Surveys of 1932 and 1947. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 130–147.
DeCasper, A. J., & Spence, M. J. (1986). Prenatal maternal speech influences newborns' perceptions of speech sounds. Infant Behavior and Development, 9, 133–150.
deCastro, J. M. (2002). Age-related changes in the social, psychological, and temporal influences on food intake in free-living, healthy, adult humans. Journals of Gerontology: Series A. Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences, 57A, 368–377.
Page R-12
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (1985). Intrinsic motivation and self-determination in human behavior. New York: Plenum Press.
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2002). Handbook of self-determination theory research. Rochester, NY: University of Rochester Press.
De Cremer, D., & van Lange, P. A. M. (2001). Why prosocials exhibit greater cooperation than proselfs: The roles of social responsibility and reciprocity. European Journal of Personality, 15, 5–18.
Deese, J. (1959). Influence of inter-item associative strength upon immediate free recall. Psychological Reports, 5, 305–312.
Degen, L., Matzinger, D., Drewe, J., & Beglinger, C. (2001). The effect of cholecystokinin in controlling appetite and food intake in humans. Peptides, 22, 1265–1269.
deGeus, E. J. C. (2000). Aerobics in stress reduction. In G. Fink (Ed.), Encyclopedia of stress. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Dehaene, S., Izard, V., Pica, P., & Spelke, E. (2006). Core knowledge of geometry in an Amazonian indigene group. Science, 311, (5759), 381–384.
Dehaene, S., & Naccache, L. (2001). Towards a cognitive neuroscience of consciousness: Basic evidence and a workspace framework. Cognition, 79, 1–37.
Dekker, E., & Groen, J. (1956). Reproducible psychogenic attacks of asthma. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 1, 56–67.
DeLongis, A. (2000). Coping skills. In G. Fink (Ed.), Encyclopedia of stress. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Demarest, J., & Allen, R. (2000). Body image: Gender, ethnic, and age differences. Journal of Social Psychology, 140, 465–472.
Dement, W. C. (2005). History of sleep medicine. Neurologic Clinics, 23, 945–965.
Démonet, J. F., Thierry, G., & Cardebat, D. (2005). Renewal of the neurophysiology of language: Functional neuroimaging. Physiological Reviews, 85, 49–95.
DeMoranville, B. M., Jackson, I., Ader, R., Madden, K. S., Felten, D. L., & Bellinger, D. L. (2000). Endocrine and immune systems. In B. S. Fogel, R. B. Schiffer, & S. M. Rao (Eds.), Synopsis of neuropsychiatry. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven.
Denollet, J., Nyklicek, I., & Vingerhoets, A. (Eds.) (2007). Emotional regulation: Conceptual and clinical issues. New York: Springer.
Depue, R. A., & Collins, P. F. (1999). Neurobiology of the structure of personality: Dopamine, facilitation of incentive motivation, and extraversion. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 22, 491–569.
Depue, R. A., & Lenzenweger, M. F. (2005). A neurobehavioral dimensional model of personality disorders. In M. F. Lenzenweger & J. F. Clarkin (Eds.), Major theories of personality disorder. New York: Guilford Press.
DeRegnier, R. A., Wewerka, S., Georgieff, M. K., Mattia, F., & Nelson, C. A. (2002). Influences of postconceptional age and postnatal experience on the development of auditory recognition memory in the newborn infant. Developmental Psychobiology, 41, 216–225.
Deregowski, J. B. (1989). Real space and represented space: Cross-cultural perspectives. Behavior and Brain Sciences, 12, 51–119.
Derogatis, L. R. (1986). Clinical psychopharmacology. Menlo Park, CA: Addison-Wesley.
DeRubeis, R. J., & Crits-Christoph, P. (1998). Empirically supported individual and group psychological treatments for adult mental disorders. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 66, 37–52.
De Silva, P., & Rachman, J. (1998). Obsessive-compulsive disorders. New York: Oxford University Press.
DeSteno, D., Dasgupta, N., Bartlett, M. Y., & Cajdric, A. (2004). Prejudice from thin air: The effect of emotion on automatic intergroup attitudes. Psychological Science, 15, 319–324.
DeStefano, D., & LeFevre, J. (2004). The role of working memory in mental arithmetic. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 16, 353–386.
Deutsch, M., & Gerard, H. B. (1955). A study of normative and informational social influence upon individual judgment. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 629–636.
Devane, W. A., Hanus, L., Breuer, A., Pertwee, R. G., Stevenson, L. A., & Griffin, G. (1992). Isolation and structure of a brain constituent that binds to the cannabinoid receptor. Science, 18, 1946–1949.
DeVries, H., Mudde, A. N., Dijkstra, A., & Willemsen, M. C. (1998). Differential beliefs, perceived social influences, and self-efficacy expectations among smokers in various motivational phases. Preventive Medicine, 27, 681–689.
De Zeeuw, C. I., & Cicirata, F. (Eds.) (2005). Creating coordination in the cerebellum. St. Louis: Elsevier Sciences/Mosby.
Dhabhar, F. S., & McEwen, B. S. (2001). Bidirectional effects of stress and glucocorticoid hormones on immune function: Possible explanations for paradoxical observations. In R. Ader, D. L. Feiten, & N. Cohen (Eds.), Psychoneuro-immunology (Vol. 1). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Diacon, S., & Hasseldine, J. (2007). Framing effects and risk perception: The effect of prior performance presentation format on investment fund choice. Journal of Economic Psychology, 28, 31–52.
Diaz, J. (1997). How drugs influence behavior: A neuro-behavioral approach. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.
DiClemente, C. C. (2003). Addiction and change: How addictions develop and addicted people recover. New York: Guilford Press.
Diener, E. (2000). Subjective well-being: The science of happiness and a proposal for a national index. American Psychologist, 55, 34–43.
Diener, E., & Diener, C. (1996). Most people are happy. Psychological Science 7, 181–185.
Diener, E., Diener, M., & Diener, C. (1996). Factors predicting the well-being of nations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 851–864.
Diener, E., & Seligman, M. (2004). Beyond money: Toward an economy of well-being. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 5, 1–31.
Diener, E., & Seligman, M. E. P. (2002). Very happy people. Psychological Science, 13, 81–84.
Diener, E., Suh, E., Lucas, R. E., & Smith, H. L. (1999). Subjective well-being: Three decades of progress. Psychological Bulletin, 125, 276–302.
Diener, E., Tamir, M., & Scollon, C. N. (2006). Happiness, life satisfaction, and fulfillment: The social psychology of subjective well-being. In P. A. M. van Lange (Ed.), Bridging social psychology: Benefits of transdisciplinary approaches. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
DiLalla, L. F. (Ed.). (2004). Behavior genetics principles: Perspectives in development, personality, and psychopathology. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Dillard, J. P., & Anderson, J. W. (2004). The role of fear in persuasion. Psychology & Marketing, 21, 909–926.
Dimberg, U. (1997). Psychophysiological reactions to facial expressions. In U. C. Segerstrale et al. (Eds.), Nonverbal communication: Where nature meets culture. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Dimidjian, S., Hollon, S. D., Dobson, K. S., Schmaling, K. B., Kohlenberg, R. J., & Addis, M. E., et al. (2006). Randomized trial of behavioral activation, cognitive therapy, and antidepressant medication in the acute treatment of adults with major depression. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 74, 658–670.
Dindia, K. (2002). Self-disclosure research: Knowledge through meta-analysis. In M. Allen, R. W. Preiss, B. M. Gayle, & N. A. Burrell (Eds.), Interpersonal communication research: Advances through meta-analysis. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Di Paula, A., & Campbell, J. D. (2002). Self-esteem and persistence in the face of failure. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 711–724.
Dishman, R. K. (1982). Compliance/adherence in health-related exercise. Health Psychology, 1, 237–267.
Dishman, R. K. (1994). Advances in exercise adherence. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Dixon, N. F. (1981). Preconscious processing. New York: Wiley.
Dodge, K. A. (1986). A social information processing model of social competence in children. Cognitive perspectives on children's social behavioral development. The Minnesota symposium on child psychology, 18, 77–125.
Doka, K. J. (1995). Coping with life-threatening illness: A task model. Omega: Journal of Death and Dying, 32, 111–122.
Page R-13
Dolezal, H. (1982). Living in a world transformed: Perceptual and performatory adaptation to a visual distortion. New York: Academic Press.
Domhoff, G. W. (1999). Drawing theoretical implications from descriptive empirical findings on dream content. Dreaming: Journal of the Association for the Study of Dreams, 9, 201–210.
Domhoff, G. W. (2001). A new neurocognitive theory of dreams. Dreaming: Journal of the Association for the Study of Dreams, 11, 13–33.
Domino, G. (2000). Psychological testing. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Domjan, M. (2000a). The essentials of conditioning and learning (2nd ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth/Thomson.
Domjan, M. (2000b). General process learning theory: Challenges from response and stimulus factors. International Journal of Comparative Psychology, 13, 101–118.
Donaldson, D. (1998). Psychiatric disorders with a biochemical basis. New York: Parthenon.
Donnerstein, E., & Malamuth, N. (1997). Pornography: Its consequences on the observer. In L. B. Schlesinger & E. Revitch (Eds.), Sexual dynamics of anti-social behavior (2nd ed.). Springfield, IL: Charles C Thomas.
Doppelt, J. E., & Wallace, W. L. (1955). Standardization of the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale for older persons. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51, 312–330.
Dossenbach, M., & Dossenbach H. D. (1998). All about animal vision. Chicago: Blackbirch Press.
Dovidio, J. F. (1984). Helping behavior and altruism: An empirical and conceptual overview. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 17). New York: Academic Press.
Dovidio, J. F., Piliavin, J. A., Schroeder, D. A., & Penner, L. (2006). The social psychology of prosocial behavior. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Downey, G., & Feldman, S. L. (1996). Implications of rejection sensitivity for intimate relationships. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 1327–1343.
Drake, M. E., Pakalnis, A., & Denio, L. C. (1988). Differential diagnosis of epilepsy and multiple personality: Clinical and EEG findings in 15 cases. Neuropsychiatry, Neuropsychology, and Behavioral Neurology, 1, 131–140.
Driscoll, I., McDaniel, M. A., & Guynn, M. J. (2005). Apolipoprotein E and prospective memory in normally aging adults. Neuropsychology, 19, 28–34.
Driskell, J. E., Willis, R. P., & Copper, C. (1992). Effect of overlearning on retention. Journal of Applied Psychology, 77, 615–622.
Drukin, K. (1998). Implicit content and implicit processes in mass media use. In K. Kirsner et al. (Eds.), Implicit and explicit mental processes. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Dryden, W. (Ed.). (2002). Handbook of individual therapy. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Duffy, J. F., Rimmer, D. W., & Czeisler, C. A. (2001). Association of intrinsic circadian period with morningness-eveningness, usual wake time, and circadian phase. Behavioral Neuroscience, 115, 895–899.
Duman, S., & Margolin, G. (2007). Parents' aggressive influences and children's aggressive problem solutions with peers. Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology, 36, 42–55.
Duncan, P. M., Alici, T., & Woodward, J. D. (2000). Conditioned compensatory response to ethanol as indicated by locomotor activity in rats. Behavioural Pharmacology, 11, 395–402.
Dunn, J., & Plomin, R. (1990). Separate lives: Why siblings are so different. New York: Basic Books.
Dunne, M. P., Bailey, J. M., Kirk, K. M., & Martin, N. G. (2000). The subtlety of sex-atypicality. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 29, 549–565.
Durrant, J. E. (2000). Trends in youth crime and well-being since the abolition of corporal punishment in Sweden. Youth and Society, 31, 437–455.
Dutton, D. G. (2006). The abusive personality: Violence and control in intimate relationships. New York: Guilford Press.
Duvander, A. Z. E. (1999). The transition from cohabitation to marriage: A longitudinal study of the propensity to marry in Sweden in the early 1990s. Journal of Family Issues, 20, 698–717.
Dweck, C. (1991). Self-theories and goals: Their role in motivation, personality, and development. In R. Dienstbier (Ed.), Perspectives on motivation. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.
Dweck, C. (1999). Self theories: Their role in motivation, personality, and development. Philadelphia: Psychology Press/Taylor and Francis.
Dwyer, D. (Ed.) (2007). The pharmacology of neurogenesis and neuroenhancement. New York: Academic Press.
Dying to be thin. (2000). Nova [Television series]. Boston: WGBH.
Eacott, M. J., & Crawley, R. A. (1998). The offset of childhood amnesia: Memory for events that occurred before age 3. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 127, 22–33.
Eagly, A. H., & Crowley, M. (1986). Gender and helping behavior: A meta-analytic review of the social psychological literature. Psychological Bulletin, 100, 283–308.
Eagly, A. H., & Wood, W. (1999). The origins of sex differences in human behavior: Evolved dispositions versus social roles. American Psychologist, 54, 408–423.
Eagly, A. H., & Wood, W. (2006). Three ways that data can misinform: Inappropriate partialling, small samples, and, anyway, they're not playing our song. Psychological Inquiry, 17, 131–137.
Eastman, C. I., Gazda, C. J., Burgess, H. J., Crowlegy, S.J., & Fogg, L. F. (2005). Advancing circadian rhythms before eastward flight: A strategy to prevent or reduce jet lag. Sleep, 28, 33–44.
Eaton, J. (2001). Management communication: The threat of groupthink. Corporate Communications, 6, 183–192.
Ebbinghaus, H. (1964). Über das Gedächtnis: Untersuchungen Zur Experimentellen Psychologie [Memory: A contribution to experimental psychology] (H. A. Ruger & C. E. Bussenius, Trans.). New York: Dover. (Original work published 1885)
Eccles, J. (1991). Gender-role socialization. In R. M. Baron, W. G. Graziano, & C. Stangor (Eds.), Social psychology. Ft. Worth, TX: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
Eckensberger, L. H., & Zimba, R. F. (1997). The development of moral judgment. In J. W. Berry, P. R. Dasen, & T. S. Saraswathi (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (2nd ed., Vol. 2). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Eden, D. (2003). Self-fulfilling prophecies in organizations. In J. Greenberg (Ed.), Organizational behavior: The state of the science (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Edser, S. J. (2002). Hypnotically facilitated counter conditioning of anticipatory nausea and vomiting associated with chemotherapy: A case study. Australian Journal of Clinical Hypnotherapy and Hypnosis, 23, 18–30.
Edwards, A. E. (1962). A demonstration of the long-term retention of a conditioned galvanic skin response. Psychosomatic Medicine, 24, 459–463.
Edwards, R. R., Smith, M. T., Stonerock, G., & Haythornewaite, J. A. (2006). Pain-related catastrophizing in healthy women is associated with greater temporal summation of and reduced habituation to pain. Clinical Journal of Pain, Oct 22 (8), 730–737.
Eelen, P., & Vervliet, B. (2006). Fear conditioning and clinical implications: What can we learn from the past? In M. G. Craske, D. Hermans, & D. Vansteenwegen (Eds.), Fear and learning: From basic processes to clinical implications. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Ehrman, J. (2003). Clinical exercise psychology. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Eisenberg, N. (2000). Emotion, regulation, and moral development. Annual Review of Psychology, 51, 665–697.
Eisenberg, N. (2002). Emotion related regulation and its relation to quality of social functioning. In W. Hartup & R. A. Weinberg (Eds.), Child psychology in retrospect and prospect: In celebration of the 75th anniversary of the Institute of Child Development. The Minnesota symposia on child psychology (Vol. 32). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Eisenberg, N. (2004). Prosocial and moral development in the family. In T. A. Thorkildsen & H. J. Walberg (Eds.), Nurturing morality. Issues in children's and families' lives. New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Press.
Eisenberger, N. I., Lieberman, M. D., & Williams, K. D. (2003). Does rejection hurt? An fMRI study of social exclusion. Science, 302, 290–292.
Page R-14
Ekman, P. (1973). Cross-cultural studies of facial expression. In P. Ekman (Ed.), Darwin and facial expression. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Ekman, P., & Friesen, W. V. (1987). Facial Action Coding System. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press.
Ekman, P., Friesen, W. V., & Ellsworth, P. (1972). Emotion in the human face: Guidelines for research and an integration of findings. Oxford, England: Pergamon Press.
Elbert, T., Pantev, C., Wienbruch, C., Rockstroh, B., & Taub, E. (1995). Increased cortical representation of the fingers of the left hand in string players. Science, 270, 305–307.
Elfenbein, H. A., & Ambady, N. (2003). Universals and cultural differences in recognizing emotions. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12, 159–164.
Eliassen, J. C., Souza, T., & Sanes, J. N. (2003). Experience-dependent activation patterns in human brain during visual-motor associative learning. Journal of Neuroscience, 23, 10540–10547.
Elkind, D. (1967). Egocentrism in adolescence. Child Development, 38, 1025–1034.
Elliot, A. J., & McGregor, H. A. (2001). A 2 × 2 achievement goal framework. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 80, 501–519.
Elliot, A. J., & Thrash, T. M. (2002). Approach-avoidance motivation in personality: Approach and avoidance temperaments and goals. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 804–818.
Ellis, A. (1962). Reason and emotion in psychotherapy. New York: Lyle Stuart.
Elsey, B., & Fujiwara, A. (2000). Kaizen and technology transfer instructors as work-based learning facilitators in overseas transplants: A case study. Journal of Workplace Learning, 12, 333–342.
Emerson, R. M. (1966). Mount Everest: A case study of communication feedback and sustained group goalstriving. Sociometry, 29, 213–227.
Emery, C. E., Jr. (2001, January/February). Cracked crystal balls? Psychics' predictions for past year a litany of prognostive failures. The Skeptical Inquirer, 25(1), 7–8.
Emlen, S. T. (1975, August). The stellar-orientation system of a migratory bird. Scientific American, 102–111.
Epel, E. S., Blackburn, E. H., Lin, J., Dhabhar, F. S., Adler, N. E., et al. (2004). Accelerated telomere shortening in response to life stress. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 101(49), 17312–17315.
Epstein, M. A., & Bottoms, B. L. (2002). Explaining the forgetting and recovery of abuse and trauma memories: Possible mechanisms. Child Maltreatment: Journal of the American Professional Society on the Abuse of Children, 7, 210–225.
Epstein, R., Kirshnit, C. E., Lanza, R. P., & Rubin, L. C. (1984). “Insight” in the pigeon: Antecedents and determinants of an intelligent performance. Nature, 308, 61–62.
Epstein, S. (1983). Aggregation and beyond: Some basic issues on the production of behavior. Journal of Personality, 51, 360–392.
Erdberg, P. (2000). Rorschach assessment. In G. Goldstein & M. Hersen (Eds.), Handbook of psychological assessment (3rd ed.). New York: Elsevier.
Erdelyi, M. H. (2001). Defense processes can be conscious or unconscious. American Psychologist, 56, 761–762.
Ericsson, K. A., & Chase, W. G. (1982). Exceptional memory. American Scientist, 70, 607–615.
Ericsson, K. A., Chase, W. G., & Faloon, S. (1980). Acquisition of a memory skill. Science, 208, 1181–1182.
Ericsson, K. A., Delaney, P. F., Weaver, G., & Mahadevan, R. (2004). Uncovering the structure of a memorist's superior “basic” memory capacity. Cognitive Psychology, 49, 191–237.
Ericsson, K. A., Krampe, R. T., & Tesch R. C. (1993). The role of deliberate practice in the acquisition of expert performance. Psychological Review, 100, 363–406.
Ericsson, K. A., & Polson, P. G. (1988). An experimental analysis of the mechanisms of a memory skill. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 14, 305–316.
Erikson, E. H. (1968). Identity, youth and crisis. New York: Norton.
Erikson, E. H. (1980). Identity and the life cycle. New York: Norton. (Original work published 1959)
Erikson, E. H., Erikson, J. M., & Kivnick, H. Q. (1986). Vital involvement in old age. New York: Norton.
Eron, L. D. (1987). The development of aggressive behavior from the perspective of a developing behaviorism. American Psychologist, 42, 435–442.
Eron, L. D. (2000). A psychological perspective. In V. B. Van Hasselt & M. Hersen (Eds.), Aggression and violence: An introductory text. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Esparza, J., Fox, C., Harper, I. T., Bennett, P. H., Schulz, L. O., Valencia, M. E., & Ravussin, E. (2000). Daily energy expenditure in Mexican and USA Pima Indians: Low physical activity as a possible cause of obesity. International Journal of Obesity and Related Metabolic Disorders, 24, 55–59.
Essau, C., & Petermann, F. (1999). Depressive disorders in children and adolescents: Epidemiology, risk factors, and treatment. Northvale, NJ: Aronson.
Essau, C., & Trommsdorff, G. (1996). Coping with university-related problems: A cross-cultural comparison. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 27, 315–328.
Esser, J. K., & Lindoerfer, J. S. (1989). Groupthink and the space shuttle Challenger accident: Toward a quantitative case analysis. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 2, 167–177.
Estes, T. H., & Vaughn, J. L. (1985). Reading and learning in the content classroom: Diagrams and instructional strategies (3rd ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Etzold, E. (2006). Does psi exist and can we prove it? Belief and disbelief in parapsychology. European Journal of Parapsychology, 21, 2006, 38–57.
Evans-Martin, F. F. (2007). Emotion and stress. New York: Facts on File.
Even-Chen, M. S., & Itzhaky, I. (2007). Exposure to terrorism and violent behavior among adolescents in Israel. Journal of Community Psychology, 35, 43–55.
Evers, K. E., Harlow, H. L., Redding, C. A., & LaForge, R. G. (1998). Longitudinal changes in stages of change for condom use in women. American Journal of Health Promotion, 13, 19–25.
Exner, J. E. (1991). The RorschachA comprehensive system: Assessment of personality and psychopathology (Vol. 2). New York: Wiley.
Eysenck, H. J. (1952). The effects of psychotherapy: An evaluation. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 16, 319–324.
Eysenck, H. J. (1964). Crime and personality. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
Eysenck, H. J. (1967). The biological basis of personality. Springfield, IL: Charles C Thomas.
Eysenck, H. J. (1990). Biological dimensions of personality. In L. A. Pervin (Ed.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research. New York: Guilford Press.
Eysenck, H. J. (1994). Cancer, personality, and stress: Prediction and prevention. Advances in Behaviour Research and Therapy, 16, 167–215.
Eysenck, H. J., & Grossarth-Marticek, R. (1991). Creative novation behavior therapy as a prophylactic treatment for cancer and coronary heart disease: II. Effects of treatment. Behavior Research and Therapy, 29, 17–31.
Fabbro, F. (2001). The bilingual brain: Bilingual aphasia. Brain & Language, 79, 201–210.
Fagley, N. S. (1987). Positional response bias in multiple-choice tests of learning: Its relation to testwiseness and guessing strategy. Journal of Educational Psychology, 79, 95–97.
Fain, G. L. (1999). Molecular and cellular physiology of neurons. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Faith, M. S., Matz, P. E., & Jorge, M.A. (2002). Obesity depression associations in the population. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 53, 935–942.
Fallon, A. E., & Rozin, P. (1985). Sex differences in perceptions of desirable body shape. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 94, 102–105.
Falsetti, S. A., Monnier, J., & Resnick, H. S. (2005). Intrusive thoughts in posttraumatic stress disorder. In D. A. Clark (Ed.), Intrusive thoughts in clinical disorders: Theory, research, and treatment. New York: Guilford Press.
Fanselow, M. S. (1991). Analgesia as a response to aversive Pavlovian conditional stimuli: Cognitive and emotional mediators. In M. R. Denny (Ed.), Fear, avoidance, and phobias: A fundamental analysis. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Page R-15
Fanselow, M. S., & Poulos, A. M. (2005). The neuroscience of mammalian associative learning. Annual Review of Psychology, 56, 207–234.
Fantz, R. L. (1961, May). The origin of form perception. Scientific American, 204, 66–72.
Farberman, R. (2002). Antiviolence campaign ads air more than 168,000 times nationwide. Monitor on Psychology, 33, 10.
Farmer, E. M. Z., Compton, S. N., Burns, B. J., & Robertson, E. (2002). Review of the evidence base for treatment of childhood psychopathology: Externalizing disorders. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 71, 1267–1302.
Faulkner, S., Williams, K., Sherman, B., & Williams, E. (1997, May). The “silent treatment”: Its incidence and impact. Paper presented at the 69th Annual Meeting of the Midwestern Psychological Association, Chicago. Cited in Williams, K. D., Cheung, C. K. T., & Choi, W. (2000). Cyberostracism: Effects of being ignored over the Internet. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 79, 748–762.
Faust, J. (1991). Same-day surgery preparation: Reduction of pediatric patient arousal and distress through participant modeling. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 59, 473–478.
Fazio, R. H., Jackson, J. R., Dunton, B. C., & Williams, C. J. (1995). Variability in automatic activation as an unobstrusive measure of racial attitudes: A bona fide pipeline? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 1013–1027.
Fazio, R. H., & Roskos-Ewoldsen, D. R. (2005). Acting as we feel: When and how attitudes guide behavior. In T. C. Brock & M. C. Green (Eds.), Persuasion: Psychological insights and perspectives (2nd ed., pp. 41–62). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Federal Interagency Forum on Aging-Related Statistics. (2000). Older Americans 2000: Key indicators of well-being. Available online: http://www.agingstats.gov/chartbook2000

Federal Interagency Forum on Aging-Related Statistics (2006). Older Americans update 2006: Key indicators of well-being. Retrieved February 20, 2007 from http://www.agingstats.gov/update2006/Health_Status.pdf.

Fein, S., & Spencer, S. J. (1997). Prejudice as self-image maintenance: Affirming the self through derogating others. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 31–44.
Feingold, A., & Mazzella, R. (1998). Gender differences in body image are increasing. Psychological Science, 9, 190–195.
Feldman-Barrett, L., Niedenthal, P. M., & Winkielman, P. (Eds.) (2007). Emotion and consciousness. New York: Guilford Press.
Felmlee, D. H. (1998). “Be careful what you wish for … ”: A quantitative and qualitative investigation of “fatal attractions.” Personal Relationships, 5, 235–253.
Felton, D. L., & Maida, M. E. (2000). Neuro-immunomodulation. In G. Fink (Ed.), Encyclopedia of stress. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Fenichel, G. (2006). Neonatal neurology. St. Louis: Mosby.
Fenton, W. S., & McGlashan, T. H. (1991a). Natural history of schizophrenia subtypes: I. Longitudinal study of paranoid, hebe-phonic, and undifferentiated schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 48, 969–977.
Fenton, W. S., & McGlashan, T. H. (1991b). Natural history of schizophrenia subtypes: II. Positive and negative symptoms and long-term course. Archives of General Psychiatry, 48, 978–986.
Feredoes, E., Tononi, G., & Postle, B. R. (2006). Direct evidence for a prefrontal contribution to the control of proactive interference in verbal working memory. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 103, 19530–19534.
Ferguson, E. D. (2000). Motivation: A biosocial and cognitive integration of motivation and emotion. New York: Oxford University Press.
Fernald, A., Taeschner, T., Dunn, J., Papousek, M., De Boysson-Bardies, B., & Fukui, I. (1989). A cross-cultural study of prosodic modification in mothers' and fathers' speech to preverbal infants. Journal of Child Language, 16, 477–501.
Ferster, C. B., & Skinner, B. F. (1957). Schedules of reinforcement. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Festinger, L. (1954). A theory of social comparison processes. Human Relations, 2, 117–140.
Festinger, L. (1957). A theory of cognitive dissonance. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Festinger, L., & Carlsmith, J. M. (1959). Cognitive consequences of forced compliance. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 58, 203–210.
Festinger, L., Pepitone, A., & Newcomb, T. (1952). Some consequences of deindividuation in a group. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 47, 382–389.
Fiedler, K., Nickel, S., Muehlfriedel, T., & Unkelbach, C. (2001). Is mood congruency an effect of genuine memory or response bias? Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 37, 201–214.
Field, T. (2000). Infant massage therapy. In C. H. Zeanah, Jr. (Ed.), Handbook of infant mental health (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.
Field, T. (2001). Massage therapy facilitates weight gain in preterm infants. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 10, 51–54.
Field, T., Diego, M. A., Hernandez-Reif, M., Deeds, O., & Figuereido, B. (2006). Moderate versus light pressure massage therapy leads to greater weight gain in preterm infants. Infant Behavior & Development, 29, 574–578.
Field, T. M., Schanberg, S. M., Scafidi, F., Bauer, C. R., Vega-Lahr, N., Garcia, R., Nystrom, J., & Kuhn, C. M. (1986). Tactile/kinesthetic stimulation effects on preterm neonates. Pediatrics, 77, 654–658.
Fields, H. L. (2005). Pain: Mechanisms and management. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Fish, J. M. (2002). The myth of race. In J. M. Fish (Ed.), Race and intelligence: Separating science from myth. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Fishbein, M., & Ajzen, I. (1974). Attitudes toward objects as predictors of single and multiple behavioral criteria. Psychological Review, 81, 59–74.
Fisher, C., Kahn, E., Edwards, A., Davis, D. M., & Fine, J. (1974). A psychophysiological study of nightmares and night terrors: III. Mental content and recall of stage 4 night terrors. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 158, 174–188.
Fisher, S., & Greenberg, R. P. (1996). Freud scientifically reappraised: Testing the theories and therapy. New York: Wiley.
Flavell, J. H. (1970). Developmental studies of mediated behavior. In H. W. Reese and L. P. Lipsett (Eds.), Advances in child development and behavior (Vol. 5). New York: Academic Press.
Flavell, J. H. (2004). Theory-of-mind development: Retrospect and prospect. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 50, 274–290.
Fleeson, W. (2004). Moving personality beyond the person-situation debate. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 83–87.
Flegal K. M., Carroll, M. D., Ogden, C. L., & Johnson, C. L. (2002). Prevalence and trends in obesity among U.S. adults, 1999–2000. Journal of the American Medical Association, 288, 1723–1727.
Flege, J. E., Yeni-Komshian, G. H., & Liu, S. (1999). Age constraints on second-language acquisition. Journal of Memory & Language, 41, 78–104.
Fliessbach, K., Weis, S., Klaver, P., Elger, C. E., & Weber, B. (2006). The effect of word concreteness on recognition memory. NeuroImage, 32, 1413–1421.
Flinn, M. V. (1997). Culture and the evolution of social learning. Evolution and Human Behavior, 18, 23–67.
Flohr, H. (2000). NMDA receptor-mediated computational processes and phenomenal consciousness. In T. Metzinger (Ed.), Neural correlates of consciousness: Empirical and conceptual questions. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
Flores, J. A., Galan-Rodriguez, B., Ramiro-Fuentes, S., & Fernandez-Espejo, E. (2006). Role for dopamine neurons of the rostral linear nucleus and periaqueductal gray in the rewarding and sensitizing properties of heroin. Neuropsychopharmacology, 31, 1475–1488.
Floyd, R. L., O'Connor, M. J., Sokol, R. J., Bertrand, J. , & Cordero, J. F. (2005). Recognition and prevention of fetal alcohol syndrome. Obstetrics & Gynecology, 106, 1059–1064.
Flynn, J. R. (1987). Massive IQ gains in 14 nations: What IQ tests really measure. Psychological Bulletin, 101, 171–191.
Page R-16
Flynn, J. R. (1998). IQ gains over time: Toward finding the causes. In U. Neisser et al. (Eds.), The rising curve: Long-term gains in IQ and related measures. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Foa, E. B., Riggs, D. S., & Gershuny, B. S. (1995). Arousal, numbing, and intrusion: Symptom structure of posttraumatic stress disorder following assault. American Journal of Psychology, 152, 116–120.
Foa, E. B., Zoellner, L. A., Feeny, N. C., Hembree, E. A., & Alvarez-Conrad, J. (2002). Does imaginal exposure exacerbate PTSD symptoms? Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 70, 1022–1028.
Fordyce, W. E. (1988). Pain and suffering: A reappraisal. American Psychologist, 43, 276–283.
Fosse, R., Stickgold, R., & Hobson, J. A. (2001). Brain-mind states: Reciprocal variation in thoughts and hallucinations. Psychological Science, 2001, 12, 30–36.
Foster, D. J., Weigand, D. A., & Baines, D. (2006). The effect of removing superstitious behavior and introducing a pre-performance routine on basketball free-throw performance. Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 18, 167–171.
Foulkes, D. (1982). REM-dream perspectives on the development of affect and cognition. Psychiatric Journal of the University of Ottawa, 7, 48–55.
Foulks, F. F., Bland, I. J., & Shervington, D. (1995). Psychotherapy across cultures. Review of Psychiatry, 14, 511.
Fouts, R. S., Fouts, D. H., & Van Cantfort, T. E. (1989). The infant Loulis learns signs from other cross-fostered chimpanzees. In R. A. Gardner, B. T. Gardner, & T. E. Van Cantfort (Eds.), Teaching sign language to chimpanzees. Albany: State University of New York Press.
Fox, D. K., Hopkins, B. L., & Anger, W. K. (1987). The long-term effects of a token economy on safety performance in open-pit mining. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20, 215–224.
Fox, N. A., Henderson, H. A., Marshall, P. J., Nichols, K. E., & Ghera, M. M. (2005). Behavioral inhibition: Linking biology and behavior within a developmental framework. Annual Review of Psychology, 56, 235–262.
Frances, A., & Widiger, T. A. (1986). Methodological issues in personality disorder diagnosis. In T. Millon & G. L. Klerman (Eds.), Contemporary directions in psychopathology: Toward the DSM-IV. New York: Guilford Press.
Frank, J. (1961). Persuasion & healing: A comparative study of psychotherapy. Baltimore: John Hopkins University Press.
Frank, N. C., Spirito, A., Stark, L., & Owens-Stively, J. (1997). The use of scheduled awakenings to eliminate childhood sleepwalking. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 22, 345–353.
Franklin, B. Remarks Concerning the Savage of North America. (1784).
Franklin, J. (1987). Molecules of the mind: The brave new science of molecular psychology. New York: Atheneum.
Franklin, T. R., Acton, P. D., Maldjian, J. A., Gray, J. D., Croft, J. R., Dackis, C. A., O'Brien, C. P., & Childress, A. R. (2002). Decreased gray matter concentration in the insular, orbitofrontal, cingulate, and temporal cortices of cocaine patients. Biological Psychiatry, 51, 134–142.
Frayser, S. G. (1985). Varieties of sexual experience: An anthropological perspective on human sexuality. New Haven, CT: HRAF.
Fredrickson, B. L. (1998). What good are positive emotions? Review of General Psychology, 2, 300–319.
Freeman, C., & Power, M. (2007). Handbook of evidence-based psychotherapy. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
French, S. J., & Cecil, J. E. (2001). Oral, gastric and intestinal influences on human feeding. Physiology and Behavior, 74, 729–734.
Freud, S. (1923). The ego and the id. New York: Norton.
Freud, S. (1935). A general introduction to psychoanalysis. New York: Washington Square Press.
Freud, S. (1953). The interpretation of dreams. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vols. 4 and 5). London: Hogarth. (Original work published 1900)
Freud, S. (1957). Mourning and melancholia. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud, (Vol. 14). London: Hogarth. (Original work published 1917)
Freud, S. (1965). The interpretation of dreams. New York: Avon. (Original work published 1900)
Friedman, H., & DiMatteo, M. R. (1989). Health psychology. New York: Prentice Hall.
Frijda, N. (2006). The laws of emotion. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Frijda, N. H., Manstead, A. S. R., & Bem, S. (Eds.). (2005). Emotions and beliefs: How feelings influence thoughts. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Frisby, J. P. (1980). Seeing: Illusion, brain and mind. Oxford, England: Oxford University Press.
Frisco, M. L., & Williams, K. (2003). Perceived housework equity, marital happiness, and divorce in dual earner households. Journal of Family Issues, 24, 51–73.
Fritsch, J. (1999, May 25). 95% Regain Lost Weight. Or Do They? New York Times, p. F7.
Fritzsche, B. A., Finkelstein, M. A., & Penner, L. A. (2000). To help or not to help: Capturing individuals' decision policies. Social Behavior and Personality, 28, 561–578.
Fuligni, A. J. (1998). Authority, autonomy, and parent-adolescent conflict and cohesion: A study of adolescents from Mexican, Chinese, Filipino, and European backgrounds. Developmental Psychology, 34, 782–792.
Furmark, T., Tillfors, M., Marteinsdottir, I., Fischer, H., Pissiota, A., Langstroem, B., & Fredrikson, M. (2002). Common changes in cerebral blood flow in patients with social phobia treated with citalopram or cognitive-behavioral therapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 425–433.
Furukawa, T. A., Watanabe, N., & Churchill, R. (2006). Psychotherapy plus antidepressant for panic disorder with or without agoraphobia: Systematic review. British Journal of Psychiatry, 188, 305–312.
Gabbard, G. O. (1990). Psychodynamic psychiatry in clinical practice. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.
Gabbard, G. O. (2004). Long-term psychodynamic psychotherapy. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.
Gabbard, G. O., Beck, J., & Holmes, J. (2005). Oxford textbook of psychotherapy. New York: Oxford University Press.
Gabrieli, J. D. E. (1998). Cognitive neuroscience of human memory. Annual Review of Psychology, 49, 87–115.
Gabrieli, J. D. E., Desmond, J. E., Demb, J. B., & Wagner, A. D. (1996). Functional magnetic resonance imaging of semantic memory processes in the frontal lobes. Psychological Science, 7, 278–283.
Gainotti, G. (1972). Emotional behavior and hemispheric side of lesion. Cortex, 8, 41–55.
Galanter, E. (1962). Contemporary psychophysics. In R. Brown (Ed.), New directions in psychology. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
Galati, D., & Lavelli, M. (1997). Neonate and infant emotion expression perceived by adults. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 21, 57–83.
Galea, S., Ahern, J., Resnick, H., Kilpatrick, D., Bucuvalas, M., Gold, J., & Vlahov, D. (2002). Psychological sequelae of the September 11 terrorist attacks in New York City. New England Journal of Medicine, 346, 982–987.
Gallup Organization (1988). America's youth 19771988. Princeton, NJ: Author.
Gallup, G. G. (1970). Chimpanzees: Self-recognition. Science, 167(3914), 86–87.
Galton, F. (1869). Hereditary genius. London: Macmillan.
Gangestad, S. W., Haselton, M. G., & Buss, D. M. (2006). Evolutionary foundations of cultural variation: Evoked culture and mate preferences. Psychological Inquiry, 17, 75–95.
Ganis, G., Thompson, W. L., & Kosslyn, S. M. (2004). Brain areas underlying visual mental imagery and visual perception: An fMRI study. Cognitive Brain Research, 20, 226–241.
Garbarino, S., Beelke, M., Costa, G., Violani, C., Lucidi, F., Ferrillo, F., et al. (2002). Brain function and effects of shift work: Implications for clinical neuropharmacology. Neuro-psychobiology, 45, 50–56.
Garber, J., & Dodge, K. A. (Eds.) (2007). The development of emotional regulation and dysregulation. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Garcia, J., & Koelling, R. A. (1966). The relation of cue to consequence in avoidance learning. Psychonomic Science, 4, 123–124.
Garcia, J., Lasiter, P. S., Bermudez, R. F., & Deems, D. A. (1985). A general theory of aversion learning. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 443, 8–21.
Page R-17
Gardner, H. (2000). Multiple intelligences: The theory in practice. New York: Basic Books.
Gardner, H. (2003). Three distinct meanings of intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg, J. Lautrey, & T. I. Lubart (Eds.), Models of intelligence: International perspectives. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Gardner, R. A., & Gardner, B. T. (1969). Teaching language to a chimpanzee. Science, 165, 664–672.
Garland, D. J., & Barry, J. R. (1991). Cognitive advantage in sport: The nature of perceptual structures. American Journal of Psychology, 104, 211–228.
Garlick, D. (2002). Understanding the nature of the general factor of intelligence: The role of individual differences in neural plasticity as an explanatory mechanism. Psychological Review, 109, 116–136.
Garmezy, N. (1983). Stress, coping and development in children. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Garnefski, N., & Arends, E. (1998). Sexual abuse and adolescent maladjustment: Differences between male and female victims. Journal of Adolescence, 21, 99–107.
Gatchel, R. J. (2005). Clinical essentials of pain management. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Gathercole, S. E. (1998). The development of memory. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines, 39, 3–27.
Gathercole, S. E., Pickering, S. J., Knight, C., & Stegmann, Z. (2004). Working memory skills and educational attainment: Evidence from national curriculum assessments at 7 and 14 years of age. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 18, 1–16.
Gazit, I., & Terkel, J. (2003). Explosives detection by sniffer dogs following strenuous physical activity. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 81, 149–161.
Gazzaniga, M. S., & Smylie, C. S. (1983). Facial recognition and brain asymmetries: Clues to underlying mechanisms. Annals of Neurology, 13, 536–540.
Geary, D. C. (2005). The origin of mind: Evolution of brain, cognition, and general intelligence. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Geher, G., Bauman, K. P., Hubbard, S. E. K., & Legare, J. R. (2002). Self and other obedience estimates: Biases and moderators. Journal of Social Psychology, 142, 677–689.
Gelman, S. A., Taylor, M. G., & Nguyen, S. P. (2004). Mother-child conversations about gender. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 69, vii–127.
Gentile, D. A., Lynch, P. J., Linder, J. R., & Walsh, D. A. (2004). The effects of violent video game habits on adolescent hostility, aggressive behaviors, and school performance. Journal of Adolescence, 27, 5–22.
George, W. H., Stoner, S. A., Norris, J., Lopez, P. A., & Lehman, G. L. (2000). Alcohol expectancies and sexuality: A self-fulfilling prophecy analysis of dyadic perceptions and behavior. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 61, 168–176.
Geracioti, T. D., Loosen, P. T., Ebert, M. H., & Schmidt, D. (1995). Fasting and postprandial cerebrospinal fluid glucose concentrations in healthy women and in an obese binge eater. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 18, 365–369.
Geraerts, E., Schooler, J. W., Merckelbach, C., Jelicic, M., Beatrijs, H. B., & Ambadar, Z. (2007). The reality of recovered memories: Corroborating continuous and discontinuous memories of childhood sexual abuse. Psychological Science, 18, 564–568.
Gerbner, G., Gross, L., Morgan, M., & Signiorelli, N. (1981). Health and medicine on television. New England Journal of Medicine, 305, 901–904.
Gergen, K. (2000). An invitation to social constructivism. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Gershoff, E. T. (2002a). Corporal punishment by parents and associated child behaviors and experiences: A meta-analytic and theoretical review. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 539–579.
Gershoff, E. T. (2002b). Corporal punishment, physical abuse, and the burden of proof: Reply to Baumrind, Larzelere, and Cowan (2002), Holden (2002), and Parke (2002). Psychological Bulletin, 128, 602–611.
Gershon, E. S., Berrettini, W. H., & Golden, L. E. (1989). Mood disorders: Genetic aspects. In H. I. Kaplan & B. J. Sadock (Eds.), Comprehensive textbook of psychiatry/V. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.
Gerwirtz, J. C., & Davis, M. (2000). Using Pavlovian higher-order conditioning paradigms to investigate the neural substrates of emotional learning and memory. Learning & Memory, 7, 257–266.
Ghetti, S., Qin, J., & Goodman, G. S. (2002). False memories in children and adults: Age, distinctiveness, and subjective experience. Developmental Psychology, 38, 705–718.
Gibson, E., & Walk, R. D. (1960). The visual cliff. Scientific American, 202, 80–92.
Gibson, J. J. (1979). The ecological approach to visual perception. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
Gilbert, P. (2006). Evolution and depression: Issues and implications. Psychological Medicine. 36, 287–297.
Gilligan, C. (1982). In a different voice: Psychological theory and women's development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Glanzer, M. (1972). Storage mechanisms in recall. In G. H. Bower (Ed.), The psychology of learning and motivation: Advances in research and theory (Vol. 5). New York: Academic Press.
Glanzer, M., & Cunitz, A. R. (1966). Two storage mechanisms in free recall. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 5, 351–360.

Glassbrenner, D. (2005). Driver cell phone use in 2005—overall results. Traffic Safety Facts Research Note (DOT HS 809 967). Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. Retrieved online on 1/17/07 from http://www-nrd.nhtsa.dot.gov/pdf/nrd-30/NCSA/RNotes/2005/809967.pdf

Glucksman, M. L. (2001). The dream: A psychodynamically informative instrument. Journal of Psychotherapy Practice and Research, 10, 223–230.
Gobet, F., & Simon, H. A. (2000). Five seconds or sixty? Presentation time in expert memory. Cognitive Science, 24, 651–682.
Goddard, A. W., Mason, G. F., Almai, A., et al. (2001). Reductions in occipital cortex GABA levels in panic disorder detected with sup-1H-magnetic resonance spectroscopy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 58, 556–561.
Goddard, H. H. (1917). Mental tests and immigrants. Journal of Delinquency, 2, 243–277.
Godden, D. R., & Baddeley, A. D. (1975). Context-dependent memory in two natural environments: On land and under water. British Journal of Psychology, 66, 325–332.
Goffman, E. (1961). Asylums: Essays on the social situation of mental patients and other inmates. New York: Doubleday.
Goldberg, L. R. (1981). Unconfounding situational attributions from uncertain, neutral, and ambiguous ones: A psychometric analysis of descriptions of oneself and various types of others. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 517–552.
Golden, C., Golden, C. J., & Schneider, B. (2003). Cell phone use and visual attention. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 97, 385–389.
Goldfried, M. R., & Eubanks-Carter, C. (2004). On the need for a new psychotherapy research paradigm: Comment on Westen, Novotny, & Thompson-Brenner. Psychological Bulletin, 139, 669–673.
Goldsmith, S. K. (2003). Reducing suicide: A national imperative. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.
Goldstein, B. (2002). Sensation and perception (6th ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.
Goldstein, G. (2000). Comprehensive neuropsychological assessment batteries. In G. Goldstein & M. Hersen (Eds.), Handbook of psychological assessment (3rd ed.). New York: Elsevier.
Goldstein, J. H., Cajko, L., Oosterbroek, M., Michielsen, M., Houten, O., & Salverda, F. (1997). Video games and the elderly. Social Behavior and Personality, 25, 345–352.
Goldston D. B., Reboussin, B., & Daniel, S. S. (2006). Predictors of suicide attempts: State and trait components. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 115, 842–849.
Gonzales, P. M., Blanton, H., & Williams, K. J. (2002). The effects of stereotype threat and double minority status on the test performance of Latino women. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 659–670.
Gonzalez, R. A., & Jaworski, J. N. (1997). Alcohol and glutamate. Alcohol Health and Research World, 21, 120–127.
Goodale, M. A. (1995). The cortical organization of visual perception and visuomotor control. In S. Kosslyn & D. N. Osheron (Eds.), Visual cognition: An invitation to cognitive science (2nd ed.). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Goodale, M. A. (2000). Perception and action in the human visual system. In M. S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The new nognitive neurosciences (2nd ed.). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Page R-18
Goodall, J. (1986). The chimpanzees of Gombe: Patterns of behavior. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Goode, W. J. (1959). The theoretical importance of love. American Sociological Review, 24, 38–47.
Goodman, W. (1982, August 9). Of mice, monkeys and men. Newsweek, 61.
Goodwin, P. J., Leszcz, M., Ennis, M., et al. (2001). The effect of group psychosocial support on survival in metastatic breast cancer. New England Journal of Medicine, 34, 1719–1726.
Gorman, J. M. (2002). Treatment of generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 63(Suppl. 8), 17–23.
Gosling, S. D., Vazire, S., Srivastava, S., & John, O. P. (2004). Should we trust web-based studies? A comparative analysis of six preconceptions about Internet questionnaires. American Psychologist, 59, 93–104.
Gotlib, I. H., Kasch, K. L, Traill, S., Joormann, J., Arnow, B. A., & Johnson, S. L. (2004a). Coherence and specificity of information-processing biases in depression and social phobia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 113, 386–398.
Gotlib, I. H., Krasnoperova, E., Yue, D. N., & Joormann, J. (2004b). Attentional biases for negative interpersonal stimuli in clinical depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 113, 127–135.
Gottesman, I. I. (1991). Schizophrenia genesis: The origins of madness. New York: Freeman.
Gottfried, A. E., Fleming, J. S., & Gottfried, A. W. (1998). Role of cognitively stimulating home environment in children's academic intrinsic motivation: A longitudinal study. Child Development, 69, 1448–1460.
Gottman, J. M., Coan, J., Carrere, S., & Swanson, C. (1998). Predicting marital happiness and stability from newlywed interactions. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 60, 5–22.
Gottman, J. M., Gottman, J. S., & de Claire, J. (2006). Ten lessons to transform your marriage: America's love lab experts share their strategies for strengthening your relationship. New York: Three Rivers.
Gottman, J. M., & Levenson, R. (1992). Marital processes predictive of later dissolution: Behavior, psychology and health. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63, 221–233.
Goulding, A. (2005). Participant variables associated with psi Ganzfeld results. European Journal of Parapsychology, 20, 50–64.
Graber, J. A., Seeley, J. R., Brooks-Gunn, J., & Lewinsohn, P. M. (2004). Is pubertal timing associated with psychopathology in young adulthood? Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 43, 718–726.
Gracely, R. H., Farrell, M. J., & Grant, M. A. B. (2002). Temperature and pain perception. In H. Pashler & S.Yantis, (Eds.), Steven's handbook of experimental psychology: Vol. 1. Sensation and perception (3rd ed.). New York: Wiley.
Graham, J. R. (2006). MMPI-2: Assessing personality and psychopathology. New York: Oxford University Press.
Graham, S., Hudley, C., & Williams, E. (1992). Attributional and emotional determinants of aggression among African-American and Latino young adolescents. Developmental Psychology, 28, 731–740.
Grant, H. M., Bredahl, L. C., Clay, J., Ferrie, J., Groves, J. E., McDorman, T. A., & Dark, V. J. (1998). Context-dependent memory for meaningful material: Information for students. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 12, 617–623.
Gratz, K., Rosenthal, M. Z., Tull, M. T., & Gunderson, J. G. (2006). An experimental investigation of emotional dysregulation in borderline personality disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 115, 850–855.
Graw, P., Werth, E., Kraeuchi, K., Gutzwiller, F., Cajochen, C., & Wirz-Justice, A. (2001). Early morning melatonin administration impairs psychomotor vigilance. Behavioural Brain Research, 121, 167–172.
Gray, J. A. (1991). Neural systems, emotions, and personality. In J. Madden IV (Ed.), Neurobiology of learning, emotion, and affect. New York: Raven Press.
Gray, J. R., & Burgess, G. C. (2004). Personality differences in cognitive control? BAS, processing efficiency, and the prefrontal cortex. Journal of Research in Personality, 38, 35–36.
Green, J. T., & Woodruff-Pak, D. S. (2000). Eyeblink classical conditioning: Hippocampal formation is for neutral stimulus associations as cerebellum is for association-response. Psychological Bulletin, 126, 138–158.
Green, M. (1999). Diagnosis of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Technical Review Number 3, Publication No. 99–0050. Rockville, MD: Agency for Health Care Policy and Research.
Green, M. F. (1997). Schizophrenia from a neuro-cognitive perspective: Probing the impenetrable darkness. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Greenberg, J., Solomon, S., & Pyszynski, T. (1997). Terror management theory of self-esteem and cultural worldviews: Empirical assessments and conceptual refinements. In M. P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 29). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Greenberg, J. S. (2005). Comprehensive stress management. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Greenberg, L. S., & Malcolm, W. (2002). Resolving unfinished business: Relating process to outcome. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 70, 406–416.
Greenberg, L. S., & Rice, L. N. (1997). Humanistic approaches to psychotherapy. In P. L. Wachtel & S. B. Messer (Eds.), Theories of psychotherapy: Origins and evolution. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Greene, K., Krcmar, M., Walters, L. H, Rubin, D. L. & Hale, J. L. (2000). Targeting adolescent risk-taking behaviors: The contribution of egocentrism and sensation seeking. Journal of Adolescence, 23, 439–461.
Greene, R. L. (1992). Human memory: Paradigms and paradoxes. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Greene, R. W., & Ollendick, T. H. (2000). Behavioral assessment of children. In G. Goldstein & M. Hersen (Eds.), Handbook of psychological assessment (3rd ed.). New York: Elsevier.
Greenfield, P. M. (1998). The cultural evolution of IQ. In U. Neisser (Ed.), The rising curve: Long-term gains in IQ and related measures. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Greenleaf, E. (1973). “Senoi” dream groups. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research and Practice, 10, 218–222.
Greenwald, A. G. (1992). New look 3: Unconscious cognition reclaimed. American Psychologist, 47, 766–779.
Greenwald, A. G., & Banaji, M. R. (1995). Implicit social cognition: Attitudes, self-esteem, and stereotypes. Psychological Review, 102, 4–27.
Greenwald, A. G., McGhee, D. E., & Schwartz, J. (1998). Measuring individual differences in implicit cognition: The implicit association test. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 1464–1480.
Greenwald, A. G., Nosek, B. A., & Sriram, N. (2006). Consequential validity of the Implicit Association Test: Comment on Blanton and Jaccard. American Psychologist, 61, 56–61.
Greenwald, A. G., Spangenberg, E. R., Pratkanis, A. R., & Eskenazi, J. (1991). Double-blind tests of subliminal self-help tapes. Psychological Science, 2, 119–122.
Gregory, R. J. (1998). Foundations of intellectual assessment: The WAIS-III and other tests in clinical practice. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Gregory, R. L. (1966). Eye and brain. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Gregory, R. L. (2005). Illusion: The phenomenal brain. New York: Oxford University Press.
Gregory, R. L., & Gombrich, E. H. (1973). Illusion in nature and art. London: Duckworth.
Grice, H. P. (1975). Logic and conversation. In P. Cole & J. L. Morgan (Eds.), Syntax and semantics: Vol. 3. Speech acts. New York: Seminar.
Grigorenko, E. L. (2003). Selected links between nutrition and the mind. In R. J. Sternberg, J. Lautrey, & T. I. Lubart (Eds.), Models of intelligence: International perspectives. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Grimes, K., & Walker, E. F. (1994). Childhood emotional expressions, educational attainment, and age at onset of illness in schizophrenia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 103, 784–790.
Grossberg, S., Finkel, L., & Field, D. (Eds.). (2005). Vision and brain: How the brain sees: New approaches to computer vision. St. Louis: Elsevier.
Grossman, D. (1996). On killing: The psychological cost of learning to kill in war and society. Boston: Little, Brown.
Grossman, H., Bergmann, C., & Parker, S. (2006). Dementia: A brief review. The Mount Sinai Journal of Medicine, 73, 985–992.
Page R-19
Groth-Marnat, G. (1999). Handbook of psychological assessment. New York: Wiley.
Gruest, N., Richer, P., & Hars, B. (2004). Emergence of long-term memory for conditioned aversion in the rat fetus. Developmental Psychobiology, 44, 189–198.
Guéguen, N. (2002). Foot in the door technique and computer mediated communication. Computers in Human Behavior, 18, 11–15.
Guilford, J. P. (1959). Three faces of intellect. American Psychologist, 14, 469–479.
Guilford, J. P. (1967). The nature of human intelligence. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Guilleminault, C., Poyares, D., Abat, F., & Palombini, L. (2001). Sleep and wakefulness in somnambulism: A spectral analysis study. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 51, 411–416.
Guinness book of records. (2000). Stamford, CT: Guinness Media.
Gulevich, G., Dement, W., & Johnson, L. (1966). Psychiatric and EEG observations on a case of prolonged (264 hours) wakefulness. Archives of General Psychiatry, 15, 29–35.
Gump, L. S., Baker, R. C., & Roll, S. (2000). Cultural and gender differences in moral judgment: A study of Mexican Americans and Anglo-Americans. Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 22, 78–93.
Gundelfinger, E. D., Seidenbecher, C., & Schraven, B. (2006). Cell communication in nervous and immune system. New York: Springer.
Gur, R. E., Cowell, P., Turetsky, B. I., Gallacher, F., Cannon, T., Bilker, W., & Gur, R. B. (1998). A follow-up magnetic resonance imaging study of schizophrenia: Relationship of neuroanatomical changes to clinical and neurobehavioral measures. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 145–152.
Gurvitz, I. G., Koenigsberg, H. W., & Siever, L. J. (2000). Neurotransmitter dysfunction in patients with borderline personality disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 23, 27–40.
Gustavson, C. R., Garcia, J., Hankins, W. G., & Rusiniak, K. W. (1974). Coyote predation control by aversive conditioning. Science, 184, 581–583.
Gustavson, C. R., & Gustavson, J. C. (1985, June). Predation control using conditioned food aversion methodology: Theory, practice, and implications. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 443, 348–356.
Guthrie, J. P., Ash, R. A., & Bendapudi, V. (1995). Additional validity evidence for a measure of morningness. Journal of Applied Psychology, 80, 186–190.
Guthrie, R. V. (1976). Even the rat was white: A historical view of psychology. New York: Harper & Row.
Haaga, D. A. F., Dyck, M. J., & Ernst, D. (1991). Empirical status of cognitive theory of depression. Psychological Bulletin, 110, 215–236.
Hafen, B. Q., & Hoeger, W. W. K. (1998). Wellness: Guidelines for a healthy lifestyle. Englewood, CO: Morton.
Haier, R. J., Siegel, B. V., Crinella, F. M., & Buchsbaum, M. S. (1993). Biological and psychometric intelligence: Testing an animal model in humans with positron emission tomography. In D. K. Detterman (Ed.), Individual differences and cognition: Current topics in human intelligence (Vol. 3). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
Hailman, J. P. (1967). The ontogeny of an instinct. Behaviour Supplements, 15, 1–159.
Hailman, J. P. (1969). How an instinct is learned. Scientific American, 221, 98–106.
Haines, R. F. (1991). A breakdown in simultaneous information processing. In G. Obrecht & L. W. Stark (Eds.), Presbyopia research. New York: Plenum Press.
Halari, R., Hines, M., Kumari, V., Mehrotra, R., Wheeler, M., Ng, V., & Sharma, T. (2005). Sex differences and individual differences in cognitive performance and their relationship to endogenous gonadal hormones and gonadotropins. Behavioral Neuroscience, 119, 104–117.
Hall, C. S., & Van de Castle, R. (1966). The content analysis of dreams. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
Hall, G. C. N., & Okazaki, S. (2003). Asian American psychology: The science of lives in context. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Hall, G. S. (1904). Adolescence (Vols. 1 and 2). New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
Haller, M., & Hadler, M. (2006). How social relations and structures can produce happiness and unhappiness: An international comparative analysis. Social Indicators Research, 75, 169–216.
Halligan, P. W., Fink, G. R., Marshall, J. C., & Vallar, G. (2003). Spatial cognition: Evidence from visual neglect. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7, 125–133.
Halpern, B. (2002). Taste. In H. Pashler & S. Yantis (Eds.). Steven's handbook of experimental psychology: Vol. 1. Sensation and perception (3rd ed.). New York: Wiley.
Halpern, D. F. (2004). Sex differences in cognitive abilities (3rd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Halpern, D. F., & Tan, U. (2001). Stereotypes and steroids: Using a psychobiosocial model to understand cognitive sex differences. Brain and Cognition, 45, 392–414.
Hamann S., & Mao, H. (2002). Positive and negative emotional verbal stimuli elicit activity in the left amygdala. Neuroreport, 13(1), 15–19.
Hamer, D. H., & Copeland, P. (1998). Living with our genes: Why they matter more than you think. New York: Doubleday.
Hamilton, R. J. (1985). A framework for the evaluation of the effectiveness of adjunct questions and objectives. Review of Educational Research, 55, 47–85.
Hamilton, W. D. (1964). The genetical theory of social behaviour, I, II. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 12, 12–45.
Hammen, C. (1991). Depression runs in families: The social context of risk and resilience in children of depressed mothers. New York: Springer-Verlag.
Haney, C., & Zimbardo, P. (1998). The past and future of U.S. prison policy: Twenty-five years after the Stanford Prison Experiment. American Psychologist, 53, 709–727.
Hankin, B. L., Abramson, L. Y., Moffit, T. E., Silva, P. A., McGee, R., & Angell, K. E. (1998). Development of depression from preadolescence to young adulthood: Emerging gender differences in a 10-year longitudinal study. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 107, 128–140.
Hankin, B. L., Kassel, J. D., & Abela, R. Z. (2005). Adult attachment dimensions and specificity of emotional distress symptoms: Prospective investigations of cognitive risk and interpersonal stress generation as mediating mechanisms. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 136–151.
Hanley, S. J., & Abell, S. C. (2002). Maslow and relatedness: Creating an interpersonal model of self-actualization. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 42, 37–56.
Hansen, C. H., & Hansen, R. D. (1988). Finding the face in the crowd: An anger superiority effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 917–924.
Hansen, N. B., Lambert, M. J., & Forman, E. M. (2002). The psychotherapy dose-response effect and its implications for treatment delivery services. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 9, 329–343.
Hanson, R. F., Self-Brown, S., Fricker-Elhai, A., Kilpatrick, D. G., Saunders, B. E., & Resnick, H. (2006). Relations among parental substance use, violence, violence exposure, and mental health. Addictive Behaviors, 31, 1988–2001.
Happé, F. G. E., Winner, E., & Brownell, H. (1998). The getting of wisdom: Theory of mind in old age. Developmental Psychology, 34, 358–362.
Harackiewicz, J. M., Barron, K. E., Tauer, J. M., & Elliot, A. J. (2002). Predicting success in college: A longitudinal study of achievement goals and ability measures as predictors of interest and performance from freshman year through graduation. Journal of Educational Psychology, 94, 562–575.
Harley, K., & Reese, E. (1999). Origins of autobiographical memory. Developmental Psychology, 35, 1338–1348.
Harlow, H. F. (1958). The nature of love. The American Psychologist, 13, 673–685.
Harlow, H. F., & Suomi, S. J. (1970). The nature of love-simplified. American Psychologist, 25, 161–168.
Harlow, J., & Roll, S. (1992). Frequency of day residue in dreams of young adults. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 74, 832–834.
Harlow, J. M. (1868). Recovery from the passage of an iron bar through the head. Massachusetts Medical Society, 2, 327.
Harmon-Jones, E., Brehm, J. W., Greenberg, J., Simon, L., & Nelson, D. E. (1996). Evidence that the production of aversive consequences is not necessary to create cognitive dissonance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 5–16.
Page R-20
Harris, C. (2002, August 27). Amazing memory for digits still loses track of car keys. Naples Daily News.
Harris, J. R. (1998). The nurture assumption: Why children turn out the way they do. New York: Free Press.
Harris, S. L. (1981). A letter from the editor on loss and trust. Clinical Psychologist, 34(3), 3.
Harrison, J. E., & Baron-Cohen, S. C. (1997). Synaesthesia: A review of psychological theories. In S. C. Baron et al. (Eds.), Synaesthesia: Classic and contemporary readings. Oxford, England: Blackwell.
Hart, J. W., Bridgett, D. J., & Karau, S. J. (2001). Coworker ability and effort as determinants of individual effort on a collective task. Group Dynamics, 5, 181–190.
Hart, J. W., Karau, S. J., Stasson, M. F., & Kerr, N. A. (2004). Achievement motivation, expected coworker performance, and collective task motivation: Working hard or hardly working? Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 34, 984–1000.
Hartmann, E., Kunzendorf, R., Rosen, R., & Grace, N. G. (2001). Contextualizing images in dreams and daydreams. Dreaming: Journal of the Association for the Study of Dreams, 11, 97–104.
Hartshorne, H., & May, A. (1928). Studies in the nature of character: Vol. 1. Studies in deceit. New York: Macmillan.
Hartwell, L. H., Hood, L., Goldberg, M. L., Reynolds, A. E., Silver, L. M., & Veres, R. C. (2008). Genetics: From genes to genomes. (3rd ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.
Harway, M. (2005). Handbook of couples therapy. New York: Wiley.
Hasher, L., & Zacks, R. T. (1979). Automatic and effortful processes in memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 108, 356–388.
Haskell, W. L., Alderman, E. L., Fair, J. M., et al. (1994). Effects of intensive multiple risk factor reduction on coronary atherosclerosis and clinical cardiac events in men and women with coronary artery disease. Circulation, 89, 975–990.
Hassin, R. R., Uleman, J. S., & Bargh, J. A. (2005). The new unconscious. New York: Oxford University Press.
Hatfield, E. (1988). Passionate and companionate love. In R. J. Sternberg & M. L. Barnes (Eds.), The psychology of love. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Hauri, P. (1982). The sleep disorders (2nd ed.). Kalamazoo, MI: Upjohn.
Hawkins, D. L., Pepler, D. J., & Craig, W. M. (2001). Naturalistic observations of peer interventions in bullying. Social Development, 10, 512–527.
Hawley, P., & Little, T. D. (2002). Evolutionary and developmental perspectives on the agentic self. In D. Cervone & W. Mischel (Eds.), Advances in personality science. New York: Guilford Press.
Haynes, S. N. (2000). Behavioral assessment of adults. In G. Goldstein & M. Hersen (Eds.), Handbook of psychological assessment (3rd ed.). New York: Elsevier.
Hayslip, B., & Panek, P. E. (1989). Adult development and aging. New York: Harper & Row.
Hazan, C., & Diamond, L. M. (2000). The place of attachment in human mating. Review of General Psychology, 4, 186–204.
Health, United States 2006. (2006). Hyattsville, MD: National Center for Health Statistics.

Healthy People 2010. (2005). Retrieved April 17, 2005, from http://www.healthypeople.gov

Healy, D. (2004). Let them eat Prozac: The unhealthy relationship between the pharmaceutical industry and depression. New York: New York University Press.
Hearold, S. (1986). A synthesis of 1043 effects of television on social behavior. In G. Comstock (Ed.), Public communications and behavior (Vol. 1). New York: Academic Press.
Heath, A. C., Kendler, K. S., Eaves, L. J., & Martin, N. G. (1990). Evidence for genetic influences on sleep disturbance and sleep pattern in twins. Sleep, 13, 318–335.
Heath, R. G. (1972). Pleasure and brain activity in man. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 154, 3–18.
Heather, N. (2006). Controlled drinking, harm reduction and their roles in the response to alcohol-related problems. Addiction Research and Theory, 14, 7–18.
Heatherton, T. F., Macrae, C. N., & Kelley, W. M. (2004). What the social brain sciences can tell us about the self. Current Directions in Psychological Science 13, 190–193.
Heaton, T. B. (2002). Factors contributing to increasing marital stability in the U.S. Journal of Family Issues, 23, 392–409.
Hebb, D. O. (1949). The organization of behavior. New York: Wiley.
Hebert, L. E., Scherr, P. A., Bienias, J. L., Bennett, D. A., & Evans, D. A. (2003). Alzheimer disease in the US population: Prevalence estimates using the 2000 census. Archives of Neurology, 60, 1119–1122.
Heerey, E. A., Keltner, D., & Capps, L. M. (2003). Making sense of self-conscious emotion: Linking theory of mind and emotion in children with autism. Emotion, 3, 394–400.
Heider, F. (1958). The psychology of interpersonal relations. New York: Wiley.
Heimpel, S. A., Wood, J. V., Marshall, M. A., & Brown, J. D. (2002). Do people with low self-esteem really want to feel better? Self-esteem differences in motivation to repair negative moods. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 128–147.
Heine, S. J., Kitayama, S., Lehman, D. R., Takata, T., Ide, E., et al. (2000). Divergent consequences of success and failure in Japan and North America: An investigation of self-improving motivations and malleable selves. Vancouver: University of British Columbia.
Heinrichs, R. W. (2001). In search of madness: Schizophrenia and neuroscience. New York: Oxford University Press.
Hekkanen, S. T., & McEvoy, C. (2005). Source monitoring in eyewitness memory: Implicit associations, suggestions, and episodic traces. Memory & Cognition, 33, 759–769.
Helgeson, V. S., Cohen, S., Schultz, R., & Yasko, J. (2000). Group support interventions for women with breast cancer: Who benefits from what? Health Psychology, 19, 107–114.
Heller, M. A., & Schiff, W. (Eds.). (1991). The psychology of touch. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Hellerstein, D., Yankowitch, P., Rosenthal, J., et al. (1993). A randomized double-blind study of fluoxetine versus placebo in the treatment of dysthymia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1169–1175.
Helson, R., Jones, C., & Kwan, V. S. Y. (2002). Personality change over 40 years of adulthood: Hierarchical linear modeling analyses of two longitudinal samples. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 752–766.
Helzer, J. E., & Hudziak, J. J. (Eds). (2002). Defining psychopathology in the 21st century: DSM-V and beyond. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.
Hennessey, T. M., Rucker, W. B., & McDiarmid, C. G. (1979). Classical conditioning in paramecia. Animal Learning & Behavior, 7, 417–423.
Henningsen, D. D., Henningsen, M. L. M., Eden, J., & Cruz, M. G. (2006). Examining the symptoms of groupthink and retrospective sensemaking. Small Group Research, 37, 36–64.
Herd, S .A., Banich, M. T., & O'Reilly, R. C. (2006). Neural mechanisms of cognitive control: An integrative model of stroop task performance and fMRI data. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 18, 22–32.
Herdt, G., & Lindenbaum, S. (Eds.). (1992). Social analysis in the time of AIDS. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Herek, G. M. (2000). The psychology of sexual prejudice. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 9, 19–22.
Herek, G. M. (2002). Gender gaps in public opinion about lesbians and gay men. Public Opinion Quarterly, 66, 40–66.
Herman, D. B., Susser, E. S., Jandorf, L., Lavelle, J., & Bromet, E. J. (1998). Homelessness among individuals with psychotic disorders hospitalized for the first time: Findings from the Suffolk County Mental Health Project. American Journal of Psychiatry, 155, 109–113.
Hernandez, L. M., & Blazer, D. G. (2007). Genes, behavior, and the social environment: Moving beyond the nature/nurture debate. Washington, DC: National Academies Press.
Hernnstein, R. J., & Murray, C. (1994). The bell curve: Intelligence and class structure in American life. New York: Free Press.
Herrington, R., & Lader, M. H. (1996). Biological treatments in psychiatry (2nd ed.). New York: Oxford University Press.
Herrmann, D., Raybeck, D., & Gruneberg, M. (2002). Improving memory and study skills: Advances in theory and practice. Ashland, OH: Hogrefe & Huber.
Hersen, M. (2002). Clinical behavior therapy: Adults and children. New York: Wiley.
Hersen, M. (2003). Effective brief therapies. New York: Academic Press.
Page R-21
Hersen, M. (2006). Clinician's handbook of adult behavioral assessment. New York: Academic Press.
Herz, M., & Marder, S. (2002). Schizophrenia: A comprehensive text. New York: Williams & Wilkins.
Herzog, H. A. (2005). Dealing with the animal research controversy. In C. K. Akins, S. Panicker, & C. L. Cunningham (Eds.), Laboratory animals in research and teaching: Ethics, care, and methods. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Hess, E. H. (1959). Imprinting. Science, 130, 133–141.
Hess, W. R. (1965). Sleep as phenomenon of the integral organism. In K. Akert, C. Bally, & J. P. Schade (Eds.), Sleep mechanisms. New York: Elsevier.
Hetherington, E. M. (1998). Relevant issues in developmental science: Introduction to the special issue. American Psychologist, 53, 93–94.
Hetherington, E. M., Bridges, M., & Insabella, G. M. (1998). What matters? What does not? Five perspectives on the association between marital transitions and children's adjustment. American Psychologist, 53, 167–184.
Hetherington, E. M., & Stanley-Hagan, M. (2002). Parenting in divorced and remarried families. In M. H. Bornstein (Ed.), Handbook of parenting: Being and becoming a parent (2nd ed., Vol. 3). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Hewstone, M., Rubin, M., & Willis, H. (2002). Intergroup bias. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 575–604.
Heylighen, F. (1992). A cognitive-systemic reconstruction of Maslow's theory of self-actualization. Behavioral Science, 37, 39–58.
Higbee, K. L. (2001). Your memory: How it works and how to improve it. New York: Marlowe.
Higgins, E. T. (1996). The “self digest”: Self-knowledge serving self-regulatory functions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 1062–1083.
Hilgard, E. R. (1977). Divided consciousness: Multiple controls in human thought and action. New York: Wiley.
Hilgard, E. R. (1991). A neodissociation interpretation of hypnosis. In S. J. Lynn & J. W. Rhue (Eds.), Theories of hypnosis: Current models and perspectives. New York: Guilford Press.
Hill, C. A. (1987). Affiliation motivation: People who need people but in different ways. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 1008–1018.
Hill, J. L., Brooks-Gunn, J., & Waldfogel, J. (2003). Sustained effects of high participation in an early intervention for low-birth-weight premature infants. Developmental Psychology, 2003, 730–744.
Hill, M. M., Dodson, B. B., Hill, E. W., & Fox, J. (1995). An infant sonicguide intervention program for a child with a visual disability. Journal of Visual Impairment and Blindness, 89, 329–336.
Hill, W. F. (1963). Learning: A survey of psychological interpretations. San Francisco: Chandler.
Hillman, D. C., Siffre, M., Milano, G., & Halberg, F. (1994). Free-running psycho-physiologic circadians and three-month pattern in a woman isolated in a cave. New Trends in Experimental and Clinical Psychiatry, 10, 127–133.
Hillman, J. L., Neubrander, J., & Snyder, S. J. (2007). Childhood autism. New York: Routledge.
Hines, M. (2005). Brain gender. New York: Oxford University Press.
Hirtz, D., Thurman, D. J., Gwinn-Hardy, K., Mohamed, M., Chaudhuri, A. R., & Zalutsky, R. (2007). How common are the “common” neurologic disorders? Neurology, 68, 326–337.
Hobson, J. A. (1996). Chemistry of conscious states: How the brain changes its mind. Boston: Little, Brown.
Hobson, J. A., Pace-Schott, E. F., & Stickgold, R. (2000). Dreaming and the brain: Toward a cognitive neuroscience of conscious states. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 23, 793–842.
Hodges, J., & Tizard, B. (1989). Social and family relationships of ex-institutional adolescents. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 30, 77–97.
Hoffart, A., & Martinson, E. W. (1991). Mental health locus of control in agoraphobia and depression: A longitudinal study of inpatients. Psychological Reports, 68, 1011–1018.
Hoffer, A., & Youngren, V. R. (2004). Is free association still at the core of psychoanalysis? International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 85, 1489–1492.
Hoffman, H. G., Patterson, D. R., Canougher, G. J., & Sharar, S. R. (2001). Effectiveness of virtual reality-based pain control with multiple treatments. Clinical Journal of Pain, 17, 229–235.
Hofmann, S. G., Moscovitch, D. A., & Heinrichs, N. (2004). Evolutionary mechanisms of fear and anxiety. In P. Gilbert (Ed.), Evolutionary theory and cognitive therapy (pp. 119–136). New York: Springer.
Hogan, R. (1983). A socioanalytic theory of personality. In M. Page & R. Dienstbier (Eds.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 1982. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.
Hogue, M. E., Beaugrand, J. P., & Lauguee, P. C. (1996). Coherent use of information by hens observing their former dominant defeating or being defeated by a stranger. Behavioural Processes, 38, 241–252.
Holahan, C. J., & Moos, R. H. (1990). Life stressors, resistance factors, and improved psychological functioning: An extension of the stress resistance paradigm. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 909–917.
Holden, G. W. (2002). Perspectives on the effects of corporal punishment: Comment on Gershoff (2002). Psychological Bulletin, 128, 590–595.
Hollon, S. D. (1996). The efficacy and effectiveness of psychotherapy relative to medications. American Psychologist, 51, 1025–1030.
Hollon, S. D., & Beck, A. T. (1994). Cognitive and cognitive-behavioral therapies. In A. E. Bergin & S. L. Garfield (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change. New York: Wiley.
Holloway, J. D. (2003). Snapshot from the therapy room: In session strategies are not limited by overall theoretical orientation, finds Practice-Net survey. APA Monitor, 34(11), 23.
Holmes, D. S. (1990). The evidence for repression: An examination of sixty years of research. In J. L. Singer (Ed.), Repression and dissociation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Holmes, T. H., & Rahe, R. H. (1967). The Social Readjustment Rating Scale. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 11, 213–218.
Holtzer, R., Stern, Y., & Rakitin, B. C. (2005). Predicting age-related dual-task effects with individual differences on neuropsychological tests. Neuropsychology, 19, 18–27.
Honts, C. R., & Perry, M. V. (1992). Polygraph admissibility: Changes and challenges. Law and Human Behavior, 16, 357–379.
Hooley, J. M. (2004). Do psychiatric patients do better clinically if they live with certain kinds of families? Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13(5), 202–205.
Hooper, J., & Teresi, M. (1986). The three-pound universe. New York: Macmillan.
Horn, J. (1985). Remodeling old models of intelligence. In B. B. Wolman (Ed.), Handbook of intelligence: Theory, measurement, and application. New York: Wiley.
Horn, J. L., & Cattell, R. C. (1966). Refinement and test of the theory of fluid and crystallized general intelligences. Journal of Educational Psychology, 57, 253–270.
Horn, J. L., & Masunaga, H. (2000). On the emergence of wisdom: Expertise development. Understanding wisdom: Sources, science, & society. Philadelphia: Templeton Foundation Press.
Horn, J. L., & Noll, J. (1997). Human cognitive capabilities: Gf-Gc theory. In D. P. Flanagan, J. L. Genshaft, & P. L. Harrison (Eds.), Contemporary intellectual assessment: Theories, tests, and issues. New York: Guilford Press.
Houpt, T. A., Boulos, Z., Moore, E., & Martin, C. (1996). MidnightSun: Software for determining light exposure and phase-shifting schedules during global travel. Physiology and Behavior, 59, 561–568.
House, J. S., Landis, K. R., & Umberson, D. (1988). Social relationships and health. Science, 241, 540–545.
Hovland, C. I., Janis, I., & Kelley, H. H. (1953). Communication and persuasion. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Howard, I. P. (2002). Depth perception. In H. Pashler & S.Yantis (Eds.), Steven's handbook of experimental psychology: Vol. 1. Sensation and perception (3rd ed.). New York: Wiley.
Howard, K. I., Kopta, S. M., Krause, M. S., & Orlinsky, D. E. (1986). The dose-effect relationship in psychotherapy. American Psychologist, 41, 159–164.
Howard, K. I., Lueger, R. J., Maling, M. S., & Martinovich, Z. (1993). A phase model of psychotherapy outcome: Causal mediation of change. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 61, 678–685.
Hubbard, K., O'Neill, A. M., & Cheakalos, C. (1999, April 12). Out of control. People, 52–72.
Page R-22
Hubel, D. H., & Wiesel, T. N. (1979). Brain mechanisms of vision. Scientific American, 241, 150–162.
Hubel, D. H., & Wiesel, T. N. (2005). Brain and visual perception: The story of a 25-year collaboration. New York: Oxford University Press.
Hublin, C., Kaprio, J., Partinen, M., Heikkila, K., & Koskenvuo, M. (1997). Prevalence and genetics of sleepwalking: A population-based twin study. Neurology, 48, 177–181.
Huddy, L., & Virtanen, S. (1995). Subgroup differentiation and subgroup bias among Latinos as a function of familiarity and positive distinctiveness. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 97–108.
Hudson, W. (1960). Pictorial depth perception in sub-cultural groups in Africa. Journal of Social Psychology, 52, 183–208.
Huesmann, L. R., Moise-Titus, J., Podolski, C. L., & Eron, L. D. (2003). Longitudinal relations between children's exposure to TV violence and their aggressive and violent behavior in young adulthood: 1977–1992. Developmental Psychology, 39, 201–221.
Huettel, S. A., Song, A. W., & McCarthy, G. (2005). Functional magnetic resonance imaging. New York: Sinauer.
Huff, R. M., & Kline, M. V. (Eds.). (1999). Promoting health in multicultural populations: A handbook for practitioners. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Huffman, T. (2006, August 2). Would you do the right thing? Action less likely if many present; No 911 call in two homicide cases. Bystander effect called all too common. Toronto Star, B1. Retrieved February, 12, 2007, from http://proquest.umi.com

Hugdahl, K., & Davidson, R. A. (Eds.). (2005). The asymmetrical brain. Boston: MIT Press.
Hugenberg, K., & Bodenhausen, G. V. (2003). Facing prejudice: Implicit prejudice and the perception of facial threat. Psychological Science, 14, 640–643.
Hull, C. L. (1943). Principles of behavior: An introduction to behavior theory. New York: Appleton-Century.

Human Genome Project. (2007). Retrieved May 16, 2007, from http://www.genome.gov/

Hunt, E. (1995). The role of intelligence in modern society. American Scientist, 83, 356–368.
Hunt, E. (1997). The status of the concept of intelligence. Japanese Psychological Research, 39, 1–11.
Hunter, J. E., & Hunter, R. F. (1984). Validity and utility of alternative predictors of job performance. Psychological Bulletin, 96, 72–98.
Huon, G. F., Mingyi, Q., Oliver, K., & Xiao, G. (2002). A large-scale survey of eating disorder symptomatology among female adolescents in the people's Republic of China. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 32, 192–205.
Huttenlocher, P. R. (1979). Synaptic density in human frontal cortex: Developmental changes and effects of aging. Brain Research, 163, 195–205.
Huttenlocher, P. R. (2002). Neural plasticity. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Huurre, T., Junkkari, H., & Aro, H. (2006). Long-term psychosocial effects of parental divorce: A follow-up study from adolescence to adulthood. European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 256, 256–263.
Hyde, J. S. (Ed.). (2005). Biological substrates of human sexuality. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Hyde, J. S., & DeLamater, J. (2003). Understanding human sexuality (8th ed.). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Hyde, M., Ferrie, J., Higgs, P., Mein, G., & Nazroo, J. (2004). The effects of pre-retirement factors and retirement route on circumstances in retirement: Findings from the Whitehall II study. Ageing & Society, 24, 279–296.
Hyman, R. (1994). Anomaly or artifact? Comments on Bem and Honorton. Psychological Bulletin, 115, 19–24.
Iacono, W. G., & Patrick, C. J. (2006). Polygraph (“lie detector”) testing: Current status and emerging trends. In I. B. Weiner & A. K. Hess (Eds.), The handbook of forensic psychology (3rd ed.). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Ickes, W., Holloway, R., Stinson, L. L., & Hoodenpyle, T. G. (2006). Self-monitoring in social interaction: The centrality of self-affect. Journal of Personality, 74, 659–684.
Ikemi, Y., & Nakagawa, A. (1962). A psychosomatic study of contagious dermatitis. Kyushu Journal of Medical Science, 13, 335–350.
Ingelhart, R., & Rabier, J. R. (1986). Aspirations adapt to situations—but why are the Belgians so much happier than the French? A cross-cultural study of the quality of life. In F. M. Andrews (Ed.), Research on the quality of life. Ann Arbor, MI: Institute for Social Research, University of Michigan.
Ingold, C. H. (1989). Locus of control and use of public information. Psychological Reports, 64, 603–607.
Inhelder, B., & Piaget, J. (1958). The growth of logical thinking from childhood to adolescence. New York: Basic Books.

Institute of Education Sciences. (2005). About the Institute of Education Sciences. Retrieved March 13, 2005, from http://www.ed.gov/about/offices/list/ies/index.html?src=mr.

Institute of Education Sciences. (2007). About the Institute of Education Sciences. Retrieved January 8, 2007, from http://www.ed.gov/about/offices/list/ies/index.html?src=mr.

International Union of Psychological Sciences. (2005). Members in IUPsyS. Retrieved March 13, 2005, from http://www.am.org/iupsys/members.html

International Union of Psychological Sciences. (2007). Members in IUPsyS. Retrieved January 8, 2007, from http://www.am.org/iupsys/members.html

Intraub, H., Gottesman, C. V., Willey, E. V., & Zuk, I. J. (1996). Boundary extension for briefly glimpsed photographs: Do common perceptual processes result in unexpected memory distortions? Journal of Memory and Language, 35, 118–134.
Intraub, H., Hoffman, J. E., Wetherhold, C. J., & Stoehs, S. A. (2006). More than meets the eye: The effect of planned fixations on scene representation. Perception & Psychophysics, 68, 759–769.
Irie, M., Maeda, M., & Nagata, S. (2001). Can conditioned histamine release occur under urethane anesthesia in guinea pigs? Physiology and Behavior, 72, 567–573.
Irwin, A. R., & Gross, A. M. (1995). Cognitive tempo, violent video games, and aggressive behavior in young boys. Journal of Family Violence, 10, 337–350.
Irwin, J. R., & McCarthy, D. (1998). Psychophysics: Methods and analyses of signal detection. In K. A. Lattal & M. Perone (Eds.), Handbook of research methods in human operant behavior: Applied clinical psychology. New York: Plenum Press.
Irwin, M., Daniels, M., & Weiner, H. (1987). Immune and neuroendocrine changes during bereavement. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 10, 449–465.
Isaacs, K. S. (1998). Uses of emotion: Nature's vital gift. New York: Praeger.
Isaacson, R. L. (2002). Unsolved mysteries: The hippocampus. Behavioral and Cognitive Neuroscience Reviews, 1, 87–107.
Ishikawa, S. L., Raine, A., Lencz, T., Bihrle, S., & Lacasse, L. (2001). Autonomic stress reactivity and executive functions in successful and unsuccessful criminal psychopaths from the community. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 110, 423–432.
Itard, J. M. G. (1962). The wild boy of Aveyron (G. Humphrey & M. Humphrey, Trans.). New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts. (Original work published 1894)
Ito, K., Momose, T., Oku, S., Ishimoto, S.-I., Yamasoba, T., Sugasawa, M., & Kaga, K. (2004). Cortical activation shortly after cochlear implantation. Audiology & Neurotology, 9, 282–293.
Ito, T. A., & Cacioppo, J. T. (2000). Electro-physiological evidence of implicit and explicit categorization processes. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 36, 660–676.
Itti, L., & Rees, G. (2005). Neurobiology of attention. St. Louis: Elsevier.
Ivey, A. E., D'Andrea, M. D., Ivey, M. B., & Simek-Morgan, L. (2006). Theories of counseling and psychotherapy: A multicultural perspective. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Iwasa, N. (2001). Moral reasoning among adults: Japan U.S. comparison. In H. Shimizu & R. A. LeVine (Eds.), Japanese frames of mind: Cultural perspectives on human development. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Iwawaki, S., & Sarmany-Schuller, I. (2001). Cross-cultural (Japan-Slovakia) comparison of some aspects of sleeping patterns and anxiety. Studia Psychologica, 43, 215–224.
Izac, S. M., & Eeg, T. R. (2006). Basic anatomy and physiology of sleep. American Journal of Electroneurodiagnostic Technology, 46, 18–38.
Page R-23
Izard, C. (Ed.). (1982). Measuring emotions in infants and children. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.
Izard, C. E. (1989). The structure and functions of emotions: Implications for cognition, motivation, and personality. In I. S. Cohen (Ed.), The G. Stanley Hall Lecture Series (Vol. 9). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Jablensky, A., Sartorius, N., Enberg, C., Anker, M., Korten, A., et al. (1992). Schizophrenia: Manifestation, incidence, and course in different cultures: A World Health Organization ten country study. Psychological Medicine Monograph Supplement 20. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.
Jackson, A., Morrow, J., Hill, D., & Dishman, R. (1999). Physical activity for health and fitness. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Jackson, N., & Butterfield, E. (1986). A conception of giftedness designed to promote research. In R. J. Sternberg & J. E. Davidson (Eds.), Conceptions of giftedness. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Jackson, P. B., & Williams, D. R. (2006). Culture, race/ethnicity, and depression. In C. L. Keyes & S. H. Goodman (Eds.), Women and depression: A handbook for the social, behavioral, and biomedical sciences. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Jacobs, B. L (2004). Depression: The brain finally gets into the act. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 103–106.
Jacobson, N. S., & Christensen, A. (1996). Integrative couple therapy: Promoting acceptance and change. New York: Norton.
Jacobson, N. S., Martell, C. R., & Dimidjian, S. (2001). Behavioral activation therapy for depression: Returning to contextual roots. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 8, 255–270.
Jaffee, S. R., Moffitt, T. E., Caspi, A., & Taylor, A. (2003). Life with (or without) father: The benefits of living with two biological parents depend on the father's antisocial behavior. Child Development, 74, 109–126.
James, W. (1879). Are we automata? Mind, 4, 1–22.
James, W. (1950). Principles of psychology (Vol. 2). New York: Dover. (Original work published 1890)
Jamison, K. (1995, February). Manic-depressive illness and creativity. Scientific American, 63–67.
Jang, C.-G., Lee, S.-Y., Yoo, J.-H., Yan, J.-J., Song, D.-K., Loh, H. H., & Ho, I. K. (2003). Impaired water maze learning performance in mu-opioid receptor knockout mice. Molecular Brain Research, 117, 68–72.
Jang, K. (2005). The behavioral genetics of psychopathology: A clinical guide. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Janis, I. L. (1982). Groupthink: Psychological studies of policy decisions and fiascos (2nd ed.). Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
Jansma, J. M., Ramsey, N. F., Slagter, H. A., & Kahn, R. S. (2001). Functional anatomical correlates of controlled and automatic processing. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 13, 730–743.
Janus, S. S., & Janus, C. L. (1993). The Janus report on sexual behavior. New York: Wiley.
Jemmott, J. B., Jemmott, L. S., & Fong, G. T. (1998). Abstinence and safer sex HIV risk-reduction interventions for African American adolescents. Journal of the American Medical Association, 279, 1529–1536.
Jencks, C., & Phillips, M. (Eds). (1998). The Black-White test score gap. Washington, DC: Brookings Institution.
Jenike, M. A. (1998). Obsessive-compulsive disorders. St. Louis, MO: Mosby.
Jenkin, M., & Harris., L. (2005). Seeing spatial form. New York: Oxford University Press.
Jenkins, J., Simpson, A., Dunn, J., Rasbash, J., & O'Connor, T. G. (2005). Mutual influence of marital conflict and children's behavior problems: Shared and nonshared family risks. Child Development, 76, 24–39.
Jennings, B. M. (1990). Stress, locus of control, social support, and psychological symptoms among head nurses. Research in Nursing & Health, 13, 393–401.
Jensen, A. (1969). How much can we boost IQ and scholastic achievement? Harvard Educational Review, 39, 2.
Jensen, A. (1980). Bias in mental testing. New York: Free Press.
Jensen, A. R. (1998). The g factor and the design of education. In R. J. Sternberg & W. M. Williams (Eds.), Intelligence, instruction, and assessment: Theory into practice. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Jensen, L. A., Arnett, J. J., Feldman, S. S., & Cauffman, E. (2004). The right to do wrong: Lying to parents among adolescents and emerging adults. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 33, 101–112.
Jensen, M. P., Turner, J. A., & Romano, J. M. (2001). Changes in beliefs, catastrophizing, and coping are associated with improvement in multidisciplinary pain treatment. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 69, 655–662.
Jéquier, E. (2002). Pathways to obesity. International Journal of Obesity and Related Metabolic Disorders, 26, 12–17.
Jimenez, L., & Mendez, C. (2001). Implicit sequence learning with competing explicit cues. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology: Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 54, 345–369.
John, O. P., & Srivastava, S. (1999). The Big Five trait taxonomy: History, measurement, and theoretical perspectives. In L. A. Pervin & O. P. John (Eds.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research. New York: Guilford Press.
Johns, M., Schmader, T., & Martens, A. (2005). Knowing is half the battle: Teaching stereotype threat as a means of improving women's math performance. Psychological Science, 16, 175–179.
Johnson, A. M., Wadsworth, J., Wellings, K., & Bradshaw, S. (1992). Sexual lifestyles and HIV risk. Nature, 360, 410–412.
Johnson, D. W. (2000). Cooperative learning processes reduce prejudice. In S. Oskamp (Ed.), Reducing prejudice and discrimination. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Johnson, J. L., & Newport, E. L. (1989). Critical period effects in second language learning: The influence of maturational state on the acquisition of English as a second language. Cognitive Psychology, 21, 60–99.
Johnston, J. M., Foxx, R. M., Jacobson, J. W., Green, G., & Mulick, J. A. (2006). Positive behavior support and applied behavior analysis. Behavior Analyst, 29, 51–74.
Johnston, L. D., O'Malley, P. M., Bachman, J. G., & Schulenberg, J. E. (2006). Monitoring the future: National survey results on drug use, 1975–2005: Volume II, College students and adults ages 19–45 (NIH Publication No. 06-5884). Bethesda, MD: National Institute on Drug Abuse.
Johnston, M. S., Kelley, C. S., Harris, F. F., & Wolf, M. M. (1966). An application of reinforcement principles to development of motor skills of a young child. Child Development, 37, 379–387.
Johnston, V. S., Hagel, R., Franklin, M., Fink, B., & Grammer, K. (2001). Male facial attractiveness: Evidence for hormone-mediated adaptive design. Evolution and Human Behavior, 22, 251–267.
Joiner, T. E., & Coyne, J. C. (Eds.). (1999). The interactional nature of depression: Advances in interpersonal approaches. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Jones, B. C., Little, A. C., Feinberg, D. R., Penton-Voak, I. S., Tiddeman, B. P., & Perrett, D. I. (2004). The relationship between shape symmetry and perceived skin condition in male facial attractiveness. Evolution and Human Behavior, 25, 24–30.
Jones, E., Cumming, J. D., & Horowitz, M. J. (1988). Another look at the nonspecific hypothesis of therapeutic effectiveness. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 56, 48–55.
Jones, E. E., & Harris, V. A. (1967). The attribution of attitudes. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 3, 2–24.
Jones, E. G. (2006). The thalamus. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Jones, J. T., Pelham, B. W., Carvallo, M., & Mirenberg, M. C. (2004). How do I love thee? Let me count the Js: Implicit egotism and interpersonal attraction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 87, 665–683.
Jones, M. C. (1924). A laboratory study of fear: The case of Peter. Pedagogical Seminary, 31, 308–315.
Joseph, R. (2000). The evolution of sex differences in language, sexuality, and visual-spatial skills. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 29, 35–66.
Josephs, R. A., Bosson, J. K., & Jacobs, C. G. (2003). Self-esteem maintenance processes: Why self-esteem may be resistant to change. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 920–933.
Page R-24
Julien, R. M. (2005). A primer of drug action: A comprehensive guide to the actions, uses, and side effects of psychoactive drugs (10th ed.). New York: Worth.
Jung, J. (1995). Ethnic group and gender differences in the relationship between personality and coping. Anxiety, Stress & Coping: An International Journal, 8, 113–126.
Jureidini, J. N., Doecke, C. J., Mansfield, P. R., Haby, M. M., Menkes, D. B., & Tonkin, A. L. (2004). Efficacy and safety of antidepressants for children and adolescents. British Medical Journal, 328(7444), 879–883.
Jurist, E. L., Slade, A., & Bergner, S. (2008). Reflecting on the future of psychoanalysis: Mentalization, internalization, and representation. New York: Other Press.
Kabot, S., Masi, W., & Segal, M. (2003). Advances in the diagnosis and treatment of autism spectrum disorders. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 34, 26–33.
Kagan, J. (1989). Temperamental contributions to social behavior. American Psychologist, 44, 668–674.
Kagan, J. (1999). The concept of behavioral inhibition. In L. A. Schmidt & J. Schulkin (Eds.), Extreme fear, shyness, and social phobia: Origins, biological mechanisms, and clinical outcomes. New York: Oxford University Press.
Kagan, J., & Fox, N. A. (2006). Biology, culture, and individual differences. In N. Eisenberg, W. Damon, & R. M. Lerner (Eds.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 3, Social, emotional, and personality development (6th ed). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Kagan, J., Kearsley, R. B., & Zelazo, P. (1978). Infancy: Its place in human development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Kagan, J., Reznick, S., & Snidman, N. (1988). Biological bases of childhood shyness. Science, 240, 167–171.
Kagitçibasi, C. (1997). Individualism and collectivism. In J. W. Berry, M. H. Segall, & C. Kagitçibasi (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (Vol. 3). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Kahneman, D., & Tversky, A. (1979). Prospect theory: An analysis of decisions under risk. Econometrica, 47, 263–291.
Kahneman, D., & Tversky, A. (1982). On the study of statistical intuitions. Cognition, 11, 123–141.
Kaia, L., Pullmann, H., & Allik, J. (2007). Personality and intelligence as predictors of academic achievement: A cross-sectional study from elementary to secondary school. Personality and Individual Differences, 42, 444–451.
Kail, R. (1991). Developmental change in speed of processing during childhood and adolescence. Psychological Bulletin, 109, 490–501.
Kaku, M. (2004). Einstein's cosmos: How Albert Einstein's vision transformed our understanding of space and time. New York: Norton.
Kaltiala-Heino, R., Marttunen, M., Rantanen, P., & Rimpela, M. (2003). Early puberty is associated with mental health problems in middle adolescence. Social Science & Medicine, 57, 1055–1064.
Kamakura, T., Ando, J., & Ono, Y. (2007). Genetic and environmental effects of stability in self-esteem during adolescence. Personality and Individual Differences, 42, 181–190.
Kampmann, K. M., Volpicelli, J. R., Mulvaney, F., Rukstalis, M., Alterman, A. I., Pettinati, H., et al. (2002). Cocaine withdrawal severity and urine toxicology results from treatment entry predict outcome in medication trials for cocaine dependence. Addictive Behaviors, 27, 251–260.
Kandel, E. R. (2001). The molecular biology of memory storage: A dialogue between genes and synapses. Science, 294, 1030–1038.
Kane, H. D., & Brand, C. R. (2006). The variable importance of general intelligence (g) in the cognitive abilities of children and adolescents. Educational Psychology, 26, 751–767.
Kane, J. M. (Ed.). (1992). Tardive dyskinesia: A task force report of the American Psychiatric Association. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.
Kanetsuna, T., Smith, P. K., & Morita, Y. (2006). Coping with bullying at school: Children's recommended strategies and attitudes to school-based interventions in England and Japan. Aggressive Behavior, 32, 570–580.
Kanfer, F. H., & Goldstein, A. P. (Eds.). (1991). Helping people change: A textbook of methods (4th ed.). New York: Pergamon Press.
Kanner, L. (1943) Autistic disturbance of affective contact. Nervous Child, 12, 17–50.
Kanwisher, N. (1998). The modular structure of human visual recognition: Evidence from functional imaging. In M. Sabourin et al. (Eds.), Advances in psychological science: Vol. 2. Biological and cognitive aspects. Hove, England: Psychology Press/Erlbaum (UK) Taylor & Francis.
Kaplan, G. B., Sengor, N. S., Gurvit, H., Genc, I., & Guzelis, C. (2006). A composite neural network model for perseveration and distractibility in the Wisconsin card sorting test. Neural Networks, 19, 375–387.
Kaplan, H., & Dove, H. (1987). Infant development among the Ache of eastern Paraguay. Developmental Psychology, 23, 190–198.
Kaprio, J., Koskenvu, M., & Rita, H. (1987). Mortality after bereavement: A prospective study of 95,647 widowed persons. American Journal of Public Health, 77, 283–287.
Karau, S. J., & Williams, K. D. (1993). Social loafing: A meta-analytic review and theoretical integration. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 681–706.
Karau, S. J., & Williams, K. D. (2001). Understanding individual motivation in groups: The collective effort model. In M. E. Turner (Ed.), Groups at work: Theory and research: Applied social research. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Karon, B. P. (2002). Psychoanalysis: Legitimate and illegitimate concerns. Psychoanalytic Psychology 19, 564–571.
Kashima, Y., Yamaguchi, S., Kim, U., Choi, S., Gelfand, M., & Yuki, M. (1995). Culture, gender, and self: A perspective from individualism-collectivism research. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 925–937.
Kastenbaum, R. (2000). The psychology of death (3rd ed.). New York: Springer.
Katapodi, M. C., Facione, N. C., Humphreys, J. C., & Dodd, M. J. (2005). Perceived breast cancer risk: Heuristic reasoning and search for a dominance structure. Social Science & Medicine, 60, 421–432.
Katz, J., & Melzack, R. (1990). Pain “memories” in phantom limbs: Review and clinical observations. Pain, 43, 319–336.
Kaufman, A. S., & Kaufman, N. (1997). The Kaufman Adolescent and Adult Intelligence Test. In D. P. Flanagan, J. L. Genshaft, & P. L. Harrison (Eds.), Contemporary intellectual assessment: Theories, tests, and issues. New York: Guilford Press.
Kavanagh, D. (1992). Schizophrenia. In P. H. Wilson (Ed.), Principles and practice of relapse prevention. New York: Guilford Press.
Kay, L. (1982). Spatial perception through an acoustic sensor. Christchurch, New Zealand: University of Canterbury Press.
Kaye, W. H., Strober, M., & Klump, K. L. (2002). Serotonin neuronal function in anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa. In F. Lewis Hall et al. (Eds.), Psychiatric illness in women: Emerging treatments and research. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.
Kazdin, A. E. (1975). The impact of applied behavior analysis on diverse areas of research. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 8, 213–229.
Kazdin, A. E. (Ed.). (2003). Methodological issues and strategies in clinical research (3rd ed.). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Keith, S. J., Regier, D. A., & Rae, D. S. (1991). Schizophrenic disorders. In L. N. Robins & D. A. Regier (Eds.), Psychiatric disorders in America: The Epidemiological Catchment Area Study. New York: Free Press.
Keller, H. (1955). The story of my life. New York: Doubleday.
Kelley, H. H. (1973). The process of causal attribution. American Psychologist, 28, 107–128.
Kelly, G. (1955). The psychology of personal constructs. New York: Norton.
Kelly, G. F. (2001). Sexuality today: The human perspective (6th ed.). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Kelly, J. A., St. Lawrence, J. S., Hood, H. V., & Brasfield, T. L. (1989). Behavioral intervention to reduce AIDS risk activities. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 57, 60–67.
Kelly, T. A., & Strupp, H. H. (1992). Patient and therapist values in psychotherapy: Perceived changes, assimilation, similarity, and outcome. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 60, 34–40.
Keltner, D., & Ekman, P. (2000). Facial expression of emotion. In M. Lewis & J. M. Haviland-Jones (Eds.), Handbook of emotions (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.
Page R-25
Kemeny, M. E., (2004). The psychobiology of stress. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12, 124–129.
Kempermann, G. (2005). Adult neurogenesis: Stem cells and neuronal development in the adult brain. New York: Oxford University Press.
Kenardy, J., Brown, W. J., & Vogt, E. (2001). Dieting and health in young Australian women. European Eating Disorders Review, 9, 242–254.
Kendall, D. (1998). Social problems in a diverse society. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Kendler, K. S., Gatz, M., Gardner, C. O., & Pedersen, N. L. (2006). A Swedish national twin study of lifetime major depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 109–114.
Kenrick, D. T., & Funder, D. C. (1988). Profiting from controversy: Lessons from the person-situation debate. American Psychologist, 43, 23–34.
Kensinger, E. A., Ullman, M. T., & Corkin, S. (2001). Bilateral medial temporal lobe damage does not affect lexical or grammatical processing: Evidence from amnesic patient H. M. Hippocampus, 11, 347–360.
Kentridge, R. W., Heywood, C. A., & Weiskrantz, L. (2004). Spatial attention speeds discrimination without awareness in blindsight. Neuropsychologia, 42, 831–835.
Kernberg, O. F. (1984). Severe personality disorders: Psychotherapeutic strategies. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Kernberg, O. F. (2000). Personality disorders in children and adolescents. Poulsbo, WA: H-R Press.
Kernberg, O. F., & Caligor, E. (2005). A psychoanalytic theory of personality disorders. In M. F. Lenzenweger & J. F. Clarkin (Eds.), Major theories of personality disorder. New York: Guilford Press.
Kerr, M., Lambert, W. W., & Bem, D. J. (1996). Life course sequelae of childhood shyness in Sweden: Comparison with the United States. Developmental Psychology, 32, 1100–1105.
Kessler, R. C., Gilman, S. E., Thornton, L. M., & Kendler, K. S. (2004). Health, well-being, and social responsibility in the MIDUS twin and sibling subsamples. In O. G. Brim, C. D. Ryff, & R. Kessler (Eds.), How healthy are we? A national study of well-being in midlife. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Kessler, R. C., McGonagle, K. A., Zhao, S., Nelson, C., et al. (1994). Lifetime and 12-month prevalence of DSM-III-R psychiatric disorder in the United States. Archives of General Psychiatry, 51, 8–19.
Kessler, R. C., & Wittchen, H. U. (2002). Patterns and correlates of generalized anxiety disorder in community samples. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 63(Suppl. 8), 4–10.
Ketellar, T. (1995). Emotion as mental representations of fitness affordances: I. Evidence supporting the claim that the negative and positive emotions map onto fitness costs and benefits. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the Human Behavior and Evolution Society, Santa Barbara, CA.
Kety, S. S. (1988). Schizophrenic illness in the families of schizophrenic adoptees: Findings from the Danish national sample. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 14, 217–222.
Kety, S. S., Rosenthal, D., Wender, P. H., Schulsinger, F., & Jacobson, B. (1978). The biological and adoptive families of adopted individuals who become schizophrenic: Prevalence of mental illness and other characteristics. In L. C. Wynne, R. L. Cromwell, & S. Matthysse (Eds.), The nature of schizophrenia: New approaches to research and treatment. New York: Wiley.
Keyes, C. L. M., & Waterman, M. B. (2003). Dimensions of well-being and mental health in adulthood. In. M. H. Bornstein, L. Davidson, C. L. M. Keyes, & K. A. Moore (Eds.), Well-being: Positive development across the life course: Crosscurrents in contemporary psychology. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Keyes, L. M., & Goodman, S. H. (2006). Women and depression: A handbook for social, behavioral, and biomedical sciences. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Kiecolt-Glaser, J., McGuire, L., Robles, T. F., & Glaser, R. (2002). Emotions, morbidity, and mortality: New perspectives from psychoneuroimmunology. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 83–107.
Kihlstrom, J. F. (1998). Dissociations and dissociation theory in hypnosis: Comment on Kirsch and Lynn. Psychological Bulletin, 123, 186–191.
Kihlstrom, J. F. (1999). The psychological unconscious. In L. A. Pervin & O. P. John (Eds.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research. New York: Guilford Press.
Kim, E. (2004). Neurobehavioral aspects of aggression. In J. P. Morgan (Ed.), Focus on aggression research. Hauppauge, NY: Nova Science.
Kimerling, R., Ouimette, P., & Wolfe, J. (2003). Gender and PTSD. New York: Guilford Press.
Kimura, D. (1992). Sex differences in the brain. Scientific American, 267(3), 119–195.
Kimura, K., Tachibana, N., Aso, T., Kimura, J., & Shibasaki, H. (1997). Subclinical REM sleep behavior disorder in a patient with corticobasal degeneration. Sleep, 20, 891–894.
King, N. J., Dudley, A., Melvin, G., Pallant, J., & Morawetz, D. (2001). Empirically supported treatments for insomnia. Scandinavian Journal of Behaviour Therapy, 30, 23–32.
KING Broadcasting Company. (2005, March 2). 5 P.M. Evening News. Seattle, WA.
Kinsey, A. C., Pomeroy, W. B., & Martin, C. E. (1948). Sexual behavior in the human male. Philadelphia: Saunders.
Kinsey, A. C., Pomeroy, W. B., Martin, C. E., & Gebhard, P. H. (1953). Sexual behavior in the human female. Philadelphia: Saunders.
Kirchengast, S., & Hartmann, B. (2003). Nicotine consumption before and during pregnancy affects not only newborn size but also birth modus. Journal of Biosocial Science, 35, 175–188.
Kirk, K. M., Bailey, J. M., & Martin, N. G. (2000). Etiology of male sexual orientation in an Australian twin sample. Psychology, Evolution, and Gender, 2, 301–311.
Kirmayer, L. J., & Looper, K. (2007). Somatoform disorders. In M. Hersen, S. M. Turner, & D. C. Beidel (Eds.), Adult psychopathology and diagnosis. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Kirsch, I. (2001). The response set theory of hypnosis: Expectancy and physiology. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 44, 69–73.
Kirsch, I., & Braffman, W. (2001). Imaginative suggestibility and hypnotizability. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 10, 57–61.
Kirsch, I., Moore, T. J., Scoboria, A., & Nicholls, S. S. (2002). The emperor's new drugs: An analysis of antidepressant medication data submitted to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Prevention & Treatment, 5, 262–279.
Kitayama, S., & Markus, H. (1999). The yin and yang of the Japanese self. In D. Cervone & Y. Shoda (Eds.), The coherence of personality. New York: Guilford Press.
Kitayama, S., Markus, H. R., & Kurokawa, M. (2000). Culture, emotion, and well-being: Good feelings in Japan and the United States. Cognition and Emotion, 14, 93–124.
Kleim, J. A., Barbay, S., Cooper, N. R., Hogg, T. M., Reidel, C. N., Remple, M. S., & Nudo, R. J. (2002). Motor learning-dependent synaptogenesis is localized to functionally reorganized motor cortex. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 77, 63–77.
Klein, M. (1975). The writings of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press.
Klein, S. B., & Mowrer, R. R. (1989). Contemporary learning theories: Vol I. Pavlovian conditioning and the status of tradition. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Kleiner, M. (Ed). (2002). Handbook of polygraph testing. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Kleinknecht, R. A., Dinnel, D. L., Kleinknecht, E. E., Hiruma, N., et al. (Eds.). (1997). Cultural factors in social anxiety: A comparison of social phobia symptoms and Taijin Kyofusho. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 2, 157–177.
Kleinman, A. (2004). Culture and depression. New England Journal of Medicine, 351, 951–953.
Kleinmuntz, B. (1980). Essentials of abnormal psychology (2nd ed.). New York: Harper & Row.
Kleinmuntz, B., & Szucko, J. J. (1984). Lie detection in ancient and modern times: A call for contemporary scientific study. American Psychologist, 39, 766–776.
Kleitman, N. (1963). Sleep and wakefulness (2nd ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Kluckhohn, C., & Murray, H. A. (1953). Personality formation: The determinants. In C. Kluckhohn, H. A. Murray, & D. M. Schneider (Eds.), Personality in nature, society, and culture. New York: Knopf.
Page R-26
Kluft, R. P. (1999). True lies, false truths, and naturalistic raw data: Applying clinical research findings to the false memory debate. In L. M. Williams & V. L. Banyard (Eds.), Trauma and memory. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Knauth, P. (1996). Designing better shift systems. Applied Ergonomics, 27, 39–44.
Knoblauch, K. (2002). Color vision. In H. Pashler & S. Yantis (Eds.), Steven's handbook of experimental psychology: Vol. 1. Sensation and perception (3rd ed.). New York: Wiley.
Knopik, V. S., Heath, A. C., Madden, P., Bucholz, K. K., Slutske, W. S., Nelson, E. C., Statham, D., Whitfield, J. B., & Martin, N. G. (2004). Genetic effects on alcohol dependence risk: Re-evaluating the importance of psychiatric and other heritable risk factors. Psychological Medicine, 34, 1519–1530.
Koch, C. (2004). The quest for consciousness: A neurobiological approach. Denver, CO: Roberts.
Kochanska, G., Aksan, N., Knaack, A., & Rhines, H. M. (2004). Maternal parenting and children's conscience: Early security as moderator. Child Development, 75, 1229–1242.
Kochanska, G., Casey, R. J., & Fukumoto, A. (1995). Toddlers' sensitivity to standard violations. Child Development, 66, 643–656.
Kochanska, G., Forman, D. R., Aksan, N., & Dunbar, S. B. (2005). Pathways to conscience: Early mother-child mutually responsive orientation and children's moral emotion, conduct, and cognition. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 46, 19–34.
Koenig, H. G., Pargament, K. L., & Nielsen, J. (1998). Religious coping and health status in medically ill hospitalized older adults. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 186, 513–521.
Koestner, R., & McClelland, D. C. (1990). Perspectives on competence motivation. In L. A. Pervin (Ed.), Handbook of personality theory and research. New York: Guilford Press.
Kogi, K. (1985). Introduction to the problems of shift work. In S. Folkard & T. H. Monk (Eds.), Hours of work. West Sussex: Wiley.
Kohlberg, L. (1963). The development of children's orientations toward a moral order: I. Sequence in the development of moral thought. Human Development, 6, 11–33.
Kohlberg, L. (1984). The psychology of moral development: Essays on moral development (Vol. 2). New York: Harper & Row.
Köhler, W. (1925). The mentality of apes (Trans. from the 2nd rev. ed. by Ella Winter). New York: Harcourt.
Kohut, H. (1971). Analysis of the self. New York: International Universities Press.
Kohut, H. (1977). The restoration of self. New York: International Universities Press.
Kokko, K., & Pulkkinen, L. (2000). Aggression in childhood and long-term unemployment in adulthood: A cycle of maladaptation and some protective factors. Developmental Psychology, 36, 463–472.
Kolb, B., & Whishaw, I. Q. (2001). An introduction to brain and behavior. New York: Worth.
Kolb, B., & Whishaw, I. Q. (2003). Fundamentals of human neuropsychology (5th ed.). New York: Worth.
Kolb, B., & Whishaw, I. Q. (2005). An introduction to brain and behavior (2nd ed.). New York: Worth.
Kollar, E. J., & Fisher, C. (1980). Tooth induction in chick epithelium: Expression of quiescent genes for enamel synthesis. Science, 207, 993–995.
Koltko-Rivera, M. (2006). Rediscovering the later version of Maslow's hierarchy of needs: Self-transcendence and opportunities for theory, research, and unification. Review of General Psychology, 10, 302–317.
Koluchova, J. (1972). Severe deprivation in twins: A case study. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 13, 107–114.
Koluchova, J. (1991). Severely deprived twins after 22 years of observation. Studia Psychologica, 33, 23–28.
Koriat, A., & Bjork, R. A. (2005). Illusions of competence in monitoring one's knowledge during study. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 31, 187–194.
Kortegaard, L., Hoerder, K., Joergensen, J., Gillberg, C., & Kyvik, K. O. (2001). A preliminary population-based twin study of self-reported eating disorder. Psychological Medicine, 31, 361–365.
Kosambi, D. D. (1967). Living prehistory in India. Scientific American, 216, 105.
Kosslyn, S. M. (1978). Measuring the visual angle of the mind's eye. Cognitive Psychology, 10, 356–389.
Kosslyn, S. M., Ball, T. M., & Reiser, B. J. (1978). Visual images preserve metric spatial information: Evidence from studies of image scanning. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 4, 47–60.
Kosslyn, S. M., Thompson, W. L., Costantini-Ferrando, M. F., Alpert, N. M., & Spiegel, D. (2000). Hypnotic visual illusion alters color processing in the brain. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1279–1284.
Kosslyn, S. M., Thompson, W. L., & Ganis, G. (2006). The case for mental imagery. New York: Oxford University Press
Kostanski, M., Fisher, A., & Gullone, E. (2004). Current conceptualisation of body image dissatisfaction: Have we got it wrong? Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 45, 1317–1325.
Kottak, C. P. (2000). Cultural anthropology (8th ed.). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Kowert, P. A. (Ed.). (2002). Groupthink or deadlock: When do leaders learn from their advisors? SUNY series on the presidency. New York: State University of New York Press.
Kraft, C. L. (1978). A psychophysical contribution to air safety: Simulator studies of illusions in night visual approaches. In H. L. Pick, Jr., H. W. Leibowitz, J. E. Singer, A. Steinschneider, & H. W. Stevenson (Eds.), Psychology: From research to practice. New York: Plenum Press.
Krasnegor, N. A., Lyon, G. R., & Goldman, R. P. S. (1997). Development of the prefrontal cortex: Evolution, neurobiology, and behavior. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes.
Krebs, D. L., & Denton, K. (1997). Social illusions and self-deception: The evolution of biases in person perception. In J. A. Simpson & D. T. Kenrick (Eds.), Evolutionary social psychology. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Krevans, J., & Gibbs, J. C. (1996). Parents' use of inductive discipline: Relations to children's empathy and prosocial behavior. Child Development, 67, 3263–3277.
Kribbs, N. B. (1993). Siesta. In M. A. Carskadon (Ed.), Encyclopedia of sleep and dreaming. New York: Macmillan.
Krishnan, V., & Collop, N. A. (2006). Gender differences in obstructive sleep apnea. In C. A. Kushida (Ed.), Obstructive sleep apnea: Clinical issues, diagnosis, and treatment. New York: Taylor & Francis.
Krizan, Z., & Baron, R. S. (2007). Group polarization and choice-dilemmas: How important is self-categorization? European Journal of Social Psychology, 37, 191–201.
Kroeber, A. L. (1948). Anthropology. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.
Krosnick, J. A., Betz, A. L., Jussim, L. J., & Lynn, A. R. (1992). Subliminal conditioning of attitudes. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 152–162.
Kruger, J., Wirtz, D., & Miller, D. T. (2005). Counterfactual thinking and the first instinct fallacy. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 88, 725–735.
Kruglanski, A. W. (2004). The psychology of closed mindedness. New York: Psychology Press.
Kryger, M. H., Walid, R., & Manfreda, J. (2002). Diagnoses received by narcolepsy patients in the year prior to diagnosis by a sleep specialist. Sleep: Journal of Sleep and Sleep Disorders Research, 25, 36–41.
Ksir, C. J., Hart, C. I., & Ray, O. S. (2008). Drugs, society, and human behavior. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Kübler-Ross, E. (1969). On death and dying. New York: Macmillan.
Kulik, J. A., & Mahler, H. I. M. (2000). Social comparison, affiliation, and emotional contagion under threat. In J. Suls & L. Wheeler (Eds.), Handbook of social comparison: Theory and research. Dordrecht, Netherlands: Kluwer.
Kulik, J. A., Mahler, H. I. M., & Moore, P. J. (1996). Social comparison and affiliation under threat: Effects of recovery from major surgery. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66, 301–309.
Kuncel, N. P., Hezlett, S. A., & Ones, D. S. (2004). Academic performance, career potential, and job performance: Can one construct predict them all? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 148–161.
Kunzendorf, R. G., Hartmann, E., Cohen, R., & Cutler, J. (1997). Bizarreness of the dreams and daydreams reported by individuals with thin and thick boundaries. Dreaming: Journal of the Association for the Study of Dreams, 7, 265–271.
Page R-27
Kunzman, U., & Baltes, P. B. (2003). Beyond the traditional scope of intelligence: Wisdom in action. In R. J. Sternberg, J. Lautrey, & T. I. Lubart (Eds.), Models of intelligence: International perspectives. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Kurzweil, E. (1989). The Freudians: A comparative perspective. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
LaBar, K. S., & LeDoux, J. E. (2006). Fear and anxiety pathways. In S. O. Moldin & J. L. Rubenstein (Eds.), Understanding autism: From basic neuroscience to treatment. Boca Raton, FL: CRC.
LaBar, K. S., & Phelps, E. A. (1998). Arousal-mediated memory consolidation: Role of the medial temporal lobe in humans. Psychological Science, 9, 490–493.
Lachman, M. E. (2004). Development in midlife. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 305–331.
Laible, D., & Thompson, R. A. (2000). Mother-child discourse, attachment security, shared positive affect, and early conscience development. Child Development, 71, 1424–1440.
Lam, R. W., Levitt, A. J., Levitan, R. D., Enns, M. W., Morehouse, R., Michalak, E. E., & Tam, E. M. (2006). The Can-SAD study: A randomized controlled trial of the effectiveness of light therapy and fluoxetine in patients with winter seasonal affective disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 805–812.
Lambert, M. J., Shapiro, D. A., & Bergin, A. E. (1986). The effectiveness of psychotherapy. In. L. Garfield & A. E. Bergin (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (3rd ed.). New York: Wiley.
Lambert, W. E., Genesee, F., Holobow, N., & Chartrand, L. (1993). Bilingual education for majority English-speaking children. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 8, 3–22.
Lamborn, S. D., Mounts, N. S., Steinberg, L., & Dornbusch, S. M. (1991). Patterns of competence and adjustment among adolescents from authoritative, authoritarian, indulgent, and neglectful families. Child Development, 62, 1049–1065.
Land, B. B., & Seeley, T. D. (2004). The grooming invitation dance of the honey bee. Ethology, 110, 1–10.
Landers, D. M., & Arent, S. (2001). Arousal-performance relations. In J. M. Williams (Ed.), Applied sport psychology: Personal growth to peak performance (4th ed.). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Landesman, S., & Ramey, C. T. (1989). Developmental psychology and mental retardation: Integrating scientific principles with treatment practices. American Psychologist, 44, 409–415.
Lane, R. D., Reiman, E. M., Ahern, G. L., & Schwartz, G. E. (1997). Neuroanatomical correlates of happiness, sadness, and disgust. American Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 926–933.
Lane, S. D., Cherek, D. R., Lieving, L. M., & Tcheremissine, O. V. (2005). Marijuana effects on human forgetting functions. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 83, 67–83.
Langan-Fox, J., & Grant, S. (2006). The Thematic Apperception Test: Toward a standard measure of the Big Three motives. Journal of Personality Assessment, 87, 277–291.
Langer, E. (1989). Mindlessness. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Langlois, J. H., Kalakanis, L., Rubenstein, A. J., Larson, A., Hallam, M., & Smoot, M. (2000). Maxims or myths of beauty? A meta-analytic and theoretical review. Psychological Bulletin, 126, 390–423.
Langlois, J. H., & Roggman, L. A. (1990). Attractive faces are only average. Psychological Science, 1, 115–121.
Lanier, C. A. (2001). Rape accepting attitudes: Precursors to or consequences of forced sex. Violence Against Women, 7, 876–885.
LaPiere, R. T. (1934). Attitudes and actions. Social Forces, 13, 230–237.
LaPointe, L. L. (2005). Aphasia and related neurogenic language disorders (3rd ed.). New York: Thieme New York.
Larivée, S., Normandeau, S., & Parent, S. (2000). The French connection: Some contributions of French language research in the post Piagetian era. Child Development, 71, 823–839.
Larsen, R., & Buss, D. M. (2007). Personality psychology: Domains of knowledge about human nature (3rd ed.). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Larsen, R., & Diener, E. (1985). A multitrait-multimethod examination of affect structure: Hedonic level and emotional intensity. Personality and Individual Differences, 6, 631–636.
Larson, R. W., Hansen, D. M., & Moneta, G. (2006). Differing profiles of developmental experiences across types of organized youth activities. Developmental Psychology, 42, 849–863.
Larson, R. W., Moneta, G., Richards, M. H., & Wilson, W. (2002). Continuity, stability, and change in daily emotional experience across adolescence. Child Development, 73, 1151–1165.
Lasco, M. S., Jordan, T. J., Edgar, M. A., Petito, C. K., & Byne, W. (2002). A lack of dimorphism of sex or sexual orientation in the human anterior commissure. Brain Research, 936, 95–98.
Lashley, K. S. (1950). In search of the engram. Symposia of the Society for Experimental Biology, 4, 454–482.
Latané, B., & Bourgeois, M. J. (2001). Successfully simulating dynamic social impact: Three levels of prediction. In J. P. Forgas & K. D. Williams (Eds.), Social influence: Direct and indirect processes. The Sydney symposium of social psychology. Philadelphia, PA: Psychology Press.
Latané, B., & Darley, J. M. (1970). The unresponsive bystander: Why doesn't he help? New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
Laumann, E. O., Gagnon, J. H., Michael, R. T., & Michaels, S. (1994). The social organization of sexuality: Sexual practices in the United States. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Lavergne, G. M. (1997). A sniper in the tower: The Charles Whitman murders. Denton: University of North Texas Press.
Lavie, P. (2000). Sleep-wake as a biological rhythm. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 277–303.
Lavigne, J. V., Gibbons, R. D., Christoffel, K. K., & Arend, R. (1996). Prevalence rates and correlates of psychiatric disorders among preschool children. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 35, 204–214.
Lazarus, A. A. (1995). Multimodal therapy. In R. J. Corsini & D. Wedding (Eds.), Current psychotherapies (5th ed.). Itasca, IL: Peacock.
Lazarus, R. S. (1991). Progress on a cognitive-motivational-relational theory of emotion. American Psychologist, 46, 819–834.
Lazarus, R. S. (1998). Fifty years of the research and theory of R. S. Lazarus: An analysis of historical and perennial issues. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Lazarus, R. S. (2001). Relational meaning and discrete emotions. In B. K. Scherer et al. (Eds.), Appraisal processes in emotion: Theory, methods, research. New York: Oxford University Press.
Lazarus, R. S., & Folkman, S. (1984). Stress, appraisal, and coping. New York: Springer.
Leary, M. R. (2004). The self we know and the self we show: Self-esteem, self-presentation, and the maintenance of interpersonal relationships. In M. B. Brewer & M. Hewstone (Eds.), Emotion and motivation: Perspectives on social psychology. Malden, MA: Blackwell.
Leary, M. R., Kowalski, R. M., Smith, L., & Phillips, S. (2003). Teasing, rejection, and violence: Case studies of the school shootings. Aggressive Behavior, 29, 202–214.
Lebrun, M. (2007). Student depression. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield Education.
LeDoux, J. E. (1998). The emotional brain. New York: Simon & Schuster.
LeDoux, J. E. (2000). Emotion circuits in the brain. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 23, 155–184.
LeDoux, J. E., & Phelps, E. A. (2000). Emotional networks in the brain. In M. Lewis & J. M. Haviland-Jones (Eds.), Handbook of emotions (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.
Lee, J. D. (1998). Which kids can “become” scientists? Effects of gender, self-concepts, and perceptions of scientists. Social Psychology Quarterly, 61, 199–219.
Lehmann-Haupt, C. (1988, August 4). Books of the times: How an actor found success, and himself. New York Times, p. 2.
Leichtman, M. D., & Ceci, S. J. (1995). The effects of stereotypes and suggestions on preschoolers' reports. Developmental Psychology, 31, 568–578.
LeMoal, H., (1999). Dopamine and the brain: From neurons to networks. New York: Academic Press.
Lenzenweger, M. F., & Clarkin, J. F. (Eds.). (2005). Major theories of personality disorder. New York: Guilford Press.
Page R-28
Leon, G. R., & Roth, L. (1977). Obesity: Psychological causes, correlations, and speculations. Psychological Bulletin, 84, 117–139.
Leor, J., Poole, W. K., & Kloner, R. A. (1996). Sudden cardiac death triggered by an earthquake. New England Journal of Medicine, 334(7), 413–419.
Lester, D. (1972). Voodoo death: Some new thoughts on an old phenomenon. American Anthropologist, 74, 386–390.
Levant, R. F. (2004). The empirically validated treatments movement: A practitioner/educator perspective. Clinical Psychology; Science and Practice, 11, 219–224.
Levine, R., Sato, S., Hashimoto, T., & Verma, J. (1995). Love and marriage in eleven cultures. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 26, 554–571.
Levinson, D. J. (1986). A conception of adult development. American Psychologist, 41, 3–13.
Levinson, D. J. (1990). A theory of life structure development in adulthood. In C. N. Alexander & E. J. Langer (Eds.), Higher stages of human development: Perspectives on adult growth. New York: Oxford University Press.
Levinson, D. J., Darow, C. N., Klein, E. B., Levinson, M. H., & McKee, B. (1978). The seasons of a man's life. New York: Knopf.
Levinthal, C. F. (1996). Drugs, behavior, and modern society. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Levinthal, C. F. (2007). Drugs, behavior, and modern society. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Levitsky, D. A. (2002). Putting behavior back into feeding behavior: A tribute to George Collier. Appetite, 38, 143–148.
Levy, B. R., Slade, M. D., Kunkel, S. R., & Kasl, S. V. (2002). Longevity increased by positive self-perceptions of aging. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 261–270.
Levy, K. N., Meehan, K. B., Kelly, K. M., Reynoso, J. S., Weber, M., Clarkin, J. F., & Kernberg, O. F. (2006). Change in attachment patterns and reflective function in a randomized control trial of transference-focused psychotherapy for borderline personality disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology. 74, 1027–1040.
Levy, S., Marrow, L., Bagley, C., & Lippman, M. (1988). Survival hazards analysis in first recurrent breast cancer patients: Seven-year follow-up. Psychosomatic Medicine, 50, 520–528.
Lewin, R. (1998). The origin of modern humans. New York: American Scientific Library.
Lewinsohn, P. M. (1974). A behavioral approach to depression. In R. J. Friedman & M. Katz (Eds.), The psychology of depression: Contemporary theory and research. Oxford, England: Wiley.
Lewinsohn, P. M, Gotlib, I. H., Lewinsohn, M., Seeley, J. R., & Allen, N. B. (1998). Gender differences in anxiety disorders and anxiety symptoms in adolescents. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 107, 109–117.
Lewinsohn, P. M., Hoberman, H., Teri, L., & Hantzinger, M. (1985). An integrative theory of depression. In S. Reiss & R. Bootzin (Eds.), Theoretical issues in behavior therapy. New York: Academic Press.
Lewis, M. (1999). On the development of personality. In L. A. Pervin & O. P. John (Eds.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research. New York: Guilford Press.
Lewis, M. (2000). The emergence of human emotions. In M. Lewis & J. M. Haviland-Jones (Eds.), Handbook of emotions (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.
Lewis, M. J. (1996). Alcohol reinforcement and neuropharmacological therapeutics. Alcohol and Alcoholism, 31(Suppl. 1), 17–25.
Lewis, M. W., Misra, S., Johnson, H. L., & Rosen, T. S. (2004). Neurological and developmental outcomes of prenatally cocaine-exposed offspring from 12 to 36 months. American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 30, 299–320.
Lewis, S. R., Dym, C., Chai, C., Singh, A., Kest, B., & Bodnar, R. J. (2007). Genetic variance contributes to ingestive processes: A survey of eleven inbred mouse strains for fat (intralipid) intake. Physiology & Behavior, 90, 82–94.
Lewy, A., Emens, J., Jackman, A., & Yuhas, K. (2006). Circadian uses of melatonin in humans. Chronobiology International, 23, 403–412.
Leyens, J. P., Camino, L., Parke, R. D., & Berkowitz, L. (1975). Effects of movie violence on aggression in a field setting as a function of group dominance and cohesion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 32, 346–360.
Li, S. (2001). How close is too close? A comparison of proxemic reactions of Singaporean Chinese to male intruders of four ethnicities. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 93, 124–126.
Lidz, C. S. (1997). Dynamic assessment approaches. In D. P. Flanagan, J. L. Genshaft, & P. L. Harrison (Eds.), Contemporary intellectual assessment: Theories, tests, and issues. New York: Guilford Press.
Lieb, R., Isensee, B., Hoefier, M., Pfister, H., & Wittchen, H. U. (2002). Parental major depression and the risk of depression and other mental disorders in offspring: A prospective-longitudinal community study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 365–374.
Lieberman, J. A. (1998). Psychiatric drugs. Philadelphia: Saunders.
Liedtke, W. B. (2006). TRP ion channel function in sensory transduction and cellular signaling cascades. San Francisco: Taylor & Francis.
Lilienfeld, S. O., Wood, J. M., & Garb, H. N. (2000). The scientific status of projective techniques. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 1, 25–62.
Linden, W. (2005). Stress management: From basic science to better practice. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Linehan, M. M. (1993). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of borderline personality disorder. New York: Guilford Press.
Link, B. G., & Steuve, A. (1998). New evidence on the violence risk posed by people with mental illness. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 403–404.
Linver, M. R., Brooks-Gunn, J., & Kohen, D. E. (2002). Family processes as pathways from income to young children's development. Developmental Psychology, 38, 719–734.
Lippa, R. A. (2005). Gender, nature, and nurture. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Lipsitt, L. P. (1990). Learning processes in the human newborn: Sensitization, habituation, and classical conditioning. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 608, 113–127.
Litz, B. T. (2004). Early intervention for trauma and traumatic loss. New York: Guilford Press.
Livesley, W. J. (2003). Practical management of personality disorder. New York: Guilford Press.
Livingstone, M., & Hubel, D. (1994). Segregation of form, color, movement, and depth: Anatomy, physiology, and perception. In H. Gutfreund & G. Toulouse (Eds.), Biology and computation: A physicist's choice. Advanced series in neuroscience. Singapore: World Scientific Publishing.
Lloyd, E. A., & Feldman, M. W. (2002). Evolutionary psychology: A view from evolutionary biology. Psychological Inquiry, 13, 150–156.
Lobina, C., Agabio, R., Reali, R., Gessa, G. L., & Colombo, G. (1999). Contribution of GABA-sub(A) and GABA-sub(B) receptors to the discriminative stimulus produced by gamma-hydroxybutyric acid. Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior, 64(2), 363–365.
Locke, D. C. (1992). Increasing multicultural understanding: A comprehensive model. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Locke, E. A., & Latham, G. P. (2002). Building a practically useful theory of goal setting and task motivation: A 35-year odyssey. American Psychologist, 57, 705–717.
Loehlin, J. C. (1992). Genes and environment in personality development. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Loehlin, J. C., Willerman, L., & Horn, J. M. (1988). Genetics and human behavior. Annual Review of Psychology, 39, 101–134.
Loewenstein, R. J. (1991). Psychogenic amnesia and psychogenic fugue: A comprehensive review. In A. Tasman & S. M. Goldfinger (Eds.), American Psychiatric Press review of psychiatry (Vol. 10). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association.
Loftus, E. F., & Bernstein, D. M. (2005). Rich false memories: The royal road to success. In A. Healy (Ed.), Experimental cognitive psychology and its applications. Decade of behavior. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Loftus, E. F., & Palmer, J. C. (1974). Reconstruction of automobile destruction: An example of the interaction between language and memory. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 13, 585–589.
Logue, A. W. (1991). The psychology of eating and drinking (2nd ed.). New York: Freeman.
Lohr, J., Olatunji, B. O., & Sawchuck, C. N. (2007). A functional analysis of danger and safety signals in anxiety disorders. Clinical Psychology Review, 27, 114–126.
Page R-29
Lomber, S. J., & Eggermont, J. J. (2006). Reprogramming the cerebral cortex: Plasticity following central and peripheral lesions. New York: Oxford University Press.
Lonsdorf, E. V. (2006). What is the role of mothers in the acquisition of termite-fishing behaviors in wild chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes schweinfurthii)? Animal Cognition, 9, 36–46.
Lopez, S. R., & Guarnaccia, P. J. (2000). Cultural psychopathology: Uncovering the social world of mental illness. Annual Review of Psychology, 51, 571–598.
Lorenz, K. (1937). The companion in the bird's world. Auk, 54, 245–273.
Lorenzen, L. A., Grieve, F. G., & Thomas, A. (2004). Exposure to muscular male models decreases men's body satisfaction. Sex Roles, 51, 743–748.
Lovaas, O. I. (1977). The autistic child. New York: Irvington.
Lovallo, W. (Ed.). (2005). Stress and health: Biological and psychological interactions. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Lovallo, W. R., & Gerin, W. (2003). Psychophysio-logical reactivity: Mechanisms and pathways to cardiovascular disease. Psychosomatic Medicine, 65, 36–45.
Lovibond, P. (2006). Fear and avoidance: An integrated expectancy model. In M. G. Craske, D. Hermans, & D. Vansteenwegen (Eds.), Fear and learning: From basic processes to clinical implications. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Lubinski, D. (2004). Introduction to the special section on cognitive abilities: 100 years after Spearman's (1904) “‘General intelligence,’ objectively determined and measured.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 96–111.
Luborsky, L., Rosenthal, R., Diguer, L., Andrusyna, T. P., Berman, J. S., Jeffrey, S., Levitt, J. T., Seligman, D. A., & Krause, E. D. (2002). The dodo bird verdict is alive and well—mostly. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 9, 2–12.
Lucas, R. E., Clark, A. E., Georgellis, Y., & Diener, E. (2004). Unemployment alters the set point for life satisfaction. Psychological Science, 15, 8–13.
Luchins, A. J. (1942). Mechanization in problem solving: The effect of Einstellung. Psychological Monographs, 54(6, Whole No. 248).
Luciano, M., Wright, M. J., Smith, G. A., Geffen, G. M., Geffen, L. B., & Martin, N. G. (2001). Genetic covariance among measures of information processing speed, working memory, and IQ. Behavior Genetics, 31, 581–592.
Luck, S. J., & Vecera, S. P. (2002). Attention. In H. Pashler & S.Yantis (Eds.), Steven's handbook of experimental psychology: Vol. 1. Sensation and perception (3rd ed.). New York: Wiley.
Luna, B., Garver, K. E., Urban, T. A., Lazar, N. A., & Sweeney, J. A. (2004). Maturation of cognitive processes from late childhood to adulthood. Child Development, 75, 1357–1372.
Luria, A. R. (1968). The mind of a mnemonist: A little book about a vast memory. New York: Basic Books.
Lutz, W., Leon, S., Martinovich, Z., Lyons, J. S., & Stiles, W. B. (2007). Therapist effects in outpatient psychotherapy: A three-level growth curve approach. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 54, 32–39.
Lykken, D. T. (1981). A tremor in the blood: Uses and abuses of the lie detector. New York: Plenum.
Lykken, D. T. (1984). Polygraph interrogation. Nature, 307, 681–684.
Lykken, D. T. (2006). The mechanism of emergenesis. Genes, Brain, & Behavior, 5, 306–310.
Lykken, D. T., McGue, M., Tellegen, A., & Bouchard, T. J. (1992). Emergenesis: Genetic traits that may not run in families. American Psychologist, 47, 1565–1577.
Lykken, D. T., & Tellegen, A. (1996). Happiness is a stochastic phenomenon. Psychological Science, 7, 186–189.
Lynn, S. J., Neuschatz, J., Fite R., & Kirsch I. (2001). Hypnosis in the forensic arena. Journal of Forensic Psychology Practice, 1, 113–122.
Lyons, M. J., Schultz, M., Neale, M., Brady, K., Eisen, S., Toomey, R., Rhein, A., Faraone, S., & Tsuang, M. (2006). Specificity of familial vulnerability for alcoholism versus major depression in men. The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 194, 809–817.
Lytton, H., & Romney, D. M. (1991). Parents' differential socialization of boys and girls: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 109, 267–296.
MacAndrew, C., & Edgerton, R. B. (1969). Drunken comportment: A social explanation. Chicago: Aldine.
Maccoby, E., & Jacklin, C. (1974). The psychology of sex differences. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Maccoby, E. E., & Maccoby, N. (1954). The interview: A tool of social science. In G. Lindzey (Ed.), Handbook of social psychology. Cambridge, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Maccoby, E. E., & Martin, J. A. (1983). Socialization in the context of the family: Parent-child interaction. In E. M. Hetherington (Ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Socialization, personality, and social development. New York: Wiley.
MacCoun, R. J. (1998). Toward a psychology of harm reduction. American Psychologist, 53, 1199–1208.
MacDonald, S., Uesiliana, K., & Hayne, H. (2000). Cross-cultural and gender differences in childhood amnesia. Memory, 8, 365–376.
MacDonald, T. K., Fong, G. T., Zanna, M. P., & Martineau, A. M. (2003). Alcohol myopia and condom use: Can alcohol intoxication be associated with more prudent behavior? In P. Salovey & A. J. Rothman (Eds.), Social psychology of health. Key readings in social psychology. New York: Psychology Press.
MacDonald, T. K., Zanna, M. P., & Fong, G. T. (1995). Decision making in altered states: Effects of alcohol on attitudes toward drinking and driving. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 973–985.
Mack, A. (2003). Inattentional blindness: Looking without seeing. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12, 180–184.
MacLeod, C. (1998). Implicit perception: Perceptual processing without awareness. In K. Kirsner et al. (Eds.), Implicit and explicit mental processes. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Maddux, J. E. (1999). Personal efficacy. In V. J. Derlega, B. A. Winstead, & W. H. Jones (Eds.), Personality: Contemporary theory and research. Chicago: Nelson Hall.
Madon, S., Willard, J., Guyll, M., Trudeau, L., & Spoth, R. (2006). Self-fulfilling prophecy effects of mothers' beliefs on children's alcohol use: Accumulation, dissipation, and stability over time. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 90, 911–926.
Maes, H. H. M., Neale, M. C., & Eaves, L. J. (1997). Genetic and environmental factors in relative body weight and human adiposity. Behavior Genetics, 27, 325–351.
Magnuson, S. (1986, March 10). “A serious deficiency”: The Rogers Commission faults NASA's “flawed” decision-making process. Time (Intl. ed.), 40–42.
Magora, F., Cohen, S., Shochina, M., & Davan, E. (2006). Visual reality immersion method of distraction to control experimental ischemic pain. Israel Medical Association Journal, 8, 261–265.
Maher, B. A. (1979). Clinical psychology and personality: The collected papers of George Kelly. Huntington, NY: Wiley.
Mahler, M. (1968). On human symbiosis and the vicissitudes of individuation: Infantile psychosis. New York: Basic Books.
Maier, S. F., & Watkins, L. R. (1999). Bidirectional communication between the brain and the immune system: Implications for behaviour. Animal Behaviour, 57(4), 741–751.
Major, B., Spencer, S., Schmader, T., Wolfe, C., & Crocker, J. (1998). Coping with negative stereotypes about intellectual performance: The role of psychological disengagement. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 24, 34–50.
Mäkelä, K. (1997). Drinking, the majority fallacy, cognitive dissonance and social pressure. Addiction, 92, 729–736.
Malamuth, N. M., Addison, T., & Koss, M. (2000). Pornography and sexual aggression: Are there reliable effects and can we understand them? Annual Review of Sex Research, 11, 26–91.
Maldonado, R., & Rodriguez de Fonseca, F. (2002). Cannabinoid addiction: Behavioral models and neural correlates. Journal of Neuroscience, 22, 3326–3331.
Malina, R. M., Pena-Reyes M. E., Tan, S. K., & Little, B. B. (2004). Secular change in age at menarche in rural Oaxaca, southern Mexico: 1968–2000. Annals of Human Biology, 31, 634–646.
Page R-30
Maner, J. K., DeWall, C. N., Baumeister, R. F., & Schaller, M. (2007). Does social exclusion motivate interpersonal reconnection? Resolving the “porcupine problem.” Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 92, 42–55.
Mann, L. (1981). The baiting crowd in episodes of threatened suicide. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 703–709.
Manson, J. E., Colditz, G. A., Stampfer, M. J., et al. (1990). A prospective study of obesity and risk of coronary heart disease in women. New England Journal of Medicine, 322, 882–888.
Manson, S. M. (1994). Culture and depression: Discovering variations in the experience of illness. In W. J. Lonner & R. S. Malpass (Eds.), Psychology and culture. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Mäntylä, T. (1986). Optimizing cue effectiveness: Recall of 500 and 600 incidentally learned words. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 12, 66–71.
Marangell, L. B. (2002). Concise guide to psychopharmacology. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.
Marcia, J. E. (1966). Development and validation of ego identity status. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3, 551–558.
Marcia, J. E. (2002). Adolescence, identity, and the Bernardone family. Identity, 2, 199–209.
Marian, V., Spivey, M., & Hirsch, J. (2003). Shared and separate systems in bilingual language processing: Converging evidence from eyetracking and brain imaging. Brain & Language, 86, 70–82.
Markey, P. M. (2000). Bystander intervention in computer mediated communication. Computers in Human Behavior, 16, 183–188.
Markovits, H., & Nantel, G. (1989). The belief-bias effect in the production and evaluation of logical conclusions. Memory and Cognition, 17, 11–17.
Marks, I. M. (1977). Phobias and obsessions: Clinical phenomena in search of laboratory models. In J. Maser & M. E. P. Seligman (Eds.), Psychopathology: Experimental models. San Francisco: Freeman.
Marks, I. M. (1991). Self-administered behavioural treatment. Behavioural Psychotherapy, 19, 42–46.
Marks, I. M. (2002). The maturing of therapy: Some brief psychotherapies help anxiety/depressive disorders but mechanisms of action are unclear. British Journal of Psychiatry, 180, 200–204.
Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224–253.
Marlatt, G. A. (1996). Taxonomy of high-risk situations for alcohol relapse: Evolution and development of a cognitive-behavioral model. Addiction, 91(Suppl.), S37–S49.
Marlatt, G. A. (Ed.). (1998). Harm reduction: Pragmatic strategies for managing high-risk behaviors. New York: Guilford Press.
Marlatt, G. A., Baer, J. S., Kivlahan, D. R., et al. (1998). Screening and brief intervention for high-risk college student drinkers: Results from a 2-year follow-up assessment. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 66, 604–615.
Marlatt, G. A., Blume, A. W., & Parks, G. A. (2001). Integrating harm reduction therapy and traditional substance abuse treatment. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 33, 13–21.
Marlatt, G. A., & Gordon, J. R. (1985). Relapse prevention: Maintenance strategies in the treatment of addiction. New York: Guilford Press.
Marr, M. J. (2007). The emergence of emergents: One behaviorist's perspective. In D. A. Washburn (Ed.), Primate perspectives on behavior and cognition. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Marschark, M., & Mayer, T. S. (1998). Interactions of language and memory in deaf children and adults. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 39, 145–148.
Marsh, H. W. (1990). A multidimensional, hierarchical model of self-concept: Theoretical and empirical justification. Educational Psychology Review, 2, 77–172.
Marshall, L. H., & Magoun, H. W. (1997). Discoveries in the human brain: Neuroscience prehistory, brain structure, and function. New York: Humana Press.
Marshall, M. A., & Brown, J. D. (2006). Trait aggressiveness and situational provocation: A test of the traits as situational sensitivities (TASS) model. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 32, 422–458.
Marshall, N. L. (2004). The quality of early child care and children's development. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 165–168.
Marshall, P. J., & Fox, N. A. (2000). Emotion regulation, depression, and hemispheric asymmetry. In S. L. Johnson & A. M. Hayes (Eds.), Stress, coping, and depression. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Marsiglio, W., Amato, P., Day, R. D., & Lamb, M. E. (2000). Scholarship on fatherhood in the 1990s and beyond. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 62, 1173–1191.
Marsland, A. L., Cohen, S., Rabin, B. S., & Manuck, S. B. (2001). Associations between stress, trait negative affect, acute immune reactivity, and antibody response to Hepatitis B injection in healthy young adults. Health Psychology, 20, 4–11.
Martell, C, Addis, M., & Dimidjian, S. (2004). Finding the action in behavioral activation: The search for empirically supported interventions and mechanisms of change. In S. C. Hayes, V. M. Follette, & M. M. Linehan (Eds.), Mindfulness and acceptance: Expanding the cognitive-behavioral tradition. New York: Guilford Press.
Martin, C. L., & Ruble, D. (2004). Children's search for gender cues: Cognitive perspectives on gender development. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 67–70.
Martin, J. E., & Dubbert, P. M. (1985). Adherence in exercise. In R. I. Terjung (Ed.), Exercise and sport sciences review (Vol. 13). New York: Macmillan.
Martinez, J. L., Jr., Barea-Rodriguez, E. J., & Derrick, B. E. (1998). Long-term potentiation, long-term depression, and learning. In J. L. Martinez, Jr., & R. P. Kesner (Eds.), Neurobiology of learning and memory. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Martinez, M., & Raul, E. (2000). Conducta sexual procesos psicologicos moduladores, en mujeres y hombres [Sexual behavior and modulating psychological processes in women and men]. Archivos Hispanoamericanos de Sexologia, 6, 133–152.
Mascaro, N., & Rosen, H. (2006). The role of existential meaning as a buffer against stress. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 46, 168–190.
Mascolo, M. E., & Li, J. (Eds.). (2004). Culture and developing selves: Beyond dichotomization. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
Mash, E. J., & Barkley, R. A. (2003). Child psychopathology (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.
Maslow, A. H. (1954). Motivation and personality. New York: Harper.
Mason, M. F., Tatkow, E. P., & Macrae, C. N. (2005). The look of love: Gaze shifts and person perception. Psychological Science, 16, 236–239.
Massad, P. M., & Hulsey, T. L. (2006). Exposure therapy renewed. Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, 16, 417–428.
Massion, A. O., Dyck, I. R., Shea, M. T., Phillips, K. A., Warshaw, M. G., & Keller, M. B. (2002). Personality disorders and time to remission in generalized anxiety disorder, social phobia and panic disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 434–440.
Masten, A. S. (2001). Ordinary magic: Resilience processes in development. American Psychologist, 56, 227–238.
Masten, A. S., & Coatsworth, J. D. (1998). The development of competence in favorable and unfavorable environments: Lessons from research on successful children. American Psychologist, 53, 205–220.
Masters, W., & Johnson, V. (1966). Human sexual response. London: Churchill.
Masters, W. H., Johnson, V. E., & Kolodny, R. C. (1988). Human Sexuality (3rd ed.). Boston: Little, Brown.
Mather, G. (2006). Foundations of perception. Hove, England: Psychology Press/Erlbaum (UK).
Matlin, M. W., & Stang, D. J. (1978). The Pollyanna Principle: Selectivity in language, memory, and thought. Cambridge, MA: Schenkman.
Matsumoto, D., & Hull, P. (1994). Cognitive development and intelligence. In D. Matsumoto (Ed.), People: Psychology from a cultural perspective. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.
Matt, G. E., & Navarro, A. M. (1997). What meta-analyses have and have not taught us about psychotherapy effects: A review and future directions. Clinical Psychology Review, 17, 1–32.
Page R-31
Matthen, M. (2007). Seeing, doing, and knowing: A philosophical theory of sense perception. New York: Oxford University Press.
Matthews, G., Roberts, R. D., & Zeidner, M. (2004). Seven myths about emotional intelligence. Psychological Inquiry, 15, 179–196.
Mattys, S. L. (2000). The perception of primary and secondary stress in English. Perception & Psychophysics, 62, 253–265.
May, C. P., Hasher, L., & Foong, N. (2005). Implicit memory, age, and time of day: Paradoxical priming effects. Psychological Science, 16, 96–100.
May, J. R., & Sieb, G. E. (1987). Athletic injuries: Psychosocial factors in the onset, sequellae, rehabilitation, and prevention. In J. R. May & M. J. Asken (Eds.), Sport psychology: The psychological health of the athlete. New York: PMA Publishing.
May, M. (2007). Sensation and perception. New York: Chelsea House.
May, R. (1961). The emergence of existential psychology. In R. May (Ed.), Existential psychology. New York: Random House.
Mayer, J. D., Salovey, P., & Caruso, D. R. (2004). Emotional intelligence: Theory, findings, and implications. Psychological Inquiry, 15, 197–215.
Mayer, R. E. (2000). Intelligence and education. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Handbook of intelligence. New York: Cambridge University Press.
McAdams, D. P., & de St. Aubin, E. (Eds.). (1998). Generativity and adult development: How and why we care for the next generation. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
McAdams, S., & Drake, C. (2002). Auditory perception and cognition. In H. Pashler & S. Yantis (Eds.), Steven's handbook of experimental psychology: Vol. 1. Sensation and perception (3rd ed.). New York: Wiley.
McArdle, S., & Duda, J. K. (2002). Implications of the motivational climate in youth sports. In F. L. Smoll & R. E. Smith (Eds.), Children and youth in sport: A biopsychosocial perspective. Dubuque, IA: Kendall/Hunt.
McAuley, E. (1992). The role of efficacy cognitions in the prediction of exercise behavior in middle-aged adults. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 15, 65–88.
McCann, U. D., Szabo, Z., Scheffel, U., Dannals, R. F., & Ricaurte, G. A. (1998). Positron emission tomographic evidence of toxic effect of MDMA (“Ecstasy”) on brain serotonin neurons in human beings. Lancet, 352(9138), 1433–1437.
McCarley, R. W. (1998). Dreams: Disguise of forbidden wishes or transparent reflections of a distinct brastate? In R. M. Bilder & F. F. LeFever (Eds.), Neuroscience of the mind on the centennial of Freud's Project for a Scientific Psychology: Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences (Vol. 843). New York: New York Academy of Sciences.
McCaul, K. D., & Malott, J. J. (1984). Distraction and coping with pain. Psychological Bulletin, 95, 516–533.
McClelland, D. C. (1989). Human motivation. New York: Cambridge University Press.
McClelland, D. C., Atkinson, J. W., Clark, R. A., & Lowell, E. L. (1953). The achievement motive. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
McClintock, M. K. (1971). Menstrual synchrony and suppression. Nature, 291, 244–245.
McConnell, J. V. (1962). Memory transfer through cannibalism in planarians. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 3(Suppl. 1), 542–548.
McCracken, L. M. (1998). Learning to live with pain: Acceptance of pain predicts adjustment in persons with chronic pain. Pain, 74, 21–27.
McCrae, R. R., & Costa, P. T. (1990). Personality in adulthood. New York: Guilford Press.
McCrae, R. R., & Costa, P. T. (2003). Personality in adulthood: A Five-Factor Theory perspective. New York: Guilford Press.
McCullough, M. E., Worthington, E. L., Jr., & Rachal, K. C. (1997). Interpersonal forgiving in close relationships. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 73, 321–336.
McDaniel, M. A., Einstein, G. O., Stout, A. C., & Morgan, Z. (2003). Aging and maintaining intentions over delays: Do it or lose it. Psychology and Aging, 18, 823–835.
McElroy, S. L., Kotwal, R., & Keck, P. E. (2006). Comorbidity of eating disorders with bipolar disorder and treatment implications. Bipolar Disorders, 8, 686–695.

McEvoy, S. P., Stevenson, M. R., McCartt, A.T., Woodward, M., Haworth, C., Palamara, P., & Cercarelli, R. (2005). Role of mobile phones in motor vehicle crashes resulting in hospital attendance: A case-crossover study. BMJ: British Medical Journal. 331, 428. Retrieved online on 12/2/2006 from http://www.bmj.com/cgi/content/full/bmj;331/7514/428.

McEwen, B. S. (2001). Coping with the environment: Neural and endocrine mechanisms. New York: Oxford University Press.
McFarlane, J. (1975). Olfaction in the development of social preferences in the human neonate. In M. Hofer (Ed.), Parent-infant interaction. Amsterdam: Elsevier.
McGinnis, M. (1994). The role of behavioral research in national health policy. In S. J. Blumenthal, K. Matthews, and S. M. Weiss (Eds.), New research frontiers in behavioral medicine: Proceedings of the national conference. Washington, DC: NIH Publications.
McGlashan, T. H., & Fenton, W. S. (1992). The positive-negative distinction in schizophrenia: Review of natural history validators. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 63–72.
McGregor, H. A., & Elliot, A. J. (2002). Achievement goals as predictors of achievement-relevant processes prior to task engagement. Journal of Educational Psychology, 94, 381–395.
McGuffin, P., Owen, M. J., & Gottesman, I. I. (Eds.). (2005). Psychiatric genetics and genomics. New York: Oxford University Press.
McIntosh, D. N., Silver, R. C., & Wortman, C. B. (1993). Religion's role in adjustment to a negative life event: Coping with the loss of a child. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 812–821.
McIntyre, R. B., Paulson, R. M., & Lord, C. G. (2003). Alleviating women's mathematics stereotype threat through salience of group achievements. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 83–90.
McKenna, M. C., Zevon, M. A., Corn, B., & Rounds, J. (1999). Psychological factors and the development of breast cancer: A meta-analysis. Health Psychology, 18, 520–531.
McKenna, P. (2007). Schizophrenia. Philadelphia: Taylor & Francis.
McKenna, P., & Oh, T. (2003). Formal thought disorder in schizophrenia. New York: Cambridge University Press.
McKey, R., Conndelli, L., Gansin, H., Barrett, B., McConkey, C., & Plantz, M. (1985). The impact of Head Start on children, families and communities (Final report of the Head Start Evaluation, Synthesis and Utilization Project). Washington, DC: CSR, Inc.
McMillan, T. M., Robertson, I. H., & Wilson, B. A. (1999). Neurogenesis after brain injury: Implications for neurorehabilitation. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation, 9, 129–133.
McMurran, M., Conor, D., Christopher, G., & Huband, N. (2007). The relationship between personality disorders and social problem solving in adults. Personality and Individual Differences, 42, 145–155.
McNeil, E. B. (1967). The quiet furies: Man and disorder. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
McNulty, J. K., & Karney, B. R. (2004). Positive expectations in the early years of marriage: Should couples expect the best or brace for the worst? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 729–743.
McWilliams, N. (2004). Psychoanalytic psychotherapy: A practitioner's guide. New York: Guilford Press.
Meaney, M. J., Mitchell, J. B., Aitken, D. H., & Bhatnagar, S. (Eds.). (1991). The effects of neonatal handling on the development of the adrenocortical response to stress: Implications for neuropathology and cognitive deficits in later life. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 16, 85–103.
Mechan, A. O., Moran, P. M., Elliot, J. M., Young, A. M. J., Joseph, M. H., & Green, A. R. (2002). A study of the effect of a single neurotoxic dose of 3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA; “ecstasy”) on the subsequent long-term behaviour of rats in the plus maze and open field. Psychopharmacology, 159, 167–175.
Meddis, R., Pearson, A. J., & Langford, G. (1973). An extreme case of healthy insomnia. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 35, 213–214.
Medieros, J. A. (2006). Cone shape and color vision: Unification of structure and perception. Blountsville, AL: Fifth Estate.
Meehl, P. E. (1995). “Is psychoanalysis one science, two sciences, or no science at all? A discourse among friendly antagonists”: Comment. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 43, 1015–1023.
Page R-32
Meeus, W. H. J., & Raaijmakers, Q. A. W. (1986). Administrative obedience: Carrying out orders to use psychological-administrative violence. European Journal of Social Psychology, 16, 311–324.
Megargee, E. I. (1966). Undercontrolled and overcontrolled personality types in extreme anti-social aggression. Psychological Monographs, 80(Whole No. 611).
Mehnert, T., Krauss, H. H., Nadler, R., & Boyd, M. (1990). Correlates of life satisfaction in those with disabling conditions. Rehabilitation Psychology, 35, 3–17.
Meichenbaum, D. (1985). Stress inoculation training. New York: Pergamon Press.
Meichembaum, D. (2006). Resilience and posttraumatic growth: A constructive narrative perspective. In L. G. Calhoun & R. G. Tedeschi (Eds.), Handbook of posttraumatic growth: Research and practice. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Meleski, M. E., & Damato, E. G. (2003). HIV exposure: Neonatal considerations. Journal of Obstetric, Gynecologic, and Neonatal Nursing, 32, 109–116.
Meltzoff, A. N. (2002). Elements of a developmental theory of imitation. In A. N. Meltzoff, N. Andrew, & W. Prinz (Eds.), The imitative mind: Development, evolution, and brain bases. Cambridge studies in cognitive perceptual development. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Melzack, R. (1998). Pain and stress. Clues toward understanding chronic pain. In M. Sabourin et al. (Eds.), Advances in psychological science. Hove, England: Psychology Press/Erlbaum.
Melzack, R., & Wall, P. D. (1982). The challenge of pain. New York: Basic Books.
Menzies, R. G., & Clarke, J. C. (1995). The etiology of acrophobia and its relationship to severity and individual response patterns. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 33, 795–803.
Merrill, E. C., & Lookadoo, R. (2004). Selective search for conjunctively defined targets by children and young adults. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 89, 72–90.
Mersch, P. P. A., Middendorp, H. M., Bouhuys, A. L., Beersma, D. G. M., & van den Hoofdakker, R. H. (1999). Seasonal affective disorder and latitude: A review of the literature. Journal of Affective Disorders, 53, 35–48.
Mesquita, B., Frijda, N. H., & Scherer, K. R. (1997). Culture and emotion. In J. W. Berry et al. (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology: Vol. 2. Basic processes and human development (2nd ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Mesquita, B., & Markus, H. R. (2005). Culture and emotion: Models of agency as sources of cultural variation in emotion. In A. S. R. Manstead, N. H. Frijda, A. H. Fischer, & K. Oatley (Eds.), Feelings and emotions: The Amsterdam Symposium. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Methot, L. L., & Huitema, B. E. (1998). Effects of signal probability on individual differences in vigilance. Human Factors, 40, 78–90.
Meyer, C. B., & Taylor, S. E. (1986). Adjustment to rape. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 1226–1234.
Meyer, G. J., Finn, S. E., Eyde, L. D., Kaye, G. G., Moreland, K. L., Dies, R., et al. (2001). Psychological testing and psychological assessment: A review of evidence and issues. American Psychologist, 56, 128–165.
Meyer, R. G. & Osborne, Y. H. (1987). Case studies in abnormal behavior (2nd ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Meyer, T. A., Svirsky, M. A., Kirk, K. I., & Miyamoto, R. T. (1998). Improvements in speech perception by children with profound prelingual hearing loss: Effects of device, communication mode, and chronological age. Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research, 41, 846–858.
Mezulis, A. H., Abramson, L. Y., Hyde, J. S., & Hankin, B. L. (2004). Is there a universal positivity bias in attributions? A metaanalytic review of individual, developmental, and cultural differences in the self-serving attributional bias. Psychological Bulletin, 130, 711–747.
Mezulis, A. H., Hyde, J. S., & Abramson, L. Y. (2006). The developmental origins of cognitive vulnerability to depression: Temperament, parenting, and negative life events in childhood as contributors to negative cognitive style. Developmental Psychology, 42, 1012–1025.
Michael, R. T., Gagnon, J. H., Laumman, E. O., & Kolata, G. (1994). Sex in America: A definitive survey. Boston: Little, Brown.
Michaels, J. W., Blommel, J. M., Brocato, R. M., Linkous, R. A., & Rowe, J. S. (1982). Social facilitation and inhibition in a natural setting. Replications in Social Psychology, 2, 21–24.
Mignot, E. (1998). Genetic and familial aspects of narcolepsy. Neurology, 50, S16–S22.
Miklowitz, D. J. (2007). Mood disorders: Bipolar disorders. In M. Hersen, S. M. Turner, & D. C. Beidel (Eds.), Adult psychopathology and diagnosis. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Mikulincer, M., & Shaver, P. R. (2005). Attachment security, compassion, and altruism. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 14, 34–38.
Mikulincer, M., Shaver, P. R., & Pereg, D. (2003). Attachment theory and affect regulation: The dynamics, development, and cognitive consequences of attachment-related strategies. Motivation & Emotion, 27, 77–102.
Miles, C., & Hardman, E. (1998). State-dependent memory produced by aerobic exercise. Ergonomics, 41, 20–28.
Miles, H. L., Mitchell, R. W., & Harper, S. E. (1996). Simon says: The development of imitation in an enculturated orangutan. In A. E. Russon & K. A. Bard (Eds.), Reaching into thought: The minds of the great apes. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.
Milgram, S. (1974). Obedience to authority: An experimental view. New York: Harper & Row.
Miller, A. G. (2004). What can the Milgram obedience experiments tell us about the Holocaust? Generalizing from the social psychology laboratory. In A. G. Miller (Ed.), The social psychology of good and evil. New York: Guilford Press.
Miller, B. C., Fan, X., Christensen, M., Grotevant, H. D., & van Dulmen, M. (2000). Comparisons of adopted and nonadopted adolescents in a large, nationally representative sample. Child Development, 71, 1458–1473.
Miller, G. A. (1956). The magical number seven, plus or minus two: Some limits on our capacity for processing information. Psychological Review, 63, 81–97.
Miller, G. E., Chen, E., & Zhou, E. E. (2007). If it goes up, must it come down? Chronic stress and the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenocortical axis in humans. Psychological Bulletin, 133, 25–45.
Miller, J. G. (1984). Culture and the development of everyday social explanation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 961–978.
Miller, J. G., Bersoff, D. M., & Harwood, R. L. (1990). Perceptions of social responsibility in India and in the United States: Moral imperatives or personal decisions? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 33–47.
Miller, K. E., & Rasco, L. M. (Eds.). (2004). The mental health of refugees: Ecological approaches to healing and adaptation. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Miller, K. F., & Stigler, J. F. (1987). Counting in Chinese: Cultural variation in a basic cognitive skill. Cognitive Development, 2, 279–305.
Miller, N. E. (1944). Experimental studies of confiict. In J. McV. Hunt (Ed.), Personality and the behavior disorders (Vol. 1). New York: Ronald Press.
Miller, N. E., & Dollard, J. (1941). Social learning and imitation. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Miller, S. D., Blackburn, T., Scholes, G., White, G. L., & Mamales, N. (1991). Optical differences in multiple personality disorder: A second look. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 179, 132–135.
Miller, W. R. (1996). Motivational interviewing: Research, practice, and puzzles. Addictive Behaviors, 21, 835–842.
Miller, W. R., & Brown, S. A. (1997). Why psychologists should treat alcohol and drug problems. American Psychologist, 52, 1269–1279.
Miller, W. R., & Rollnick, S. (2002). Motivational interviewing (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.
Millon, T., Millon, C. M., Meagher, D., Meagher, S., Grossman, S., & Ramnath, R. (2004). Personality disorders in modern life (2nd ed.). New York: Wiley.
Milner, A. D., & Dijkerman, H. C. (2001). Direct and indirect visuals routes to action. In B. De Gelder, E. H. F. De Haan, & C. A. Heywood (Eds.), Out of mind: Varieties of unconscious processes. London: Oxford University Press.
Milner, B. (1965). Memory disturbances after bilateral hippocampal lesions. In P. Milner & S. Glickman (Eds.), Cognitive processes and the brain. Princeton, NJ: Van Nostrand.
Page R-33
Milrod, B., Busch, F., Cooper, A., & Shapiro, T. (1997). Manual of panic-focused psychodynamic psychotherapy. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.
Miltenberger, R. G. (2007). Behavior modification: Principles and procedures. Belmont, CA: Thomson.
Milton, J., & Wiseman, R. (1999). Does psi exist? Lack of replication of an anomalous process of information transfer. Psychological Bulletin, 125, 387–391.
Mineka, S., Watson, D., & Clark, L. A. (1998). Comorbidity of anxiety and unipolar mood disorder. Annual Review of Psychology, 49, 377–412.
Mintz, J., Drake, R. E., & Crits-Christoph, P. (1996). Efficacy and effectiveness of psychotherapy: Two paradigms, one science. American Psychologist, 51, 1084–1085.
Minuchin, S. (1974). Families and family therapy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Mischel, W. (1984). Convergences and challenges in the search for consistency. American Psychologist, 39, 351–364.
Mischel, W. (1999). Personality coherence and dispositions in a cognitive-affective personality system (CAPS) approach. In D. Cervone & Y. Shoda (Eds.), The coherence of personality. New York: Guilford Press.
Mischel, W., & Shoda, Y. (1999). Integrating dispositions and personality dynamics within a unified theory of personality: The cognitive-affective personality system (CAPS). In L. Pervin & O. John (Eds.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford.
Mischel, W., Shoda, Y., & Mendoza-Denton, R. (2002). Situation-behavior profiles as a locus of consistency in personality. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 11, 50–54.
Mischel, W., Shoda, Y., & Smith, R. E. (2004). Introduction to personality: Toward an integration (7th ed.). New York: Wiley.
Mishne, J. (2002). Multiculturalism and the therapeutic process. New York: Guilford Press.
Mistlberger, R. E., Antle, M. C., Glass, J. D., & Miller, J. D. (2000). Behavioral and serotonergic regulation of circadian rhythms. Biological Rhythm Research, 31, 240–283.
Mitchell, K. J., & Zaragoza, M. S. (2001). Contextual overlap and eyewitness suggestibility. Memory and Cognition, 29, 616–626.
Moen, P., Kim, J. E., & Hofmeister, H. (2001). Couples' work/retirement transitions, gender, and marital quality. Social Psychology Quarterly, 64, 55–71.
Moffitt, T., Caspi, A., & Rutter, M. (2006). Measured gene-environment interactions in psychopathology: Concepts, research strategies, and implications for research, intervention, and public understanding of genetics. Perspectives on Psychological Science. 1, 5–27.
Mokdad, A. H., Marks, J. S., Stroup, D. F., & Gerberding, J. L. (2004). Actual causes of death in the United States, 2000. Journal of American Medical Association, 291, 1238–1245.
Molfese, D. L., & Molfese, V. J. (2002). Develop-mental variations in learning: Applications to social, executive function, language, and reading skills. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Monahan, J. (1992). Mental disorder and violent behavior: Attitudes and evidence. American Psychologist, 47, 511–521.
Monk, T. H., Buysse, D. J., Welsh, D. K., Kennedy, K. S., & Rose, L. R. (2001). A sleep diary and questionnaire study of naturally short sleepers. Journal of Sleep Research, 10, 173–179.
Monk, T. H., Folkard, S., & Wedderburn, A. I. (1996). Maintaining safety and high performance on shiftwork. Applied Ergonomics, 27, 17–23.
Monroe, S. M., & Peterman, A. M. (1988). Life stress and psychopathology. In L. H. Cohen (Ed.), Life events and psychological functioning: Theoretical and methodological issues. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Montgomery, G. H., DuHamel, K. N., & Redd, W. H. (2000). A meta-analysis of hypnotically induced analgesia: How effective is hypnosis? International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 48, 138–153.
Montgomery, H., Lipshitz, R., & Brehmer, B. (Eds.). (2005). How professionals make decisions. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Moody, M. S. (1997). Changes in scores on the Mental Rotations Test during the menstrual cycle. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 84, 955–961.
Moon, C., & Fifer, W. P. (1990). Syllables as signals for 2-day-old infants. Infant Behavior and Development, 13, 377–390.

Moore, K. A., Guzman, L., Hair, E., Lippman, L., & Garrett, S. (2004). Parent-teen relationships and interactions: Far more positive than not. Childs Trends Research Brief, publication no. 2004–25. Retrieved February 20, 2007 from http://www.childtrends.org/Files/Parent_TeenRB.pdf.

Moore, T. M., Scarpa, A., & Raine, A. (2002). A meta-analysis of serotonin metabolite 5 HIAA and antisocial behavior. Aggressive Behavior, 28, 299–316.
Moorey, S. (2003). Cognitive behaviour therapy for people with cancer. Oxford, England: Oxford University Press.
Moreland, J. L., Dansereau, D. F., & Chmielewski, T. L. (1997). Recall of descriptive information: The roles of presentation format, annotation strategy, and individual differences. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 22, 521–533.
Morford, J. P. (2003). Grammatical development in adolescent first-language learners. Linguistics, 41, 681–721.
Morgan, W. (1997). Physical activity and mental health. Philadelphia: Taylor & Francis.
Morgan, W. P., Horstman, D. H., Cymerman, A., & Stokes, J. (1983). Facilitation of physical performance by means of a cognitive strategy. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 7, 251–264.
Morrell, M. J., Dixen, J. M., Carter, C. S., & Davidson, J. M. (1984). The influence of age and cycling status on sexual arousability in women. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 148, 66–71.
Morris, D., Collett, P., Marsh, P., & O'Shaughnessy, M. (1979). Gestures. New York: Stein & Day.
Morris, J., & Dolan, R. (2001). The amygdala and unconscious fear processing. In B. De Gelder, E. H. F. De Haan, & C. A. Heywood (Eds.), Out of mind: Varieties of unconscious processes. London: Oxford University Press.
Morris, R., & Becker, J. (2005). Cognitive neuropsychology of Alzheimer's disease. New York: Oxford University Press.
Morrison, A. (2005). Psychosis and the phenomena of unwanted intrusive thoughts. In D. A. Clark (Ed.), Intrusive thoughts in clinical disorders: Theory, research, and treatment. New York: Guilford Press.
Morrison, D. C. (1988). Marine mammals join the navy. Science, 242, 1503–1504.
Morrison, S. (2006). Hypothalamus: Brainstem interactions in homeostasis. New York: Springer.
Moscovici, S. (1985). Social influence and conformity. In G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (3rd ed.). New York: Random House.
Moscovici, S., & Zavalloni, M. (1969). The group as a polarizer of attitudes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 12, 124–135.
Moss, C. S. (1972). Recovery with aphasia. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press.
Mowrer, O. H. (1947). On the dual nature of learning: A reinterpretation of “conditioning” and “problem solving.” Harvard Educational Review, 17, 102–150.
Muchinsky, P. M. (2000). Psychology applied to work (6th ed.). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.
Muenchow, S., & Marsland, K. W. (2007). Beyond baby steps: Promoting the growth and development of U.S. child-care policy. In J. L. Aber, S. J. Bishop-Josef, S. M. Jones, K. T. McLearn, & D. A. Phillips (Eds.), Child development and social policy: Knowledge for action. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Mulvey, E. P., Odgers, C., Skeem, J., Gardner, W., Schubert, C., & Lidz, C. (2006). Substance use and community violence: A test of the relation at a daily level. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 74, 743–754.
Murdin, L., & Scott, A. (Eds.) (2007). Transference in counseling and psychotherapy: The power of patterns. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
Murphy, S. L. (2000). Deaths: Final data for 1998. National Vital Statistics Reports (NCHS), pp. 26, 73.
Murray, C. (1998). Income, inequality, and IQ. Washington, DC: American Enterprise Institute.
Murray, J. P. (2007). TV violence: Research and controversy. In N. Pecora, J. P. Murray, & E. A. Wartella (Eds.), Children and television: Fifty years of research. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Page R-34
Murray, R., Jones, P., Van Oss, J., et al. (2003). The epidemiology of schizophrenia. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Murray, S. L., Griffin, D. W., Rose, P., & Bellavia, G. (2006). For better or worse? Self-esteem and the contingencies of acceptance in marriage. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 7, 866–880.
Musicek, F. E., & Baran, J. (2006). The auditory system: Anatomy, physiology, and clinical correlates. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Myin-Germeys, I., van Os, J., Schwartz, J. E., Stone, A. A., & Delespaul, P. A. (2001). Emotional reactivity to daily life stress in psychosis. Archives of General Psychiatry, 58, 1137–1144.
Nadler, A., & Ben-Slushan, D. (1989). Forty years later: Long-term consequences of massive traumatization as manifested by holocaust survivors from the city and the Kibbutz. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 57, 287–293.
Nakayama, K., & Tyler, C. W. (1981). Psychophysical isolation of movement sensitivity by removal of familiar position cues. Vision Research, 21, 427–433.
Narrow, W. E., Rae, D. S., Robins, L. N., & Regier, D. A. (2002). Revised prevalence based estimates of mental disorders in the United States: Using a clinical signficance criterion to reconcile 2 surveys' estimates. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 115–123.
Nathan, P. E. (1985). Aversion therapy in the treatment of alcoholism: Success and failure. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 443, 357–364.
Nathan, P. E., & Lagenbucher, J. W. (1999). Psychopathology: Description and classification. Annual Review of Psychology, 50, 79–107.

National Center for Education Statistics. (2001). Postsecondary institutions in the United States: Fall 2000 and degrees and other awards conferred: 1999–2000. Available online: http://nces.ed.gov/pubsearch/pubsinfo.aspf?pubid=2002156

National Center for Education Statistics (2005). Table 252: Bachelor's, master's, and doctor's degrees conferred by degree-granting institutions, by sex of student and field of study, 2003–04. Digest of education statistics, tables, and figures: 2005. Retrieved January 9, 2007 from http://nces.ed.gov/programs/digest/d05/tables/dt05_252.asp

National Center for Health Statistics. (2004). Health and longevity in the United States. Retrieved October 27, 2004, from http://www.cdc.gov

National Center for Health Statistics (2006). Health in America, 2006. Hyattsville, MD: Author.

National Center on Addiction and Drug Abuse (2005). National survey of American attitudes on substance abuse X: Teens and parents. Retrieved March 4, 2007 from http://www.casacolumbia.org/Absolutenm/articlefiles/Teen_Survey_Report_2005.pdf

National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. (2006). Traffic safety facts 2005 data. (DOT HS 810 616). Retrieved online January 13, 2007, from http://www-nrd.nhtsa.dot.gov/pdf/nrd-30/NCSA/TSF2005/AlcoholTSF05.pdf

National Institute of Mental Health. (1992). Psychiatric hospitalization in the United States. Rockville, MD: Author.

National Institutes of Health. (2002). Alzheimer's disease: Unraveling the mystery. NIH Publication 02-3782. Bethesda, MD. Available online: http://www.alzheimers.org/unraveling/unraveling.pdf

National Safety Council. (1992). Blood alcohol level and risk of having an automobile accident. Washington, DC: Author.

National Sleep Foundation. (2005). 2005 sleep in America poll. Retrieved online January 17, 2007, from http://www.sleepfoundation.org/_content/hottopics/2005_summary_of_findings.pdf

Natsoulas, T. (1999). An ecological and phenomenological perspective on consciousness and perception: Contact with the world at the very heart of the being of consciousness. Review of General Psychology, 3, 224–245.
Needham, A., Barrett, T., & Peterman, K. (2002). A pick me up for infants' exploratory skills: Early simulated experiences reaching for objects using “sticky” mittens enhances young infants' object exploration skills. Infant Behavior and Development, 25, 279–295.
Neisser, U., Bouchard, T. J., Jr., Boykin, A. W., Brody, N., Ceci, S. J., Halpern, D. F., Loehlin, J. C., Perloff, R., Sternberg, R. J., & Urbina, S. (1998). Intelligence: Knowns and unknowns. In M. E. Hertzig et al. (Eds.), Annual progress in child psychiatry and child development: 1997. Bristol, PA: Brunner/Mazel.
Neisser, U., & Harsch, N. (1993). Phantom flashbulbs: False recollections of hearing the news about Challenger. In E. Winograd & U. Neisser (Eds.), Affect and accuracy in recall: Studies of “flashbulb” memories. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Nelson, C. A., & Luciana, M. (Eds.). (2001). Handbook of developmental cognitive neuroscience. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Nemeth, C. J., & Goncalo, J. A. (2005). Influence and persuasion in small groups. In T. C. Brock & M. C. Green (Eds.), Persuasion: Psychological insights and perspectives (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Nesbitt, E. B. (1973). An escalator phobia overcome in one session of flooding in vivo. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 4, 405–406.
Nettle, D. (2006). The evolution of personality in humans and other animals. American Psychologist, 61, 622–631.
Neugarten, B. L., & Hall, E. (1980, April). Acting one's age: New roles for old. Psychology Today, 66–80.
Neumäker, K. J. (2000). Mortality rates and causes of death. European Eating Disorders Review, 8, 181–187.
Neumeister, A. (2004). Neurotransmitter depletion and seasonal affective disorder: Relevance for the biologic effects of light therapy. Primary Psychiatry, 11, 44–48.
Neuschatz, J. S., Lampinen, J., Preston, E. L., Hawkins, E. R., & Toglia, M. P. (2002). The effect of memory schemata on memory and the phenomenological experience of naturalistic situations. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 16, 687–708.
Newcombe, N. S., & Uttal, D. H. (2006). Whorf versus Socrates, round 10. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 10, 394–396.
Newell, A., & Simon, H. A. (1972). Human problem solving. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Newell, B. R., & Shanks, D. R. (2007). Recognising what you like: Examining the relation between the mere-exposure effect and recognition. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 19, 103–118.
Newlin, D. B., & Thomson, J. B. (1997). Alcohol challenge with sons of alcoholics: A critical review and analysis. In G. A. Marlatt & G. R. VandenBos (Eds.), Addictive behaviors: Readings on etiology, prevention and treatment. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Newman, D. L., Caspi, A., Moffitt, T. E., & Silva, P. A. (1997). Antecedents of adult interpersonal functioning: Effects of individual differences in age 3 temperament. Developmental Psychology, 33, 206–217.
Newman, D. L., Moffit, T. E., Caspi, A., Silva, P. A., & Stanton, W. R. (1996). Psychiatric disorder in a birth cohort of young adults: Prevalence, comorbidity, clinical significance, and new case incidence from ages 11–21. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 64, 552–562.
Newmark, C. S. (2005). Major psychological assessment instruments. Austin, TX: PRO-ED.
Newson, R. S., & Kemps, E. B. (2006). The influence of physical and cognitive activities on simple and complex cognitive tasks in older adults. Experimental Aging Research, 32, 341–362.
Newsweek. (2002, March 11), p. 19.
New York Times. (1986, March 18), p. C12.
Nezami, E., & Butcher, J. N. (2000). Objective personality assessment. In G. Goldstein & M. Hersen (Eds.), Handbook of psychological assessment (3rd ed.). New York: Elsevier.
Nezlek, J. B., Hampton, C. P., & Shean, G. (2000). Clinical depression and day-to-day social interaction in a community sample. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 109, 11–19.
Nezu, A. M., Nezu, C. M., & D'Zurilla, T. (2000). Problem-solving skills training. In G. Fink (Ed.), Encyclopedia of stress. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
NICHD Early Child Care Research Network. (2001). Child care and family predictors of preschool attachment and stability from infancy. Developmental Psychology, 37, 847–862.
Page R-35
NICHD Early Child Care Research Network. (2002). Early child care and children's development prior to school entry: Results from the NICHD Study of Early Child Care.
NICHD Early Child Care Research Network. (2006). Child-care effect sizes for the NICHD Study of Early Child Care and Youth Development. American Psychologist, 61, 99–116.
Nicholls, J. (1989). The competitive ethos and democratic education. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Nichols, C. D., & Sanders-Bush, E. (2002). A single dose of lysergic acid diethylamide influences gene expression patterns within the mammalian brain. Neuropsychopharmacology, 26, 634–642.
Nichols, P. L. (1984). Familial mental retardation. Behavior Genetics, 14, 161–170.
Nickerson, R. S., & Adams, M. J. (1979). Long-term memory for a common object. Cognitive Psychology, 11, 287–307.
Nigg, J. T., Lohr, N. E., Westen, D., & Gold, L. J. (1992). Malevolent object representation in borderline personality disorder and major depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101, 61–67.
Nisbett, R. E. (1998). Race, genetics, and IQ. In C. Jencks et al. (Eds.), The Black-White test score gap. Washington, DC: Brookings Institution.
Nisbett, R. E. (2003). The geography of thought: How Asians and Westerners think differently … and why. New York: Free Press.
Nishino, S., Mignot, E., & Dement, W. C. (2001). Sedative hypnotics. In A. F. Schatzberg & C. B. Nemeroff (Eds.), Essentials of clinical psychopharmacology. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association.
Nixon, K., & Crews, F. T. (2004). Temporally specific burst in cell proliferation increases hippocampal neurogenesis in protracted abstinence from alcohol. Journal of Neuro-science, 24, 9714–9722.
Noback, C. R., Strominger, N. L., & Ruggiero, D. A. (Eds.). (2005). The human nervous system: Structure and function. New York: Humana Press.

Noble, E. P. (1998). The D2 dopamine receptor gene: A review of association studies in alcoholism and phenotypes. Alcohol, 16, 33–45.

Noice, T., & Noice, H. (2002a). The expertise of professional actors: A review of recent research. High Ability Studies, 13, 7–20.
Noice, T., & Noice, H. (2002b). Very long-term recall and recognition of well-learned material. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 16, 259–272.
Nolen-Hoeksema, S. (1990). Sex differences in depression. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Noll, R. (2007). The encyclopedia of manic-depression and other depressive disorders. New York: Facts on File.
Norcross, J. C. (1991). Prescriptive matching in psychotherapy: An introduction. Psychotherapy, 28, 439–443.
Normann, R. A., Maynard, E. M., Guillory, K. S., & Warren, D. J. (1996). Cortical implants for the blind. IEEE Spectrum, 33, 54–9.
Normann, R. A., Maynard, E. M., Rousche, P. J., & Warren, D. J. (1999). A neural interface for a cortical vision prosthesis. Vision Research, 39, 2577–2587.
Norton, G. R., Harrison, B., Haunch, J., & Rhodes, L. (1985). Characteristics of people with infrequent panic attacks. Abnormal Psychiatry, 94, 216–221.
Nossal, C. J. V., & Hall, E. (1995). Choices following antigen entry: Antibody formation or immunologic tolerance? Annual Review of Immunology, 13, 171–204.
Nourkova, V., Bernstein, D. M., & Loftus, E. F. (2004). Altering traumatic memory. Cognition & Emotion, 18, 575–585.
Nussbaum, A. D., & Steele, C. M. (2007). Situa-tional disengagement and persistence in the face of adversity. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 43, 127–134.
Nyberg, J. M., Vekovischeva, O., & Sandnabba, N. K. (2003). Anxiety profiles of mice selectively bred for intermale aggression. Behavior Genetics, 33, 503–511.
O'Connor, D. B., Archer, J., Hair, W. M., & Wu, F. C. W. (2002). Exogenous testosterone, aggression, and mood in eugonadal and hypogonadal men. Physiology and Behavior, 75, 557–566.
O'Connor, S. C., & Rosenblood, L. K. (1996). Affiliation motivation in everyday experience: A theoretical comparison. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 513–522.
O'Leary, A., & The National Institute of Mental Health Multisite HIV Prevention Trial Group. (2001). Social-cognitive theory mediators of behavior change in the National Institute of Mental Health Multisite HIV Prevention Trial. Health Psychology, 20, 369–376.
O'Leary, K. D., & Wilson, G. T. (1987). Behavior therapy: Application and outcome. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Ockene, J. K., Emmons, K. M., Mermelstein, R. J., Perkins, K. A., Bonollo, D. S., Voorhees, C. C., & Hollis, J. F (2000). Relapse and maintenance issues for smoking cessation. Health Psychology, 19, 17–31.
Oehman, A., Flykt, A., & Esteves, F. (2001). Emotion drives attention: Detecting the snake in the grass. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 130, 466–478.
Ohayon, M. M., Ferini-Strambi, L., Plazzi, G., Smirne, S., & Castronovo, V. (2005). Frequency of narcolepsy symptoms and other sleep disorders in narcoleptic patients and their first-degree relatives. Journal of Sleep Research, 14, 437–445.
Ohayon, M. M., Guilleminault, C., & Priest, R. G. (1999). Night terrors, sleepwalking, and confusional arousals in the general population: Their frequency and relationship to other sleep and mental disorders. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 60, 268–276.
Ohayon, M. M., & Lemoine, P. (2004). Sleep and insomnia markers in the general population. Encephale, 30, 135–140.
Öhman, A., & Mineka, S. (2001). Fears, phobias, and preparedness: Toward an evolved module of fear and fear learning. Pychological Review, 108, 483–522.
Öhman, A., & Soares, J. J. F. (1998). Emotional conditioning to masked stimuli: Expectancies for aversive outcomes following nonrecognized fear-relevant stimuli. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 127, 69–82.
Öhman, A., & Wiens, S. (2005). The concept of an evolved fear. In A. S. R. Manstead, N. H. Frijda, A. H. Fischer, & K. Oatley (Eds.), Feelings and emotions: The Amsterdam Symposium. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Okado, Y., & Stark, C. E. (2005). Neural activity during encoding predicts false memories created by misinformation. Learning & Memory, 12, 3–11.
Olds, J. (1958). Self-stimulation of the brain. Science, 127, 315–324.
O'Leary, E., & Murphy, M. (Eds.) (2006). New approaches to integration in psychotherapy. New York: Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group.
Oleson, T. (2002). Auriculotherapy stimulation for neuro-rehabilitation. NeuroRehabilitation, 17, 49–62.
Olness, K., & Ader, R. (1992). Conditioning as an adjunct in the pharmacotherapy of lupus erythematosus. Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 13, 124–125.
Olson, M. A., & Fazio, R. H. (2003). Relations between implicit measures of prejudice: What are we measuring? Psychological Science, 14, 636–639.
Olsson, A., & Phelps, E. A. (2004). Learned fear of “unseen” faces after Pavlovian, observational, and instructed fear. Psychological Science, 15, 822–828.
Olweus, D. (2004). Bullying at school. Prevalence estimation, a useful evaluation design, and a new national initiative in Norway. Association for Child Psychology and Psychiatry Occasional Papers, 23, 5–17.
Orbuch, T. L., House, J. S., Mero, R. P., & Webster, P. S. (1996). Marital quality over the life course. Social Psychology Quarterly, 59, 162–171.
Orne, M. T. (1959). The nature of hypnosis: Artifact and essence. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 58, 277–299.
Orne, M. T. (1962). On the social psychology of the psychological experiment: With particular reference to demand characteristics and their implications. American Psychologist, 17, 776–783.
Orne, M. T., & Evans, F. J. (1965). Social control in the psychological experiment: Antisocial behavior and hypnosis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1, 189–200.
Ornstein, R. (1997). Right mind. Ft. Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace.
Orth, U., & Wielandd, E. (2006). Anger, hostility and posttraumatic stress disorder in trauma-exposed adults: A meta-analysis. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 74, 698–706.
Page R-36
Ortiz, J., & Raine, A. (2004). Heart rate level and antisocial behavior in children and adolescents: A meta-analysis. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 43, 154–162.
Ost, J., Vrij, A., Costall, A., & Bull, R. (2002). Crashing memories and reality monitoring: Distinguishing between perceptions, imaginations and false memories. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 16, 125–134.
Ostrovsky, Y., Andalman, A., & Sinha, P. (2007). Vision following extended congenital blindness. Psychological Science, 17, 1009–1014.
Ouellette, J. A., & Wood, W. (1998). Habit and intention in everyday life: The multiple processes by which past behavior predicts future behavior. Psychological Bulletin, 124, 54–74.
Ouyang, M., Hellman, K., Abel, T., & Thomas, S. A. (2004). Adrenergic signaling plays a critical role in the maintenance of waking and in the regulation of REM sleep. Journal of Neurophysiology, 92, 2071–2082.
Owen, P. R., & Laurel-Seller, E. (2000). Weight and shape ideals: Thin is dangerously in. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 30, 979–990.
Paffenbarger, R. S., Jr., Hyde, R. T., Wing, A. L., & Hsieh, C. C. (1986). Physical activity, all-cause mortality, and longevity of college alumni. New England Journal of Medicine, 314, 605–613.
Paivio, A. (1969). Mental imagery is associative learning and memory. Psychological Review, 76, 241–263.
Paivio, A. (2006). Mind and its evolution: A dual coding theoretical approach. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Pajer, K. (2000). Hysteria. In G. Fink (Ed.), Encyclopedia of stress. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Pakenham, K. I., Chiu, J., Burnsall, S., & Cannon, T. (2007). Relations between social support, appraisal and coping and both positive and negative outcomes in young carers. Journal of Health Psychology, 12, 89–102.
Palfai, T., & Jankiewicz, H. (1991). Drugs and human behavior. Dubuque, IA: Wm. C. Brown.
Palmer, J. A., & Palmer, L. K. (Eds.). (2002). Evolutionary psychology: The ultimate origins of human behavior (Vol. 15). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.
Palmer, S. E. (2002). Perceptual organization in vision. In H. Pashler & S. Yantis (Eds.), Steven's handbook of experimental psychology: Vol. 1. Sensation and perception (3rd ed.). New York: Wiley.
Palmere, M., Benton, S. L., Glover, J. A., & Ronning, R. (1983). Elaboration and recall of main ideas in prose. Journal of Education Psychology, 75, 898–907.
Panksepp, J. (2005). Basic affects and the instinctual emotion system of the brain: The primordial sources of sadness, joy and seeking. In A. S. R. Manstead, N. H. Frijda, A. H. Fischer, & K. Oatley (Eds.), Feelings and emotions: The Amsterdam Symposium. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Pantev, C., Dinnesen, A., Ross, B., Wollbrink, A., & Knief, A. (2006). Dynamics of auditory plasticity after cochlear implantation: A longitudinal study. Cerebral Cortex, 16, 31–36.
Papanicolaou, A. C. (1989). Emotion: A reconsideration of the somatic theory. New York: Gordon & Breach.
Papini, M. R. (2002). Pattern and process in the evolution of learning. Psychological Review, 109, 186–201.
Pappagallo. M. (2005). The neurological basis of pain. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Paris, J. (1993). Borderline personality disorder. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.
Park, C. L., Armeli, S., & Tennen, H. (2004). Appraisal-coping goodness of fit: A daily internet study. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 558–569.
Park, D. C., & Gutchess, A. H. (2005). Long-term memory and aging: A cognitive neuroscience perspective. In R. Cabeza, L. Nyberg, & D. Park (Eds.), Cognitive neuroscience of aging: Linking cognitive and cerebral aging. London: Oxford University Press.
Park, D. C., Smith, A. D., & Cavanaugh, J. C. (1990). Metamemories of memory researchers. Memory and Cognition, 18, 321–327.
Parker, A. (2000). A review of the ganzfeld work at Gothenburg University. Journal of the Society for Psychical Research, 64, 1–15.
Parker, C. R., Bolling, M. Y., & Kohlenberg, R. J. (1998). Operant theory of personality. In D. F. Barone, M. Hersen, & V. B. Van Hasselt (Eds.), Advanced personality. New York: Plenum Press.
Parker, L. A., Kwiatkowska, M., & Mechoulam, R. (2006). Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol and cannabidiol, but not ondansetron, interfere with conditioned retching reactions elicited by a lithium-paired context in Suncus murinus: An animal model of anticipatory nausea and vomiting. Physiology & Behavior, 87, 66–71.
Parkinson, A. J., Parkinson, W. S., Tyler, R. S., Lowder, M. W., & Gantz, B. J. (1998). Speech perception performance in experienced cochlear-implant patients receiving the SPEAK processing strategy in the Nucleus Spectra-22 cochlear implant. Journal of Speech, Language, and Hearing Research, 41, 1073–1087.
Parrott, A. C. (2001). Human psychopharmacology of Ecstasy (MDMA): A review of 15 years of empirical research. Human Psychopharmacology: Clinical and Experimental, 16, 557–577.
Patterson, D. R. (2004). Treating pain with hypnosis. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 252–255.
Patterson, G. R., Littman, R. A., & Bricker, W. (1967). Assertive behavior in children: A step toward a theory of aggression. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 32(Whole No. 5).
Paul, G. L. (2001). The active unconscious, symptom substitution, and other things that went ‘bump’ in the night. In W. T. O'Donohue et al. (Eds.), A history of the behavioral therapies: Founders' personal histories. New York: Guilford Press.
Paul, G. L., & Lentz, R. J. (1977). Psychosocial treatment of chronic mental patients: Milieu versus social learning programs. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Paulson, T. (2004, December 14). Thought powers computer. Seattle Post-Intelligencer, p. A1.
Paunonen, S. V. (2003). Big Five factors of personality and replicated predictions of behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 411–424.
Pavlov, I. P. (1928). Lectures on conditioned reflexes: Twenty-five years of objective study of the higher nervous activity (behaviour) of animals (W. H. Gantt, Trans.). New York: International Publishers. (Original work published 1923)
Pearlin, L. I., & Schooler, C. (1978). The structure of coping. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 19, 2–21.
Pedersen, W. C., Miller, L. C., PutchaBhagavatula, A. D., & Yang, Y. (2002). Evolved sex differences in the number of partners desired? The long and short of it. Psychological Science, 13, 157–161.
Pedrotti, F. L., & Pedrotti, L. S. (1997). Optics and vision. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Pelletier, D. L., & Frongillo, E. A. (2003). Changes in child survival are strongly associated with changes in malnutrition in developing countries. Journal of Nutrition, 133, 107–119.
Pellino, T. A., & Ward, S. E. (1998). Perceived control mediates the relationship between pain severity and patient satisfaction. Journal of Pain and Symptom Management, 15, 110–116.
Pendlebury, S. T. (2007). Neurological case histories. New York: Oxford University Press.
Pennebaker, J. W. (1995). Emotion, disclosure and health. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Pennebaker, J. W. (1997). Opening up: The healing power of expressing emotions. New York: Guilford Press.
Peplau, L. A., Garnets, L. D., Spalding, L. R., Conley, T. D., & Veniegas, R. C. (1998). A critique of Bem's “Exotic Becomes Erotic” theory of sexual orientation. Psychological Review, 105, 387–394.
Perani, D., Paulesu, E., Galles, N. S., Dupoux, E., & Dehaene, S. (1998). The bilingual brain: Proficiency and age of acquisition of the second language. Brain, 121, 1841–1852.
Perdue, C. W., Dovidio, J. F., Gurtman, M. B., & Tyler, R. B. (1990). Us and them: Social categorization and the process of intergroup bias. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 475–486.
Perez, R. S., Gray, W., & Reynolds, T. (2006). Virtual reality and simulators: Implications for web-based education and training. In H. F. O'Neil & R. S. Perez (Eds.), Web-based learning: Theory, research, and practice. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Perrett, D. I., Lee, K. J., Penton-Voak, I., Rowland, D., Yoshikawa, S., Burt, D. M., Henzi, S. P., Castles, D. L., & Akamatsu, S. (1998). Effects of sexual dimorphism on facial attractiveness. Nature, 394, 884–887.
Page R-37
Pert, C. B. (1986). The wisdom of the receptors: Neuropeptides, the emotions, and bodymind. Advances, 3, 8–16.
Pert, C. B. (1997). Molecules of emotion: Why you feel the way you feel. New York: Simon & Schuster.
Pervin, L. A., Cervone, D., & John, O. (2005). Personality: Theory and research. New York: Wiley.
Peterson, C., & Seligman, M. E. P. (1987). Explanatory style and illness. Journal of Personality, 55, 237–265.
Peterson, C., & Seligman, M. E. P. (2004). Character strengths and virtues: A handbook and classification. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Peterson, C., & Whalen, N. (2001). Five years later: Children's memory for medical emergencies. Applied Cognitive Psychology 15, 7–24.
Peterson, L. R., & Peterson, M. J. (1959). Short-term retention of individual verbal items. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 58, 193–198.
Petrill, S. (2003). The development of intelligence: Behavior genetics approaches. In R. J. Sternberg, J. Lautrey, & T. I. Lubart (Eds.), Models of intelligence: International perspectives. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Petrovic, P., & Ingvar, M. (2002). Imaging cognitive modulation of pain processing. Pain, 95, 1–5.
Petrovic, P., Kalso, E., Petersson, M. K., & Ingvarm, M. (2002, February). Placebo and opioid analgesia: Imaging a shared neuronal network. Science Express Reports, 17–22.
Petry, N., & Martin, B. (2002). Low-cost contingency management for treating cocaine- and opioid-abusing methadone patients. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 70, 398–405.
Pettigrew, T. F. (1979). The ultimate attribution error: Extending Allport's cognitive analysis of prejudice. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 55, 461–476.
Pettigrew, T. F., & Meertens, R. W. (1995). Subtle and blatant prejudice in western Europe. European Journal of Social Psychology, 25, 57–76.
Pettigrew, T. F., & Tropp, L. R. (2000). Does intergroup contact reduce prejudice: Recent meta-analytic findings. In S. Oskamp (Ed.), Reducing prejudice and discrimination. The Claremont Symposium on Applied Social Psychology. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Petty, R. E., & Cacioppo, J. T. (1986). Communication and persuasion: Central and peripheral routes to attitude change. New York: Springer-Verlag.
Petty, R. E., Cacioppo, J. T., Strathman, A. J., & Priester, J. R. (2005). To think or not to think: Exploring two routes to persuasion. In T. C. Brock & M. C. Green (Eds.), Persuasion: Psychological insights and perspectives (2nd ed., pp. 81–116). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Petty, R. E., Fleming, M. A., Priester, J. R., Feinstein, A. H. (2001). Individual versus group interest violation: Surprise as a determinant of argument scrutiny and persuasion. Social Cognition, 19, 418–442.
Pezdek, K. (2003). Event memory and autobiographical memory for the events of September 11, 2001. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 17, 1033–1045.
Pfeifer, M., Goldsmith, H. H., & Davidson, R. R. M. (2002). Continuity and change in inhibited and uninhibited children. Child Development, 73, 1474–1485.
Pfiffner, L. J., McBurnett, K., & Rathouz, P. (2001). Father absence and familial antisocial characteristics. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 29, 357–367.
Phelps, E. A. (2005). The power of the subliminal: On subliminal persuasion and other potential applications. In R. R. Hassin, J. S. Uleman, & J. A. Bargh (Eds.), The new unconscious. New York: Oxford University Press.
Phillips, K. A. (2001). Somatoform and factitious disorders. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association.
Phillips, M., Brooks, G. J., Duncan, G. J., Klebanov, P., & Crane, J. (1998). Family background, parenting practices, and the Black-White test score gap. In C. Jencks & M. Phillips (Eds.), The Black-White test score gap. Washington, DC: Brookings Institution.
Phillipson, S. N., & McCann, M. (2007). Conceptions of giftedness: Socio-cultural perspectives. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Piaget, J. (1926). The language and thought of the child. New York: Meridian Books.
Piaget, J. (1970). Piaget's theory. In P. H. Mussen (Ed.), Carmichael's manual of child psychology (Vol. 1). New York: Wiley.
Piaget, J. (1977). The development of thought: Equilibration of cognitive structure. New York: Viking.
Pickering, A. D., & Gray, J. A. (1999). The neuroscience of personality. In L. A. Pervin & O. P. John (Eds.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research. New York: Guilford Press.
Pickrell, J. E., Bernstein, D., & Loftus, E. F. (2003). The misinformation effect. In R. Pohl (Ed.), Cognitive illusions: Fallacies and biases in thinking, judgment, and memory. London: Psychology Press.
Pies, R. W. (1998). Handbook of essential psychopharmacology. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.
Pilbeam, D. (1984). The descent of hominoids and hominids. Scientific American, 250, 84–97.
Pilcher, J. J., & Huffcutt, A. J. (1996). Effects of sleep deprivation on performance: A meta-analysis. Sleep, 19, 318–326.
Pilcher, J. J., & Walters, A. S. (1997). How sleep deprivation affects psychological variables related to college students' cognitive performance. Journal of American College Health, 46, 121–126.
Pinker, S. (2000). Language as an adaptation to the cognitive niche. In M. Christiansen & S. Kirby (Eds.), Language evolution: Reports from the research frontier. New York: Oxford University Press.
Pinquart, M., & Sörensen, S. (2003). Differences between caregivers and noncaregivers in psychological health and physical health: A meta-analysis. Psychology & Aging, 18, 250–267.
Pitman, R. K., Shalev, A. Y., & Orr, S. P. (2000). Posttraumatic stress disorder: Emotion, conditioning, and memory. In M. S. Gazzaniga (Ed.), The new cognitive neurosciences (2nd ed.). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Piven, J., Saliba, K., Bailey, J., & Arndt, S. (1997). An MRI study of autism: The cerebellum revisited. Neurology, 13, 546–551.
Plant, E. A., & Peruche, B. M. (2005). The consequences of race for police officers' responses to criminal suspects. Psychological Science, 16, 180–183.
Plant, E. A., Peruche, B. M., & Butz, D. A. (2005). Eliminating automatic racial bias: Making race non-diagnostic for responses to criminal suspects. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 41, 141–156.
Plomin, R. (1997). Behavioral genetics. New York: St. Martin's Press.
Plomin, R., & Caspi, A. (1999). Behavior genetics and personality. In L. A. Pervin & O. P. John (Eds.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research. New York: Guilford Press.
Plomin, R., & Crabbe, J. (2000). DNA. Psychological Bulletin, 126, 806–828.
Plomin, R., & Craig, I. (2002). “Genetic research on cognitive ability”: Author's reply. British Journal of Psychiatry, 180, 185–186.
Plomin, R., DeFries, J. C., & Fulker D. W. (2007). Nature and nurture during infancy and early childhood. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Plomin, R., & Spinath, F. M. (2004). Intelligence: Genetics, genes, and genomics. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 112–129.
Ploner, M., Gross, J., Timmerman, L., & Schnitzler, A. (2006). Pain processing is faster than tactile processing in the human brain. Journal of Neuroscience, 26(42), 10879–10882.
Plotkin, S. A. (2006). The history of rubella and rubella vaccination leading to elimination. Clinical Infectious Diseases, 43, S164–S168.
Plous, S. (1996a). Attitudes toward the use of animals in psychological research and education: Results from a national survey of psychologists. American Psychologist, 51, 1167–1180.
Plous, S. (1996b). Attitudes toward the use of animals in psychological research and education: Results from a national survey of psychology majors. Psychological Science, 7, 352–358.
Plutchik, R. (1994). Psychology of emotion. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Pollack, I., & Pickett, J. M. (1964). Intelligibility of excerpts from fluent speech: Auditory vs. structural context. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 3, 79–84.
Pool, R. (1994). The dynamic brain. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.
Page R-38
Poremba, M., & Poremba, A. (2007). Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). New York: Chelsea House.
Pornpitakpan, C. (2003). The effect of celebrity endorsers' perceived credibility on product purchase intention: The case of Singaporeans. Journal of International Consumer Marketing, 16, 55–74.
Porter, N. P., & Geis, F. L. (1981). Women and nonverbal leadership cues: When seeing is not believing. In C. Mayo & N. M. Henley (Eds.), Gender and nonverbal behavior. New York: Springer-Verlag.
Porterfield S. P., & White, B. A. (2007). Endocrine physiology. St. Louis: Mosby.
Posada, G., Jacobs, A., Richmond, M. K., Carbonell, O. A., Alzate, G., Bustamante, M. R., & Quiceno, J. (2002). Maternal caregiving and infant security in two cultures. Developmental Psychology, 38, 67–78.
Posner, M. I., & Rothbart, M. K. (2007a). Learning to look. In M. I. Posner & M. K. Rothbart (Eds.), Educating the human brain. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Posner, M. I., & Rothbart, M. K. (2007b). Educating the human brain. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Posthuma, D., & de Geus, E. J. C. (2006). Progress in the molecular-genetic study of intelligence. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 15, 151–155.
Postman, L., & Phillips, L. W. (1965). Short-term temporal changes in free recall. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 17, 132–138.
Postman, L., & Underwood, B. J. (1973). Critical issues in interference theory. Memory and Cognition, 1, 19–40.
Postmes, T., & Spears, R. (1998). Deindividuation and antinormative behavior: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 123, 238–259.
Powell, R. W., & Curley, M. (1976). Instinctive drift in nondomesticated rodents. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 8, 175–178.
Powley, T. L., & Keesey, R. E. (1970). Relationship of body weight to the lateral hypothalamic feeding syndrome. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 70, 25–36.
Pressman, J. D. (1998). Last resort: Psychosurgery and the limits of medicine. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Pressman, M. R. (2007). Factors that predispose, prime and precipitate NREM parasomnias in adults: Clinical and forensic implications. Sleep Medicine Reviews. Retrieved online January 15, 2007, from http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/B6WX7-4MRND2K-1/2/b6953b1caca433bb779eed834d7c6d2f

Preti, G., Cutler, W. B., Garcia, G. R., Huggins, G. R., & Lawley, J. J. (1986). Human axillary secretions influences women's menstrual cycles: The role of donor extract from females. Hormones and Behavior, 20, 473–480.
Prigerson, H., Maciejewski, P. K, & Rosenheck, R. A. (2002). Population attributable fractions of psychiatric disorders and behavioral outcomes associated with combat exposure among U.S. men. American Journal of Public Health, 92(1), 59–63.
Priluck, R., & Till, B. D. (2004). The role of contingency awareness, involvement, and need for cognition in attitude formation. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 32, 329–344.
Principe, G. F., Bruck, M., & Ceci, S. J. (2007). Children's memory: Psychology and the law. Malden, MA: Blackwell.
Pritchard, R. M. (1961, June). Stabilized images on the retina. Scientific American, 72–78.
Probst, L. R., Ostrom, R., Watkins, P., Dean, T., & Mashburn, D. (1992). Comparative efficacy of religious and non-religious cognitive-behavioral therapy for the treatment of clinical depression in religious individuals. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 60, 94–103.
Prochaska, J., & DiClemente, C. (1984). The transtheoretical approach: Crossing traditional boundaries of therapy. Illinois: Down Jones-Irwin.
Prochaska, J. O., Johnson, S., & Lee, P. (1998). The transtheoretical model of behavior change. In S. A. Shumaker & E. B. Schron (Eds.), The handbook of health behavior change (2nd ed.). New York: Springer.
Prochaska, J. O., Norcross, J. C., & DiClemente, C. C. (1994). Changing for good. New York: Avon Books.
Project MATCH Research Group. (1997). Matching alcoholism treatments to client heterogeneity: Project MATCH posttreatment drinking outcomes. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 58, 7–29.
Pruden, S. M., Hirsh-Pasek, K., & Golinkoff, R. M. (2006). The social dimension in language development: A rich history and a new frontier. In P. J. Marshall & N. A. Fox (Eds.), The development of social engagement: Neurobiological perspectives. New York: Oxford University Press.
Ptacek, J. T., Smith, R. E., & Zanas, J. (1992). Gender, appraisal, and coping: A longtudinal analysis. Journal of Personality, 60, 747–769.
Pugh, G. E. (1977). The biological origin of human values. New York: Basic Books.
Pull, C. B. (2007). Combined pharmacotherapy and cognitive-behavioural therapy for anxiety disorders. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 20, 30–35.
Punamäki, R. L., & Joustie, M. (1998). The role of culture, violence, and personal factors affecting dream content. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 29, 320–342.
Pupecki, S. R. (2006). Genetic screening: New research. Hauppauge NY: Nova Science Publishers.
Putman, P., van Honk, J., Kessels, R. P. C., Mulder, M., & Koppeschaar, H. P. F. (2004). Salivary cortisol and short and long-term memory for emotional faces in healthy young women. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 29, 953–960.
Putnam, F. W. (1989). Diagnosis and treatment of multiple personality disorder. New York: Guilford Press.
Putnam, F. W. (2000). Dissociative disorders. In A. J. Sameroff & M. Lewis (Eds.), Handbook of developmental psychopathology (2nd ed.). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Pylyshyn, Z. (2003). Return of the mental image: Are there really pictures in the brain? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7, 113–118.
Qu, T., Brannen, C. L., Kim, H. M., & Sugaya, K. (2001). Human neural stem cells improve cognitive function of aged brain. Neuroreport: For Rapid Communication of Neuroscience Research, 12(6), 1127–1132.
Quilty, L. C., Oakman, J. M., & Farvolden, P. (2007). Behavioural inhibition, behavioural activation, and the preference for familiarity. Personality and Individual Differences, 42, 291–303.
Quintero, N. (1980, February). Coming of age the Apache way. National Geographic, 157(2), 262–271.
Quiroga, Q. R., Reddy, L., Kreiman, G., Koch, C., & Fried, I. (2005). Invariant visual representation by single neurons in the human brain. Nature, 423, 1102–1107.
Rachman, S. (1998). Anxiety. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Rachman, S. J., & Hodgson, R. J. (1980). Obsessions and compulsions. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Rahman, Q. (2005). Fluctuating asymmetry, second to fourth finger length ratios and human sexual orientation. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 30, 382–391.
Raine, A. (2002). Annotation: The role of pre-frontal deficits, low autonomic arousal and early health factors in the development of antisocial and aggressive behavior in children. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines, 43, 417–434.
Raine, A., Buchsbaum, M., & LaCasse, L. (1997). Brain abnormalities in murderers indicated by positron tomography. Biological Psychiatry, 42, 495–508.
Raine, A., Lencz, T., Bihrle, S., LaCasse, L., & Colletti, P. (2000). Reduced prefrontal gray matter volume and reduced autonomic activity in antisocial personality disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, 119–127.
Raine, A., Mellingen, K., Liu, J. Venables, P., & Mednick, S. A. (2003). Effects of environmental enrichment at ages 3–5 years on schizotypal personality and antisocial behavior at ages 17 and 23 years. American Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 1627–1635.
Raine, A., Venables, P. H., & Williams, M. (1996). Better autonomic conditioning and faster electrodermal half-recovery time at age 15 years as possible protective factors against crime at age 29 years. Developmental Psychology, 32, 624–630.
Ramey, C., & Ramey, S. (1998). Early intervention. American Psychologist, 53, 210–225.
Page R-39
Ramey, C. T., Ramey, S. L., & Lanzi, R. G. (1998). Differentiating developmental risk levels for families in poverty: Creating a family typology. In M. Lewis & C. Feiring (Eds.), Families, risks, and competence. Mahway, NJ: Erlbaum.
Ramsey, J. L., Langlois, J. H., Hoss, R. A., Rubenstein, A. J., & Griffin, A. M. (2004). Origins of a stereotype: Categorization of facial attractiveness by 6-month-old infants. Developmental Science, 7, 201–211.
Rao, R. (2001). Cannabis: Some psychiatric aspects. Primary Care Psychiatry, 7, 101–105.
Ratcliff, R., Thapar, A., & McKoon, G. (2006). Aging and individual differences in rapid two-choice decisions. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 13, 626–635.
Raudenbush, B., & Meyer, B. (2003). Muscular dissatisfaction and supplement use among male intercollegiate athletes. Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 25, 161–170.
Raven, J. (1962). Colored progressive matrices. New York: Psychological Corp.
Ravussin, E., & Gautier, J. F. (1999). Metabolic predictors of weight gain. International Journal of Obesity and Related Metabolic Disorders, 23(Suppl. 1), 37–41.
Ray, O. S., & Ksir, C. J. (2004). Drugs, society and human behavior (9th ed.). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Raz, A., & Shapiro, T. (2002). Hypnosis and neuroscience: A cross talk between clinical and cognitive research. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 85–90.
Regal, B. (2005). Human evolution: A guide to the debates. Santa Barbara, CA: ABC-CLIO, Inc.
Reich, T. W. (2006). Personality disorders research. London: Brunner-Routledge.
Rendell, P. G., & Thomson, D. M. (1999). Aging and prospective memory: Differences between naturalistic and laboratory tasks. Journals of Gerontology: Series B: Psychological Sciences and Social Sciences, 54B(4), 256–269.
Rensink, R. A. (2002). Change detection. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 247–277.
Renzulli, J. S. (2002). Emerging conceptions of giftedness: Building a bridge to the new century, Exceptionality, 10, 67–75.
Repovs, G., & Baddeley, A. (2006). The multi-component model of working memory: Explorations in experimental cognitive psychology. Neuroscience, 28, 5–21.
Reppucci, N. D., Wollard, J. L., & Fried, C. S. (1999). Social, community, and preventive interventions. Annual Review of Psychology, 1, 387–415.
Rescorla, R. A. (1968). Probability of shock in the presence and absence of CS in fear. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 66, 1–5.
Rescorla, R. A., & Solomon, R. L. (1967). Two-process learning theory: Relationships between Pavlovian conditioning and instrumental learning. Psychological Review, 74, 151–182.
Rescorla, R. A., & Wagner, A. R. (1972). A theory of Pavlovian conditioning: Variations in the effectiveness of reinforcement and nonreinforcement. In A. H. Black & W. F. Prokasky (Eds.), Classical conditioning: II. Current research and theory. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
Resick, P. (2005). Stress and trauma. San Francisco: Taylor & Francis.
Resnick, S. M., Pham, D. L., Kraut, M. A., Zonderman, A. B., & Davatzikos, C. (2003). Longitudinal magnetic resonance imaging studies of older adults: A shrinking brain. Journal of Neuroscience, 23, 3295–3301.
Revell, V. L., & Eastman, C. I. (2005). How to trick Mother Nature into letting you fly around or stay up all night. Journal of Biological Rhythms, 20, 353–365.
Rey, J. M., & Walter, G. (1997). Half a century of ECT use in young people. American Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 595–602.
Rhodes, G., Yoshikawa, S., Clark, A., Lee, K., McKay, R., & Akamatsu, S. (2001). Attractiveness of facial averageness and symmetry in non-Western cultures: In search of biologically based standards of beauty. Perception, 30, 611–625.
Rholes, W. S., & Simpson, J. A. (Eds.) (2006). Adult attachment: Theory, research, and clinical implications. New York: Guilford Press.
Rholes, W. S., Simpson, J. A., & Friedman, M. (2006). Avoidant attachment and the experience of parenting. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 32, 275–285.
Richard, S., Davies, D. C., & Faure, J. M. (2000). The role of fear in one-trial passive avoidance learning in Japanese quail chicks genetically selected for long or short duration of the tonic immobility reaction. Behavioural Processes, 48, 165–170.
Richardson, D. R. (1991). Interpersonal attraction and love. In R. M. Baron, W. G. Graziano, & C. Stangor (Eds.), Social psychology. Ft. Worth, TX: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
Richter, C. P. (1957). Phenomenon of sudden death in animals and man. Psychosomatic Medicine, 19, 191–198.
Riesen, A. H. (1965). Effects of early deprivation of photic stimulation. In S. F. Osler & R. E. Cooke (Eds.), The biosocial basis of mental retardation. Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press.
Rilling, M. (1996). The mystery of the vanished citations: James McConnell's forgotten 1960s quest for planarian learning, a biochemical engram, and celebrity. American Psychologist, 51, 589–598.
Rimm, D. C., & Masters, J. C. (1979). Behavior therapy: Techniques and empirical findings (2nd ed.). New York: Academic Press.
Rips, L. J. (1997). Goals for a theory of deduction: Reply to Johnson-Laird. Minds and Machines, 7, 409–424.
Ritblatt, S. N. (2000). Children's level of participation in a false-belief task, age, and theory of mind. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 161, 53–64.
Ritchie, C. W., Ames, D., Clayton, T., & Lai, R. (2004). Metaanalysis of randomized trials of the efficacy and safety of donepezil, galantamine, and rivastigmine for the treatment of Alzheimer disease. American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 12, 358–369.
Roberts, B., Helson, R., & Klohnen, E. C. (2002). Personality development and growth in women across 30 years: Three perspectives. Journal of Personality, 70, 79–102.
Robins, L. N., & Regier, D. A. (Eds.). (1991). Psychiatric disorders in America: The Epidemiological Catchment Area Study. New York: Free Press.
Robins, R. W., Fraley, R. C., & Krueger, R. F. (2007). Handbook of research methods in personality psychology. New York: Guilford.
Robins, R. W., Gosling, S. D., & Craik, K. H. (1999). An empirical analysis of trends in psychology. American Psychologist, 54, 117–128.
Robinson, D. (1997). Neurobiology. New York: Springer-Verlag.
Robinson, D. S. (2006). Antidepressant discontinuation syndrome. Primary Psychiatry, 13, 23–24.
Robinson, M. D., Vargas, P. T., Tamir, M., & Solberg, E. C. (2004). Using and being used by categories. Psychological Science 15, 521–526.
Robles, T. F., & Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K. (2003). The physiology of marriage: Pathways to health. Physiology & Behavior, 79, 409–416.
Robles, T. F., Shaffer, V. A., Malarkey, W. B., & Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K. (2006). Positive behaviors during marital conflict: Influences on stress hormones. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 23, 305–325.
Rodin, J., Bartoshuk, L., Peterson, C., & Schank, D. (1990). Bulimia and taste: Possible interactions. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 99, 32–39.
Rodin, J., & Salovey, P. (1989). Health psychology. Annual Review of Psychology, 40, 533–579.
Roebers, C. M. (2002). Confidence judgments in children's and adults' recall and suggestibility. Developmental Psychology, 38, 1052–1067.
Roediger, H. L., III, & McDermott, K. B. (1995). Creating false memories: Remembering words not presented in lists. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 21, 803–814.
Roediger, H. L., III, & McDermott, K. B. (2000). Tricks of memory. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 9, 123–127.
Roelofs, K., Hoogduin, K. A. L., Keijsers, G. P. J., Naering, G. W. B, Moene, F. C., & Sandijck, P. (2002). Hypnotic susceptibility in patients with conversion disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 111, 390–395.
Roffwarg, H. P., Muzio, J. N., & Dement, W. C. (1966). Ontogenic development of human dream-sleep cycle. Science, 152, 604.
Rogers, C. R. (1951). Client-centered therapy. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
Rogers, C. R. (1959). A theory of therapy, personality and interpersonal relationships, as developed in the client-centered framework. In S. Koch (Ed.), Psychology: A study of a science (Vol. 3). New York: McGraw-Hill.
Page R-40
Rogers, C. R. (Ed.). (1967). The therapeutic relationship and its impact: A study of psychotherapy with schizophrenics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
Rogers, C. R. (1980). A way of being. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
Rohsenow, D. J., & Marlatt, G. A. (1981). The balanced placebo design: Methodological considerations. Addictive Behaviors, 6, 107–122.
Roland, P. E. (1997). Brain activation. New York: Wiley.
Rollman, G. (1998). Culture and pain. In S. S. Kazarian et al. (Eds.), Cultural clinical psychology: Theory, research, and practice. New York: Oxford University Press.
Rolls, B. J., Rolls, E. T., Rowe, E. A., & Sweeney, K. (1981). Sensory specific satiety in man. Physiology and Behavior, 27, 137–142.
Rolls, E. T. (2000). Memory systems in the brain. Annual Review of Psychology, 5, 599–630.
Rolls, E. T., & Deco, G. (2002). Computational neuroscience of vision. London: Oxford University Press.
Rosch, E. (1973). On the internal structure of perceptual and semantic categories. In T. E. Moore (Ed.), Cognitive development and the acquisition of language. New York: Academic Press.
Rosch, E. (1977). Human categorization. In N. Warren (Ed.), Advances in cross-cultural psychology (Vol. 1). London: Academic Press.
Rosen, C. S. (2000). Integrating stage and continuum models to explain processing of exercise messages and exercise initiation among sedentary college students. Health Psychology, 19, 172–180.
Rosenfarb, I. S., Goldstein, M. J., Mintz, J., & Nuechterlein, K. H. (1995). Expressed emotion and subclinical psychopathology observable within the transactions between schizophrenic patients and their family members. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 104, 259–267.
Rosenhan, D. L. (1973). On being sane in insane places. Science, 179, 250–258.
Rosenhan, D. L., & Seligman, M. E. P. (1989). Abnormal psychology (2nd ed.). New York: Norton.
Rosenman, R. H., Brand, R. J., Jenkins, C. D., Friedman, M., Straus, R., & Wurm, M. (1975). Coronary disease in the Western Collaborative Group Study. Final follow-up experience of 8 ½ years. Journal of the American Medical Association, 233, 872–877.
Rosenthal, J. Z., & Rosenthal, N. E. (2006). Seasonal affective disorder. In D. J. Stein, D. J. Kupfer, & A. F. Schatzberg (Eds.), The American Psychiatric Publishing textbook of mood disorders. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc.
Rosenthal, R. (1985). From unconscious experimenter bias to teacher expectancy effects. In J. B. Dusek, V. C. Hall, & W. J. Meyer (Eds.), Teacher expectancies. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Rosenthal, R., Archer, D., DiMatteo, M. R., Koivumaki, J. H., & Rogers, P. L. (1974). Body talk and tone of voice: The language without words. Psychology Today, 8, 64–71.
Rosenzweig, M. R. (1984). Experience, memory, and the brain. American Psychologist, 39, 365–376.
Rosenzweig, M. R., & Bennett, E. L. (1996). Psychobiology of plasticity: Effects of training and experience on brain and behavior. Behavioural Brain Research, 78, 57–65.
Rosenzweig, S. (1992). Freud and experimental psychology: The emergence of idiodynamics. In S. Koch & D. E. Leary (Eds.), A century of psychology as science. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Rosqvist, J., & Hersen, M. (2006). Exposure treatments for anxiety disorders. New York: Brunner-Routledge.
Ross, L. (2001). Getting down to fundamentals: Lay dispositionism and the attributions of psychologists. Psychological Inquiry, 12, 37–40.
Ross, L., & Nisbett, R. E. (1991). The person and the situation: Perspectives of social psychology. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Ross, M., & Wilson, A. E. (2003). Autobiographical memory and conceptions of self: Getting better all the time. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12, 66–69.
Rossell, S. L., Bullmore, E. T., Williams, S. C. R., et al. (2002). Sex differences in functional brain activation during a lexical visual field task. Brain and Language, 80, 97–105.
Roth, A., & Fonagy, P. (2005). What works for whom: A critical review of psychotherapy research (2nd ed). New York: Guilford Press.
Rothrauff, T., Middlemiss, W., & Jacobson, L. (2004). Comparison of American and Austrian infants' and toddlers' sleep habits: A retrospective, exploratory study. North American Journal of Psychology, 6, 125–144.
Rottenberg, J., & Johnson, S. L. (2007). Emotion and psychopathology: Bridging affective and clinical science. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Rotter, J. B. (1954). Social learning and clinical psychology. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Rotter, J. B. (1966). Generalized expectancies for internal versus external control of reinforcement. Psychological Monographs, 80 (Whole No. 609).
Rouhana, N. N., & Bar-Tal, D. (1998). Psychological dynamics of intractable ethnonational conflicts: The Israeli-Palestinian case. American Psychologist, 53, 761–770.
Rowe, D. C. (1999). Heredity. In V. J. Derlega, B. A. Winstead, & W. H. Jones (Eds.), Personality: Contemporary theory and research. Chicago: Nelson Hall.
Rowley, J. T., Stickgold, R., & Hobson, J. A. (1998). Eyelid movements and mental activity at sleep onset. Consciousness and Cognition: An International Journal, 7, 67–84.
Rubin, D. C., & Kozin, M. (1984). Vivid memories. Cognition, 16, 81–95.
Rubin, R. T. (2000). Depression and manic-depressive illness. In G. Fink (Ed.), Encyclopedia of stress. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Rubonis, A. V., & Bickman, L. (1991). Psychological impairment in the wake of disaster: The disaster-psychopathology relationship. Psychological Bulletin, 109, 384–399.
Ruffman, R., Perner, J., Naito, M., Parkin, L., & Clements, W. A. (1998). Older (but not younger) siblings facilitate false belief understanding. Developmental Psychology, 34, 161–174.
Rumbaugh, D. M. (1990). Comparative psychology and the great apes: Their competency in learning, language, and numbers. Psychological Record, 40, 15–39.
Rumelhart, D. E., McClelland, J. L., & the PDP Research Group. (Eds.). (1986). Parallel distributed processing (Vol. 1). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Rumstein, M. O., & Hunsley, J. (2001). Interpersonal and family functioning of female survivors of childhood sexual abuse. Clinical Psychology Review, 21, 471–490.
Ruscio, J., Zimmerman, M., McGlinchey, J. B., Chelminski, I., & Young, D. (2007). Diagnosing major depressive disorder XI: A taxometric investigation of the structure underlying DSM-IV symptoms. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 195, 10–19.
Rushton, J. P. (1989). Genetic similarity, human altruism, and group selection. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 12, 503–559.
Russell, G. (2006). Review of understanding eating disorders: Conceptual and ethical issues in the treatment of anorexia and bulimia nervosa. British Journal of Psychiatry, 189, 288–289.
Russell, J. A. (1994). Is there universal recognition of emotion from facial expressions? A review of the cross-cultural studies. Psychological Bulletin, 115, 102–141.
Rutter, M. (2000). Genetic studies of autism: From the 1970s into the millennium. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 28, 3–14.
Rutter, M. L. (1997). Nature-nurture integration: The example of antisocial behavior. American Psychologist, 52, 390–398.
Ryan, R. M., & Lynch, J. (1989). Emotional autonomy versus detachment: Revisiting the vicissitudes of adolescence and young adulthood. Child Development, 60, 340–356.
Ryff, C. D., & Singer, B. (2003). Flourishing under fire: Resilience as a prototype of challenged thriving. In L. M. Keyes & J. Haidt (Eds.), Flourishing: Positive psychology and the life well-lived. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Sabini, J., Siepmann, M., & Stein, J. (2001). The really fundamental attribution error in social psychological research. Psychological Inquiry, 12, 1–15.
Sachse, R., & Elliott, R. (2002). Process-outcome research on humanistic therapy variables. In D. J. Cain (Ed.), Humanistic psychotherapies: Handbook of research and practice. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Page R-41
Sack, R. L., Hughes, R. J., Edgar, D. M., & Lewy, A. J. (1997). Sleep-promoting effects of melatonin: At what dose, in whom, under what conditions, and by what mechanisms? Sleep, 20, 908–915.
Sacks, O. (1985). The man who mistook his wife for a hat and other clinical tales. New York: Summit Books and Simon & Schuster.
Sacks, O. (1999). Awakenings. Westminster, MD: Knopf.
Saczynski, J. S., Willis, S. L., & Schaie, K. W. (2002). Strategy use in reasoning training with older adults. Aging, Neuropsychology and Cognition, 9, 48–60.
Sage, C. E., Southcott, A. M., & Brown, S. L. (2001). The health belief model and compliance with CPAP treatment for obstructive sleep apnea. Behaviour Change, 18, 177–185.
Saklofske, D. H., Austin, E. J., Galloway, J., & Davidson, K. (2007). Individual difference correlates of health-related behaviours: Preliminary evidence for links between emotional intelligence and coping. Personality and Individual Differences, 42, 491–502.
Salovey, P., & Pizzaro, D. A. (2003). The value of emotional intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg, J. Lautrey, & T. I. Lubart (Eds.), Models of intelligence: International perspectives. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Salovey, P., Rothman, A. J., Detweiler, J. B., & Steward, W. T. (2000). Emotional states and physical health. American Psychologist, 55, 110–121.
Salthouse, T. A. (2004). What and when of cognitive aging. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 140–144.
Salthouse, T. (2006). Mental exercise and mental aging. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 1, 68–87.
Saltz, B., Lieberman, J. A., Johns, C. A., et al. (1991). Prospective study of tardive dyskinesia incidence in the elderly. Journal of the American Medical Association, 266, 2402–2406.
Sanchez-Armass, O., & Barabasz, A. F. (2005). Mexican norms for the Stanford Hypnotic Susceptibility Scale, Form C. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 53, 321–31.
Sandler, J. (1986). Aversion methods. In F. H. Kanfer & A. P. Goldstein (Eds.), Helping people change: A textbook of methods (3rd ed.). New York: Pergamon Press.
Santonastaso, P., Scicluna, D., Colombo, G., Zanetti, T., & Favaro, A. (2006). Eating disorders in Maltese and Italian female students. Psychopathology, 39, 153–157.
Saphier, D. (1992). Electrophysiological studies of the effects of interleukin-1 and interferon on the EEG and pituitary-adrenocortical activity. In J. J. Rothwell & R. D. Dantzer (Eds.), Interleukin-1 in the brain. Oxford, England: Pergamon Press.
Sarason, I. G., & Sarason, B. R. (1990). Test anxiety. In H. Leitenberg (Ed.), Handbook of social and evaluation anxiety. New York: Plenum Press.
Sarason, I. G., Sarason, B. R., Pierce, G. R., Shearin, E. N., & Sayers, M. H. (1991). A social learning approach to increasing blood donations. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 21, 896–918.
Sataloff, J., & Thayer, R. (2006). Hearing loss. New York: Marcel Dekker.
Satcher, D. (1999). Mental health: A report of the Surgeon General. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.
Satir, V. (1967). Conjoint family therapy. Palo Alto, CA: Sciences and Behavior Books.
Savage-Rumbaugh, E. S., McDonald, K., Sevcik, R. A., Hopkins, W. D., & Rupert, E. (1986). Spontaneous symbol acquisition and communicative use by pygmy chimpanzees (Pan paniscus). Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 115, 211–235.
Savage-Rumbaugh, E. S., Murphy, J., Sevcik, R. A., Brakke, K. E., et al. (1993). Language comprehension in ape and child. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 58(233), 1–254.
Scarr, S. (1992). Developmental theories for the 1990s: Development and individual differences. Child Development, 63, 1–19.
Scarr, S., & McCartney, K. (1983). How do people make their own environments: A theory of genotype environment effects. Child Development, 54, 424–435.
Scarr, S., & Weinberg, R. A. (1977). Intellectual similarities within families of both adopted and biological children. Intelligence, 32, 170–190.
Schachter, S. (1959). The psychology of affiliation: Experimental studies of the sources of gregariousness. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Schachter, S. (1966). The interaction of cognitive and physiological determinants of emotional state. In C. D. Spielberger (Ed.), Anxiety and behavior. New York: Academic Press.
Schachter, S. (1982). Recidivism and self-cure of smoking and obesity. American Psychologist, 37, 436–444.
Schachter, S., & Latané, B. (1964). Crime, cognition, and the autonomic nervous system. In D. Levine (Ed.), Nebraska symposium on motivation: 1964. Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska Press.
Schachter, S., & Wheeler, L. (1962). Epinephrine, chlorpromazine, and amusement. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 65, 121–128.
Schacter, D. L. (1992). Understanding implicit memory: A cognitive neuroscience approach. American Psychologist, 47, 559–569.
Schaefer, A., & Philippot, P. (2005). Selective effects of emotion on the phenomenal characteristics of autobiographical memories. Memory, 13, 148–160.
Schaie, K. W. (1990). Intellectual development in adulthood. In J. E. Birren & K. W. Schaie (Eds.), Handbook of the psychology of aging (3rd ed.). San Diego: Academic Press.
Schaie, K. W. (1994). The course of adult intellectual development. American Psychologist, 49, 304–313.
Schaie, K. W. (1998). The Seattle longitudinal studies of adult intelligence. In M. Lawton & T. Salthouse (Eds.), Essential papers on the psychology of aging. New York: New York University Press.
Schaie, K. W. (2005). Developmental influences on adult intelligence: The Seattle longitudinal study. London: Oxford University Press.
Schaller, M. (2006). Parasites, behavioral defenses, and the social psychological mechanisms through which cultures are evoked. Psychological Inquiry, 17, 96–100.
Schaller, M., & Crandall, C. S. (Eds.). (2004). The psychological foundations of culture. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Schanberg, S. M., Ingledue, V. F., Lee, J. Y., Hannun, Y. A., & Bartolome, J. V. (2003). PKC alpha mediates maternal touch regulation of growth-related gene expression in infant rats. Neuropsychopharmacology, 28, 1026–1030.
Schatzberg, A. F., Cole, J. O., & DeBattista, C. (2002). Manual of clinical psychopharmacology. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.
Scheff, T. J. (1966). Being mentally ill: A sociological theory. Chicago: Aldine.
Scheier, M. F., & Carver, C. S. (1985). Optimism, coping, and health: Assessment and implications of generalized outcome expectancies. Health Psychology, 4, 219–247.
Scheier, M. F., Carver, C. S., & Bridges, M. W. (1994). Distinguishing optimism from neuroticism (and trait anxiety, self-mastery, and self-esteem): A re-evaluation of the Life Orientation Test. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 1063–1078.
Schellenberg, G. D., Dawson, G., Sung, Y. J., Estes, A., Munson, J., Rosenthal, E., et al. (2006). Evidence for genetic linkage of autism to chromosomes 7 and 4. Molecular Psychiatry 11, 979–989.
Schenck, C. H., Hurwitz, T. D., Bundlie, S. R., & Mahowald, M. W. (1991). Sleep-related eating disorders: Polysomnographic correlates of a heterogeneous syndrome distinct from daytime eating disorders. Sleep: Journal of Sleep Research and Sleep Medicine, 14, 419–431.
Schenck, C. H., Milner, D. M., Hurwitz, T. D., & Bundlie, S. R. (1989). A polysomnographic and clinical report on sleep-related injury in 100 adult patients. American Journal of Psychiatry, 146, 1166–1173.
Schiff, M., & Lewontin, R. (1986). Education and class: The irrelevance of IQ genetic studies. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press.
Schimanski, L. A., & Nguyen, P. V. (2005). Impaired fear memories are correlated with subregion-specific deficits in hippocampal and amygdalar LTP. Behavioral Neuroscience, 119, 38–54.
Schimmack, U., Oishi, S., Furr, M., & Funder, D. C. (2004). Personality and life satisfaction: A facet-level analysis. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 1062–1075.
Schlegel, A., & Barry, H. (1991). Adolescence: An anthropological inquiry. New York: Free Press.
Page R-42
Schlesinger, L. B. (Ed.) (2007). Explorations in criminal psychopathology: Clinical syndromes with forensic implications. Springfield, IL; Charles C Thomas.
Schmader, T., Johns, M., & Barquissau, M. (2004). The costs of accepting gender differences: The role of stereotype endorsement in women's experience in the math domain. Sex Roles, 50, 835–850.
Schmidt, F. L., & Hunter, J. (2004). General mental ability in the world of work: Occupational attainment and job performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 86, 162–173.

Schmitt, B. (2007, May 15). 91-year-old battered by carjacking, but getting better. Knight Ridder Tribune News Service, p. l. Retrieved May 20, 2007, from http://proquest.uml.com.

Schmitt, D. P., Shackelford, T. K., & Buss, D. M. (2001). Are men really more “oriented” toward short-term mating than women? A critical review of theory and research. Psychology, Evolution and Gender, 3, 211–239.
Schmolck, H., Buffalo, E. A., & Squire, L. R. (2000). Memory distortions develop over time: Recollections of the O. J. Simpson trial verdict after 15 and 32 months. Psychological Science, 11, 39–45.
Schneer, J. A., & Reitman, F. (1997). The interrupted managerial career path: A longitudinal study of MBAs. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 51, 411–434.
Schneider, W., Kron, V., Hunnerkopf, M., & Krajewski, K. (2004). The development of young children's memory strategies: First findings from the Wurzburg Longitudinal Memory Study. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 88, 193–209.
Schneiderman, N. (2004). Psychosocial, behavioral, and biological aspects of chronic diseases. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 247–251.
Schunk, D. H., Pintrich, P. R., & Meese, J. (2007). Motivation in education: Theory, research, and application. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Schwartz, B. L. (1998). Illusory tip-of-the-tongue states. Memory, 6, 623–642.
Schwartz, B. L. (2002). The phenomenology of naturally occurring tip of the tongue states: A diary study. In S. P. Shohov (Ed.), Advances in psychology research (Vol. 8). New York: Nova Science.
Schwartz, C. E., Wright, C. I., Shin, L. M., Kagan, J., & Rauch, S. L. (2003). Inhibited and uninhibited children “grown up”: Amygdalar responses to novelty. Science, 300, 1952–1953.
Schwartz, R. (1984). Body weight regulation. University of Washington Medicine, 10, 16–20.
Schwartz, S., & Maquet, P. (2002). Sleep imaging and the neuro-psychological assessment of dreams. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 6, 23–30.
Schwarzer, R. (1998). Stress and coping from a social-cognitive perspective. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 851, 531–537.
Schwebel, D. C., Summerlin, A. L., Bounds, M. L., & Morrongiello, B. A. (2006). The Stamp-in-Safety Program: A behavioral intervention to reduce behaviors that can lead to unintentional playground injury in a preschool setting. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 31, 152–162.
Schweinhart, L. J., & Weikart, D. P. (1998). High/Scope Perry Preschool Program effects at age twenty-seven. In J. Crane (Ed.), Social programs that work. New York: Russell Sage.
Scoboria, A., Mazzoni, G., Kirsch, I., & Milling, L. S. (2002). Immediate and persisting effects of misleading questions and hypnosis on memory reports. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied, 8, 26–32.
Scott, T. R. (1992). Taste, feeding, and pleasure. In A. N. Epstein et al. (Eds.), Progress in psychobiology and physiological psychology. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Scott, T. R., & Giza, B. K. (1993). Gustatory control of ingestion. In D. A. Booth et al. (Eds.), Neurophysiology of ingestion. Pergamon studies in neuroscience. Oxford, England: Pergamon Press.
Scott, V., McDade, D. M., & Luckman, S. M. (2007). Rapid changes in the sensitivity of arcuate nucleus neurons to central ghrelin in relation to feeding status. Physiology & Behavior, 90, 180–185.
Scott, W. D., & Cervone, D. (2002). The impact of negative affect on performance standards: Evidence for an affect as information mechanism. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 26, 9–37.
Sears, R. R. (1977). Sources of life satisfaction of the Terman gifted men. American Psychologist, 32, 119–128.
Seattle Times. (1997, December 11). Paralyzed woman is good Samaritan, p. B3.
Sedikides, C., Gaertner, L., & Toguchi, Y. (2003). Pancultural self-enhancement. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 60–79.
Segal, D. L., & Coolidge, F. A. (2007). Structured interviewing and DSM classification. In M. Hersen, S. M. Turner, & D. C. Beidel (Eds.), Adult psychopathology and diagnosis. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Segall, M. H., Campbell, D. T., & Herskowitz, M. J. (1966). The influence of culture on visual perception. New York: Pergamon Press.
Segerdahl, P., Fields, W., & Savage-Rumbaugh, E. S. (2006). Kanzi's primal language: The cultural initiation of primates into language. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
Segerstrom, S. C., & Miller, G. E. (2004). Psychological stress and the human immune system. A meta-analytic study of 30 years of inquiry. Psychological Bulletin, 130, 601–630.
Sekuler, R., Watamaniuk, S., & Blake, R. (2002). In H. Pashler & S. Yantis (Eds.), Steven's handbook of experimental psychology: Vol. 1. Sensation and perception (3rd ed.). New York: Wiley.
Seligman, M. E. P. (1970). On the generality of the laws of learning. Psychological Review, 77, 406–418.
Seligman, M. E. P. (1971). Phobias and preparedness. Behavior Therapy, 2, 307–320.
Seligman, M. E. P. (1975). Helplessness: On depression, development, and death. New York: Freeman.
Seligman, M. E. P. (1991). Learned optimisim. New York: Knopf.
Seligman, M. E. P. (1995). The effectiveness of psychotherapy: The Consumer Reports study. American Psychologist, 50, 965–974.
Seligman, M. E. P. (2002). Authentic happiness: Using the new positive psychology to realize your potential for lasting fulfillment. New York: Free Press.
Seligman, M. E. P., & Binik, Y. M. (1977). The safety signal hypothesis. In H. Davis & H. Hurvitz (Eds.), Pavlovian-operant interactions. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Seligman, M. E. P., & Isaacowitz, D. M. (2000). Learned helplessness. In G. Fink (Ed.), Encyclopedia of stress. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Seligman, M. E. P., & Peterson, C. R. (Eds.). (2004). Human strengths: A classification manual. New York: Oxford University Press.
Selye, H. (1975). Stress without distress. New York: New American Library.
Selye, H. (1976). The stress of life (Rev. ed.) New York: McGraw-Hill.
Senden, M. von. (1960). Space and sight: The perception of space and shape in the congenitally blind before and after operation (P. Heath, Trans.). New York: Free Press.
Sergios, P. A., & Cody, J. (1985–1986). Importance of physical attractiveness and social assertiveness skills in male homosexual dating behavior and partner selection. Journal of Homosexuality, 12, 71–84.
Serpell, R. (2000). Intelligence and culture. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.). (2000). Handbook of intelligence. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Sexton, M. M. (1979). Behavioral epidemiology. In O. F. Pomerleau & J. P. Brady (Eds.), Behavioral Medicine: Theory and Practice. Baltimore, MD: Williams & Wilkins.
Shaffer, D. R. (1989). Developmental psychology: Childhood and adolescence (2nd ed.). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.
Shallice, T., & Burgess, P. (1991). Higher-order cognitive impairments and frontal-lobe lesions in man. In H. S. Levin, H. M. Eisenberg, & A. L. Benton (Eds.), Frontal lobe function and dysfunction. New York: Oxford University Press.
Shanab, M. E., & Yahya, L. A. (1977). A behavioral study of obedience in children. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, 530–536.
Shapiro, A. K., & Shapiro, E. (1997). The powerful placebo: From ancient priest to modern physician. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.
Shapiro, C. M., Bortz, R., Mitchell, D., Bartel, P., & Jooste, P. (1981). Slow-wave sleep: A recovery period after exercise. Science, 214, 1253–1254.
Shaver, P., Hazan, C., & Bradshaw, D. (1988). Love as attachment: The integration of three behavioral systems. In R. J. Sternberg & M. L. Barnes (Eds.), The psychology of love. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Page R-43
Shaver, P. R., & Clark, C. L. (1996). Forms of adult romantic attachment and their cognitive and emotional underpinnings. In G. G. Noam et al. (Eds.), Development and vulnerability in close relationships. The Jean Piaget symposium series. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Shavit, Y. (1990). Stress-induced immune modulation in animals: Opiates and endogenous opioid peptides. In R. Ader, N. Cohen, & D. L. Felten (Eds.), Psychoneuroimmunology II. New York: Academic Press.
Sheehan, P. W., Green, V., & Truesdale, P. (1992). Influence of rapport on hypnotically induced pseudomemory. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101, 690–700.
Sheldon, K. M, Joiner, T. E., Pettit, J. W., & Williams, G. (2003). Reconciling humanistic ideals and scientific clinical practice. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 10, 302–315.
Sheldon, K. M., & Kasser, T. (2001). Getting older, getting better? Personal strivings and psychological maturity across the life span. Developmental Psychology, 37, 491–501.
Shepard, R. N., & Metzler, J. (1971). Mental rotation of three-dimensional objects. Science, 171, 701–703.
Shepherd, G. (1997). The synaptic organizer of the brain. New York: Oxford University Press.
Shepperd, J. A., Grace, J., Cole, L. J., & Kline, C. (2005). Anxiety and outcome predictions. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 31, 267–275.
Sherif, M. (1935). A study of some social factors in perception. Archives of Psychology (No. 187).
Sherif, M., Harvey, O., White, B., Hood, W., & Sherif, C. (1961). Intergroup confiict and cooperation: The Robbers Cave experiment. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press.
Shneidman, E. S. (1976). A psychological theory of suicide. Psychiatric Annals, 6, 51–66.
Shneidman, E. S. (1998). The suicidal mind. New York: Oxford University Press.
Shoda, Y., & Mischel, W. (2000). Reconciling contextualism with the core assumptions of personality psychology. European Journal of Personality, 14, 407–428.
Shoda, Y., Mischel, W., & Wright, J. C. (1994). Intra-individual stability and patterning of behavior: Incorporating psychological situations into the idiographic analysis of personality. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 674–687.
Shorey, H. S., & Snyder, C. R. (2006). The role of adult attachment styles in psychopathology and psychotherapy outcomes. Review of General Psychology, 10, 1–20.
Shorter, E. (1998). A history of psychiatry: From the era of the asylum to the age of Prozac. New York: Wiley.
Shultz, K. S., Morton, K. R., & Weckerle, J. R. (1998). The influence of push and pull factors on voluntary and involuntary early retirees' retirement decision and adjustment. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 53, 45–57.
Sia, C. L., Tan, B. C. Y., & Wei, K. K. (2002). Group polarization and computer mediated communication: Effects of communication cues, social presence, and anonymity. Information Systems Research, 13, 70–90.
Siegel, A. (2005). Neurobiology of aggression and rage. San Francisco: Taylor & Francis.
Siegel, S. (1984). Pavlovian conditioning and heroin overdose: Reports from overdose victims. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 22, 428–430.
Siegel, S., Baptista, M. A. S., Kim, J. A., McDonald, R. V., & Weise-Kelly, L. (2000). Pavlovian psychopharmacology: The associative basis of tolerance. Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, 8, 276–293.
Siegler, R. S. (1986). Children's thinking. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
Siegler, R. S. (1996). Emerging minds: The process of change in children's thinking. New York: Oxford University Press.
Sigala, N., & Logothetis, N. K. (2002). Visual categorization shapes feature selectivity in the primate temporal cortex. Nature, 415, 318–320.
Silva, M. M., Groeger J. A., & Bradshaw, M. F. (2006). Attention-memory interactions in scene perception. Spatial Vision, 19, 9–19.
Simkin, L. R., & Gross, A. M. (1994). Assessment of coping with high risk situations for exercise relapse among healthy women. Health Psychology, 13, 274–277.
Simon, C. (2007). Neurology. New York: Oxford University Press.
Simon, H. A. (1990). Invariants of human behavior. Annual Review of Psychology, 41, 1–20.
Simons, D. J., & Chabris, C. F. (1999). Gorillas in our midst: Sustained inattentional blindness for dynamic events. Perception, 28, 1059–1074.
Simonton, D. K. (1999). Creativity and genius. In L. A. Pervin & O. P. John (Eds.), Handbook of personality: Theory and research (2nd ed). New York: Guilford Press.
Simonton, D. K. (2001). Talent development as a multidimensional, multiplicative, and dynamic process. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 10, 39–43.
Simpaio, E., Maris, S., & Bach-y-Rita, P. (2001). Brain plasticity: “Visual” acuity of blind persons via the tongue. Brain Research, 908, 204–207.
Singer, T., Seymour, B., O'Doherty, J., Kaube, H., Dolan, R. J., & Frith, C. D. (2004). Empathy for pain involves the affective but not sensory components of pain. Science, 303, 1157–1162.
Singer, T., Verhaeghen, P., Ghisletta, P., Lindenberger, U., & Baltes, P. B. (2003). The fate of cognition in very old age: Six-year longitudinal findings in the Berlin Aging Study (BASE). Psychology and Aging, 18, 318–331.
Sistler, A. B., & Moore, G. M. (1996). Cultural diversity in coping with marital stress. Journal of Clinical Geropsychology, 2, 77–82.
Siu, O. (2003). Job stress and job performance among employees in Hong Kong: The role of Chinese work values and organizational commitment. International Journal of Psychology, 38, 337–347.
Skinner, B. F. (1938). The behavior of organisms: An experimental analysis. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
Skinner, B. F. (1948). Walden two. New York: Macmillan.
Skinner, B. F. (1953). Science and human behavior. New York: Macmillan.
Skinner, B. F. (1957). Verbal behavior. New York: Prentice Hall.
Skinner, B. F. (1968). The technology of teaching. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.
Skinner, B. F. (1971). Beyond freedom and dignity. New York: Knopf.
Skinner, B. F. (1989a). The origins of cognitive thought. American Psychologist, 44, 13–18.
Skinner, B. F. (1989b). Teaching machines. Science, 243, 1535.
Skinner, B. F. (1990). Can psychology be a science of mind? American Psychologist, 45, 1206–1210.
Sklar, L. S., & Anisman, H. (1981). Stress and cancer. Psychological Bulletin, 89, 369–406.
Skoyles, J. R. (1997). Evolution's ‘missing link’: A hypothesis upon neural plasticity, prefrontal working memory and the origins of modern cognition. Medical Hypotheses, 48, 499–501.
Slater, C. L. (2003). Generativity versus stagnation: An elaboration of Erikson's adult stage of human development. Journal of Adult Development, 10, 53–65.
Sloan, D., & Marx, D. (2004). A closer examination of the structured written disclosure procedure. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 72, 165–175.
Slotnick, S. D., Thompson, W. L., & Kosslyn, S. M. (2005). Visual mental imagery induces retinotopically organized activation of early visual areas. Cerebral Cortex, 15, 1570–1583.
Slovic, P., Fischhoff, B., & Lichtenstein, S. (1988). Response mode, framing, and information-processing effects in risk assessment. In D. E. Bell & H. Raiffa (Eds.), Decision making: Descriptive, normative, and prescriptive interactions. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Slovic, P., & Peters, E. (2006). Risk perception and affect. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 15, 322–325
Smalley, S. L., McGough, J. J., Del'Homme, M., et al. (2000). Familial clustering of symptoms and disruptive behaviors in multiplex families with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 39, 1135–1143.
Smith, B. D. (1998). Psychology: Science and understanding. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Smith, C. A., & Kirby, L. D. (2004). Appraisal as a pervasive determinant of anger. Emotion, 4, 133–138.
Smith, C. S., Folkard, S., Schmieder, R. A., Parra, L. F., Spelten, E., Almiral, H., et al. (2002). Investigation of morning-evening orientation in six countries using the preferences scale. Personality and Individual Differences, 32, 949–968.
Page R-44
Smith, C. T., Nixon, M. R., & Nader, R. S. (2004). Posttraining increases in REM sleep intensity implicate REM sleep in memory processing and provide a biological marker of learning potential. Learning & Memory, 11, 714–719.

Smith, D. (2002). The theory heard ‘round the world. Monitor on Psychology, 33, No. 9., October. Retrieved December 18, 2004, from http://www.apa.org/monitor/oct02/theory.html

Smith, E. R., & Zarate, M. A. (1992). Exemplar-based model of social judgment. Psychological Review, 99, 3–21.
Smith, J. W., & Frawley, P. J. (1993). Treatment outcome of 600 chemically dependent patients treated in a multimodal inpatient program including aversion therapy and pentothal interviews. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 10, 359–369.
Smith, M. C., & Phillips, M. R., Jr. (2001). Age differences in memory for radio advertisements: The role of mnemonic. Journal of Business Research, 53, 103–109.
Smith, M. L., & Glass, G. V. (1977). Meta-analyses of psychotherapy outcome studies. American Psychologist, 32, 752–760.
Smith, R. E. (1989). Effects of coping skills training on generalized self-efficacy and locus of control. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 228–233.
Smith, R. E. (1996). Performance anxiety, cognitive interference, and concentration enhancement strategies in sports. In I. G. Sarason, G. R. Pierce, & B. R. Sarason (Eds.), Cognitive interference: Theories, methods, and findings. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Smith, R. E., Smoll, F. L., & Cumming, S. P. (2007). Effects of a motivational climate intervention for coaches on young athletes' sport performance anxiety. Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 29, 38–58.
Smith, R. E., Smoll, F. L., & Schultz, R. W. (1990). Measurement and correlates of sport-specific cognitive and somatic trait anxiety: The Sports Anxiety Scale. Anxiety Research [now Anxiety, Stress, & Coping], 2, 263–280.
Smith, S. M., McIntosh, W. D., & Bazzini, D. G. (1999). Are the beautiful good in Hollywood? An investigation of the beauty-and-goodness stereotype on film. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 21, 69–80.
Smith, S. M., & Vela, E. (2001). Environmental context dependent memory: A review and meta-analysis. Psychonomic Bulletin and Review, 8, 203–220.
Smithson, J., Lewis, S., Cooper, C., & Dyer, J. (2004). Flexible working and the gender pay gap in the accountancy profession. Work, Employment and Society, 18, 115–135.
Smoll, F. L., Smith, R. E., Barnett, N. P., & Everett, J. J. (1993). Enhancement of children's self-esteem through social support training for youth sport coaches. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 602–610.
Smoll, F. L., Smith, R. E., & Cumming, S. P. (2007). Effects of a motivational climate intervention for coaches on young athletes' achievement goal orientations. Journal of Clinical Sport Psychology, 1, 23–46.
Snow, M. E., Jacklin, C. N., & Maccoby, E. E. (1983). Sex-of-child-differences in father-child interaction at one year of age. Child Development, 54, 227–232.
Snyder, C. R. (Ed.). (2001). Coping with stress: Effective people and processes. New York: Oxford University Press.
Snyder, C. R., & Lopez, S. J. (2007). Positive psychology: The scientific and practical explorations of human strengths. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, Inc.
Snyder, M. (1987). Public appearances/private realities: The psychology of self-monitoring. New York: Freeman.
Snyder, M., Clary, E. G., & Stukas, A. A. (2000). The functional approach to volunteerism. In G. R. Maio & J. M. Olson, Why we evaluate: Functions of attitudes. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Snyder, S. H. (1977). Opiate receptors and internal opiates. Scientific American, 236, 44–56.
Society for Personality Assessment. (2005). The status of the Rorschach in clinical and forensic practice: An official statement by the Board of Trustees of the Society for Personality Assessment. Journal of Personality Assessment, 85, 219–237.
Solms, M. (2002). Dreaming: Cholinergic and dopaminergic hypotheses. In E. Perry, H. Ashton, & A. Young (Eds.), Neurochemistry of consciousness: Neurotransmitters in mind. Advances in consciousness research. Amsterdam: Benjamins.
Solomon, R. L., & Wynne, L. C. (1953). Traumatic avoidance learning: Acquisition in normal dogs. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 48, 291–302.
Son, L. K., & Metcalfe, J. (2000). Metacognitive and control strategies in study-time allocation. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 26, 204–221.
Soto, P. L., McDowell, J. J., & Dallery, J. (2006). Feedback functions, optimization, and the relation of response rate to reinforcer rate. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 85, 57–71.
Soussignan, R. (2002). Duchenne smile, emotional experience, and autonomic reactivity: A test of the facial feedback hypothesis. Emotion, 2, 52–74.
Sowell, E. R., Thompson, P. M., Tessner, K. D., & Toga, A. W. (2001). Mapping continued brain growth and gray matter density reduction in dorsal frontal cortex: Inverse relationships during postadolescent brain maturation. Journal of Neuroscience, 21, 8819–8829.
Spanos, N. P. (1986). Hypnotic behavior: A social-psychological interpretation of amnesia, analgesia, and “trance logic.” Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 9, 449–467.
Spanos, N. P. (1991). A sociocognitive approach to hypnosis. In S. J. Lynn & J. W. Rhue (Eds.), Theories of hypnosis: Current models and perspectives. New York: Guilford Press.
Spanos, N. P. (1994). Multiple identity enactments and multiple personality disorder: A sociocognitive perspective. Psychological Bulletin, 116, 143–165.
Spanos, N. P. (1996). Multiple identities and false memories: A sociocognitive perspective. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Spanos, N. P., & Chaves, J. F. (Eds.). (1988). Hypnosis: The cognitive-behavioral perspective. Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books.
Spear, L. P. (2000). The adolescent brain and age-related behavioral manifestations. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 24, 417–463.
Spearman, C. (1923). The nature of “intelligence” and the principles of cognition. London: Macmillan.
Speisman, J., Lazarus, R. S., Mordkoff, A., & Davidson, L. (1964). Experimental reduction of stress based on ego-defense theory. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68, 367–380.
Spelke, E. S. (1994). Initial knowledge: Six suggestions. Cognition, 46, 29–56.
Spencer, S. J., Steele, C. M., & Quinn, D. M. (1999). Stereotype threat and women's math performance. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 35, 4–28.
Sperling, G. (1960). The information available in brief visual presentations. Psychological Monographs, 74 (Whole No. 11).
Sperling, G. (1984). A unified theory of attention and signal detection. In R. Parasuraman & D. R. Davies (Eds.), Varieties of attention. New York: Academic Press.
Sperry, R. W. (1970). Perception in the absence of neocortical commissures. In Association for Research in Nervous and Mental Disease, Perception and its disorders. New York: Williams & Wilkins.
Spiegel, D., Bloom, J. R., Kraemer, H. C., & Gottleib, E. (1989, October 14). Effect of psychosocial treatment on survival of patients with metastatic breast cancer. The Lancet, 888–891.
Spiegler, M. D., & Guevremont, D. C. (2003). Contemporary behavior therapy. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.
Spielberger, C. D., & DeNike, L. D. (1966). Descriptive behaviorism versus cognitive theory in verbal operant conditioning. Psychological Review, 73, 306–326.
Spitzer, R. L., Skodol, A. E., Gibbon, M., & Williams, J. B. W. (1983). Psychopathology: A casebook. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Sporting News (1985, August 19).
Sprafkin, J. N., Liebert, R. M., & Poulos, R. W. (1975). Effects of a prosocial televised example on children's helping. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 20, 119–126.
Sprecher, S. (2001). A comparison of emotional consequences of and change in equity over time using global and domain specific measures of equity. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 18, 477–501.
Sprecher, S., & Regan, P. C. (1998). Passionate and companionate love in courting and young married couples. Sociological Inquiry, 68, 163–185.
Page R-45
Springer, S. (1997). Left brain, right brain. San Francisco: Freeman.
Squier, L. H., & Domhoff, G. W. (1998). The presentation of dreaming and dreams in introductory psychology textbooks: A critical examination with suggestions for textbook authors and course instructors. Dreaming: Journal of the Association for the Study of Dreams, 8, 149–168.
Squire, L. R. (1987). Memory and brain. Oxford, England: Oxford University Press.
Squire, L. R., Stark, C. E. L., & Clark, R. E. (2004). The medial temporal lobe. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 27, 279–306.
Squire, L. R., & Zola-Morgan, S. (1991). The medial temporal lobe memory system. Science, 253, 1380–1386.
Sroufe, L. (2002). From infant attachment to promotion of adolescent autonomy: Prospective, longitudinal data on the role of parents in development. In J. G. Borkowski, S. L. Ramey, & M. Bristol-Power (Eds.), Parenting and the child's world: Influences on academic, intellectual, and social-emotional development. Monographs in parenting. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Stahl, S. M. (1998). Essential psychopharmacology: Neuroscientific basis and clinical applications. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Stanley, B. G., Kyrkouli, S. E., Lampert, S., & Leibowitz, S. F. (1986). Neuropeptide Y chronically injected into the hypothalamus: A powerful neurochemical inducer of hyperphagia and obesity. Peptides, 7, 1189–1192.
Stanley, S. M., Whitton, S. W., & Markman, H. J. (2004). Maybe I do: Interpersonal commitment and premarital or nonmarital cohabitation. Journal of Family Issues, 25, 496–519.
Stark, E. (1989, May). Teen sex: Not for love. Psychology Today, 10–11.

Statistics Canada. (2002). English-French Bilingualism. 2001 Census (release date December 10, 2002). Retrieved April 6, 2005, from http://www12.statcan.ca/english/census01/products/analytic/companion/lang/bilingual.cfm

Steadman, H. J., Mulvey, E. P., Monahan, J., Robbins, P. C., Appelbaum, P. S., Grisso, T., Roth, L., & Silver, E. (1998). Violence by people discharged from acute inpatient facilities and by others in the same neighborhoods. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 393–401.
Stearns, S., & Hoekstra, R. (2005). Evolution. New York: Oxford University Press.
Steckler, T., Kalin, N. H., & Reul, J. (2005). Handbook of stress and the brain: Part 2. Stress: integrative and clinical aspects. Amsterdam: Elsevier Science and Technology.
Steele, C. M. (1997). A threat in the air: How stereotypes shape intellectual identity and performance. American Psychologist, 52, 613–629.
Steele, C. M., & Aronson, J. (1995). Stereotype threat and the intellectual test performance of African Americans. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 797–811.
Steele, C. M., & Josephs, R. A. (1990). Alcohol myopia: Its prized and dangerous effects. American Psychologist, 45, 921–933.
Steele, J., James, J. B., & Barnett, R. C. (2002). Learning in a man's world: Examining the perceptions of undergraduate women in male-dominated academic areas. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 26, 46–50.
Stein, D. J., & Hollander, E. (2002). Textbook of anxiety disorders. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.
Steinberg, L., Lamborn, S. D., Darling, N., & Mount, N. S. (1994). Over-time changes in adjustment and competence among adolescents from authoritative, authoritarian, indulgent, and neglectful families. Child Development, 65, 754–770.
Steinvorth, S., Levine, B., & Corkin, S. (2005). Medial temporal lobe structures are needed to re-experience remote autobiographical memories: Evidence from H. M. and W. R. Neuropsychologia, 43, 479–496.
Stephan, W. G. (1990). School desegregation: Short-term and long-term effects. In H. Knopke (Ed.), Opening doors: An appraisal of race relations in America. Tuscaloosa: University of Alabama Press.
Stern, M. (2006). Cognitive reserve: Theory and applications. San Francisco: Taylor & Francis.
Sternberg, R. J. (1988). Triangulating love. In R. J. Sternberg & M. L. Barnes (Eds.), The psychology of love. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.
Sternberg, R. J. (2004). Culture and intelligence. American Psychologist, 59, 325–338.
Sternberg, R. J. (2006a). A duplex theory of love. In R. J. Sternberg & K. Weis (Eds.), The new psychology of love. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Sternberg, R. J. (2006b). The nature of creativity. Creativity Research Journal, 18, 87–98.
Sternberg, R. J., & Davidson, J. E. (Eds.). (2005). Conceptions of giftedness. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Sternberg, R. J., Lautrey, J., & Lubart, T. I. (2003). Models of intelligence: International perspectives. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Sternberg, R. J., Nokes, C., Geissler, P., Prince, R., Okatcha, F., Bundy, D. A., & Grigorenko, E. L. (2001). The relationship between academic and practical intelligence: A case study in Kenya. Intelligence, 29, 401–418.
Sternberg, R. J., Torff, B., & Grigorenko, E. L. (1998). Teaching triarchically improves school achievement. Journal of Educational Psychology, 90, 374–384.
Stetson, B. A., Rahn, J. M., Dubbert, P. M., Wilner, B. I., & Mercury, M. G. (1997). Prospective evaluation of the effects of stress on exercise adherence in community-residing women. Health Psychology, 16, 515–520.
Stiles, W. B., Leach, C., Barkham, M., et al. (2003). Early sudden gains in psychotherapy under routine clinic conditions: Practice-based evidence. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 71, 14–21.
Stoddard, J., Raine, A., Bihrle, S., & Buchsbaum, M. (1997). Prefrontal dysfunction in murderers lacking psychosocial deficits. In A. Raine, P. A. Brennan, D. P. Farrington, & S. A. Mednick (Eds.), Biosocial bases of violence (pp. 301–305). New York: Plenum Press.
Stone, A. A., Shiffman, S. S., & DeVries, M. (2000). Rethinking our self-report assessment methodologies: An argument for collecting ecologically valid, momentary measurements. In D. Kahneman, E. Diener, & N. Schwarz (Eds.), Understanding quality of life: Scientific perspectives on enjoyment and suffering. New York: Russel Sage.
Stone, J., & Cooper, J. (2003). The effect of self-attribute relevance on how self-esteem moderates attitude change in dissonance processes. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 508–515.
Stone, K., & Church, S. L. (1968). Personality theories. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Stormshak, E. A., Bierman, K. L., McMahon, R. J., Lengua, L. J., & Conduct Problems Prevention Research Group. (2000). Parenting practices and child disruptive behavior problems in early elementary school. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 29, 17–29.
Stouffer, S. A., Lumsdaine, A. A., Lumsdaine, M. H., & Williams, R. M., Jr. (1949a). The American soldier: Combat and its aftermath. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Stouffer, S. A., Suchman, E. A., De Vinney, L. C., Star, S. A., & Williams, R. M., Jr. (1949b). The American soldier: Adjustments during army life. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Strack, F., Martin, L. L., & Stepper, S. (1988). Inhibiting and facilitating conditions of facial expressions: A non-obtrusive test of the facial feedback hypothesis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 768–777.
Straus, M. A., & Stewart, J. H. (1999). Corporal punishment by American parents: National data on prevalence, chronicity, severity, and duration, in relation to child and family characteristics. Clinical Child and Family Psychology Review, 2(2), 55–70.
Strauss, E., Sherman, E. M. S., & Spreen, O. (2006). A compendium of neuropsychological tests: Administration, norms, and commentary. New York: Oxford University Press.
Strawbridge, W. J., Shema, S. J., Cohen, R. D., Roberts, R. E., & Kaplan, G. A. (1998). Religion buffers effects of some stressors on depression but exacerbates others. Journal of Gerontology, 53, 118–126.
Strayer, D. L., & Drews, F. A. (2004). Profiles in driver distraction: Effects of cell phone conversations on younger and older drivers. Human Factors, 46, 640–649.
Strayer, D. L., Drews, F. A., & Johnston, W. A. (2003). Cell-phone induced failures of visual attention during simulated driving. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied, 9, 23–32.
Streissguth, A. P. (1977). Maternal drinking and the outcome of pregnancy: Implications for child mental health. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 47, 422–431.
Page R-46
Streissguth, A. P. (2001). Recent advances in fetal alcohol syndrome and alcohol use in pregnancy. In D. P. Agarwal & H. K. Seitz (Eds.), Alcohol in health and disease. New York: Marcel Dekker.
Streissguth, A. P., Clarren, S. K., & Jones, K. L. (1985). Natural history of the fetal alcohol syndrome: A 10-year follow-up of eleven patients. The Lancet, 2(8446), 85–91.
Strentz, T., & Auerbach, S. M. (1988). Adjustment to the stress of simulated captivity: Effects of emotion-focused versus problem-focused preparation on hostages differing in locus of control. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 55, 652–660.
Striedter, G. F. (2005). Principles of brain evolution. Springfield, IL: Sinauer.
Stroebe, M., Stroebe, W., & Schut, H. (2001). Gender differences in adjustment to bereavement: An empirical and theoretical review. Review of General Psychology, 5, 62–82.
Stryer, L. (1987). The molecules of visual excitation. Scientific American, 257(1), 42–50.

Subramanian, K. N. S., Yoon, H., & Toral, J. C. (2002, October 31). Extremely low birth weight infant. Available online: http://www.emedicine.com/ped/topic2784.htm

Sue, D. W., & Sue, D. (1990). Counseling the culturally different: Theory and practice. New York: Wiley.
Sue, S. (1998). In search of cultural competence in psychotherapy and counseling. American Psychologist, 53, 440–448.
Sue, S., & Chu, J. (2003). The mental health of ethnic minority groups: Challenges posed by the U.S. Surgeon General. Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry, 27, 447–465.
Sue, S., Fujino, D., Hu, L., Takeuchi, D., & Zane, N. (1991). Community mental health services for ethnic minority groups: A test of the cultural responsiveness hypothesis. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 59, 533–540.
Sue, S., & Zane, N. (1987). The role of culture and cultural techniques in psychotherapy. American Psychologist, 42, 37–45.
Sugita, Y. (2004). Experience in early infancy is indispensable for color perception. Current Biology, 14, 1267–1271.
Suh, E., Diener, E., Oishi, S., & Triandis, H. (1998). The shifting basis of life satisfaction judgments across cultures: Emotions versus norms. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 482–493.
Suinn, R. M., Osborne, D., & Winfree, P. (1962). The self-concept and accuracy of recall of inconsistent self-related information. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 18, 473–474.
Sullivan, M. A., & O'Leary, S. G. (1990). Maintenance following reward and cost token programs. Behavior Therapy, 21, 139–149.
Suls, J. M., & Wallston, K. A. (2003). Social psychological foundations of health and illness. New York: Blackwell.
Sun, M.-K. (Ed.). (2005). Cognition and mood intreractions. Hauppauge, NY: Nova Science.
Sun, W. L., & Rebec, G. V. (2005). The role of prefrontal cortex D1-like and D2-like receptors in cocaine-seeking behavior in rats. Psychopharmacology, 177, 315–323.
Sunnafrank, M., Ramirez, A., Jr., & Metts, S. (Ed.). (2004). At first sight: Persistent relational effects of get-acquainted conversations. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 21, 361–379.
Super, D. E. (1957). The psychology of careers. New York: Harper & Row.
Sussman, N. M., & Rosenfeld, H. M. (1982). Influence of culture, language, and sex on conversational distance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 66–74.
Sutton, S. K. (2002). Incentive and threat reactivity: Relations with anterior cortical activity. In D. Cervone & W. Mischel (Eds.), Advances in personality science. New York: Guilford Press.
Swann, W. B., Jr., Rentfrow, P. J., & Guinn, J. S. (2002). Self-verification: The search for coherence. In C. R. Snyder & S. J. Lopez (Eds.), Handbook of positive psychology. New York: Oxford University Press.
Swann, W. B., Jr., Stein-Seroussi, A., & Giesler, R. B. (1992). Why people self-verify. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 392–401.
Swartz, C. (1995). Setting the ECT stimulus. Psychiatric Times, 12(6). (Reprint addition)
Syka, J., & Merzenich, M. M. (2005). Plasticity and signal representation in the auditory system. New York: Springer.
Szkrybalo, J., & Ruble, D. N. (1999). “God made me a girl”: Sex-category constancy judgments and explanations revisited. Developmental Psychology, 35, 392–402.
Tajfel, H., & Turner, J. C. (1986). The social identity theory of intergroup behavior. In S. Worchel & W. G. Austin (Eds.), The psychology of intergroup relations (2nd ed.). Chicago, IL: Nelson Hall.
Takahashi, H., Yahata, N., Koeda, M., Matsuda, T., Asai, K., & Okubo, Y. (2004). Brain activation associated with evaluative processes of guilt and embarrassment: An fMRI study. NeuroImage, 23, 967–974.
Takahashi, Y. (1990). Is multiple personality disorder really rare in Japan? Dissociation: Progress in the Dissociative Disorders, 3, 57–59.
Takeuchi, S. A. (2006). On the matching phenomenon in courtship: A probability matching theory of mate selection. Marriage & Family Review, 40, 25–51.
Talarico, J. M., & Rubin, D. C. (2003). Confidence, not consistency, characterizes flashbulb memories. Psychological Science, 14, 455–461.
Tamminga, C. A. (1997). The promise of new drugs for schizophrenia treatment. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 42, 265–273.
Tanaka-Matsumi, J. (1979). Taijin Kyofushu: Diagnostic and cultural issues in Japanese psychiatry. Culture, Medicine, and Psychiatry, 3, 231–245.
Tanaka-Matsumi, J., & Draguns, J. G. (1997). Culture and psychopathology. In J. W. Berry, M. H. Segall, & C. Kagitçibasi (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (Vol. 3). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
Tarbox, R. S. F., Ghezzi, P. M., & Wilson, G. (2006). The effects of token reinforcement on attending in a young child with autism. Behavioral Interventions, 21, 155–164.
Tarr, M. J., & Vuong, Q. C. (2002). Visual object recognition. In H. Pashler & S. Yantis (Eds.), Steven's handbook of experimental psychology: Vol. 1. Sensation and perception (3rd ed.). New York: Wiley.
Tatlisumak, T., & Fisher, M. (Eds.) (2006). Handbook of experimental neurology: Methods and techniques in animal research. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Taylor, R. D., & Wang, M. C. (Eds.). (2000). Resilience across contexts: Family, work, culture, and community. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Taylor, S. (2004). Efficacy and outcome predictors for three PTSD treatments: Exposure therapy, EMDR, and relaxation training. In S. Taylor (Ed.), Advances in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder: Cognitive-behavioral perspectives. New York: Springer.
Taylor, S. E. (2003). Health psychology (3rd ed.). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Taylor, S. E. (2006a). Health psychology (4th ed.). Boston: McGraw-Hill.
Taylor, S. E. (2006b). Tend and befriend: Biobehavioral bases of affiliation under stress. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 15, 273–277.
Taylor, S. E., & Brown, J. D. (1988). Illusion and well-being: A social psychological perspective on mental health. Psychological Bulletin, 103, 193–210.
Taylor, S. E., Klein, L. C., Lewis, B., Gruenewald, T. L., Gurung, R. A. R., & Updegraff, J. A. (2000). Biobehavioral responses to stress in females: Tend-and-befriend, not fight-or-flight. Psychological Review, 107, 411–429.
Taylor, S. E., Lerner, J. S., Sherman, D. K., Sage, R. M., & McDowell, N. K. (2003). Portrait of the self-enhancer: Well adjusted and well liked or maladjusted and friendless? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 165–176.
Teachman, B. A., Gapinski, K. D., Brownell K. D., Rawlins, M., & Jeyaram, S. (2003). Demonstrations of implicit anti-fat bias: The impact of providing causal information and evoking empathy. Health Psychology, 22, 68–78.
Teghtsoonian, R. (1971). On the exponents in Stevens' law and the constant in Ekman's law. Psychological Review, 78, 71–80.
Tellegen, A., Lykken, D. T., Bouchard, T. J., Wilcox, K. J., Segal, N. L., & Rich, S. (1988). Personality similarity in twins reared apart and together. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 1031–1039.
Ten-Berge, M. A., Maaike, A., & De-Raad, B. (2002). The structure of situations from a personality perspective. European Journal of Personality, 16, 81–102.
Page R-47
Tenenbaum, H. R., & Leaper, C. (2003). Parent-child conversations about science: The socialization of gender inequities? Developmental Psychology, 39, 34–47.
Terman, L. M., & Merrill, M. A. (1972). Stanford-Binet intelligence scale, third edition, form LM. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
Terracciano, A., Costa, P. T., & McCrae, R. R. (2006). Personality plasticity after age 30. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 32, 999–1009.
Terrace, H. S. (1979). Nim. New York: Knopf.
Tesser, A. (2004). Self-esteem. In M. B. Brewer & M. Hewstone (Eds.), Emotion and motivation. Perspectives on social psychology. Malden, MA: Blackwell.
Tesser, A., & Shaffer, D. (1990). Attitudes and attitude change. Annual Review of Psychology, 41, 479–523.
Thibaut, J. W., & Kelley, H. H. (1959). The social psychology of groups. New York: Wiley.
Thiede, K. W., & Anderson, M. C. M. (2003). Summarizing can improve metacomprehension accuracy. Contemporary Education Psychology, 28, 129–160.
Thoits, P. (1983). Dimensions of life events that influence psychological distress: An evaluation and synthesis of the literature. In H. B. Kaplan (Ed.), Psychological stress: Trends in theory and research. New York: Academic Press.
Thomas, A., & Chess, S. (1977). Temperament and development. New York: Brunner/Mazel.
Thomas, L. (1974). The lives of a cell. New York: Viking Press.
Thomas, S. A., & Palmiter, R. D. (1997). Disruption of the dopamine Beta-hydroxylase gene in mice suggests roles for norepinephrine in motor function, learning, and memory. Behavioral Neuroscience, 111, 579–589.
Thomas, W. P., & Collier, V. P. (1997). School effectiveness for language minority students. Washington, DC: National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education.
Thompson, C. P., Cowan, T. M., & Frieman, J. (1993). Memory search by a memorist. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Thompson, R. F. (1985). The brain: An introduction to neuroscience. New York: Freeman.
Thompson-Brenner, H., Glass, S., & Westen, D. (2003). A multidimensional meta-analysis of psychotherapy for bulimia nervosa. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 10, 269–287.
Thorndike, E. L. (1898). Animal intelligence: An experimental study of the associative processes in animals. New York: Macmillan.
Thorndike, E. L. (1911). Animal intelligence: Experimental studies. New York: Macmillan.
Thurstone, L. L. (1938). Primary mental abilities. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Tilker, H. A. (1970). Socially responsible behavior as a function of observer responsibility and victim feedback. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 14, 95–100.
Tinbergen, N. (1951). The study of instinct. Oxford, England: Clarendon Press.
Tinsley-Li, S., & Jenkins, S. (2007). Impact of race and ethnicity on the expression, assessment, and diagnosis of psychopathology. In M. Hersen, S. M. Turner, & D. C. Beidel (Eds.), Adult psychopathology and diagnosis. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Tizard, B., & Hodges, J. (1978). The effect of early institutional rearing on the development of eight-year-old children. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 19, 99–118.
Tobin, J. J., & Friedman, J. (1983). Spirits, shamans, and nightmare death: Survivor stress in a Hmong refugee. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 53, 439–448.
Todd, A. R., Seok, D., Kerr, N. L., & Messe, L. A. (2006). Social compensation: Fact or social-comparison artifact? Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 9, 431–442.
Todorov, A., & Bargh, J. A. (2002). Automatic sources of aggression. Aggression and Violent Behavior, 7, 53–68.
Tollefson, G. D. (1993). Major depression. In D. L. Dunner (Ed.), Current psychiatric therapy. Philadephia: Saunders.
Tollison, C. D., Satterswaithe, J. R., & Tollison, J. W. (2002). Practical pain management. New York: Williams & Wilkins.
Tolman, E. C. (1948). Cognitive maps in rats and men. Psychological Review, 55, 189–208.
Tolman, E. C., & Honzik, C. H. (1930). Introduction and removal of reward and maze performance in rats. University of California Publications in Psychology, 4, 257–275.
Tomarken, A. J., & Keener, A. D. (1998). Frontal brain asymmetry and depression: A self-regulatory perspective. Special Issue: Neuropsychological perspectives on affective and anxiety disorders. Cognition & Emotion, 12(3), 387–420.
Tomkins, S. S. (1991). Affect, imagery, and consciousness. New York: Springer-Verlag.
Tooby, J., & Cosmides, L. (1992). The psychological foundations of culture. In J. H. Barkow, L. Cosmides, & J. Tooby (Eds.), The adapted mind. New York: Oxford University Press.
Tooby, J., & Cosmides, L. (2005). Conceptual foundations of evolutionary psychology. In D. M. Buss (Ed.), The handbook of evolutionary psychology. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Torgerson, S. (2000). Genetics of patients with borderline personality disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 23, 1–9.
Torgerson, S., Kringlen, E., & Cramer, V. (2001). The prevalence of personality disorders in a community sample. Archives of General Psychiatry, 58, 590–596.
Törnros, J., & Bolling, A. (2006). Mobile phone use—effects of conversation on mental workload and driving speed in rural and urban environments. Transportation Research Part F: Traffic Psychology and Behaviour, 9, 298–306.
Torrey, E. F. (1997). Out of the shadows: Confronting America's mental illness crisis. New York: Wiley.
Torrey, E. F., & Zdanowicz, M. (2001). Outpatient commitment: What, why, and for whom. Psychiatric Services, 52, 337–341.
Tovée, M. J., Swami, V., Furnham, A., & Mangalparsad, R. (2006). Changing perceptions of attractiveness as observers are exposed to a different culture. Evolution and Human Behavior, 27, 443–456.
Toy, E. C. (2007). Case files: Neurology. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Trae, H. C., & Deighton, R. M. (2000). Emotional inhibition. In G. Fink (Ed.), Encyclopedia of stress. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Travers, K. R., & Lyvers, M. (2005). Mood and impulsivity of recreational Ecstasy users in the week following a “rave.” Addiction Research & Theory, 13, 43–52.
Treasure, J. (2005). Essential handbook of eating disorders. New York: Wiley.
Tremblay, L. K., Naranjo, C. A., Cardenas, L., Hermann, N., & Busto, U. E. (2002). Probing brain reward system function in major depressive disorder: Altered response to dextroamphetamine. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 409–417.
Triandis, H. C. (2001). Individualism-collectivism and personality. Journal of Personality, 69, 907–924.
Triandis, H. C., & Suh, E. M. (2002). Cultural influences on personality. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 133–160.
Trimble, M. (2003). Somatoform disorders. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Trivers, R. (1971). The evolution of reciprocal altruism. Quarterly Review of Biology, 46, 35–57.
Trivers, R. L. (1972). Parental investment and sexual selection. In B. Campbell (Ed.), Sexual selection and the descent of man. Chicago: Aldine-Atherton.
Trull, T. J., & Geary, D. C. (1997). Comparison of the Big-Five Factor structure across samples of Chinese and American adults. Journal of Personality Assessment, 69, 324–341.
Trull, T. J., Tragesser, S. L., Solhan, M., & Schwarze-Mette, R. (2007). Dimensional models of personality disorder: Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders Fifth Edition and beyond. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 20, 52–56.
Truscott, S. D., & Frank, A. J. (2001). Does the Flynn effect affect IQ scores of students classified as LD? Journal of School Psychology, 39, 319–334.
Trzesniewski, K. H., Donnellan, M. B., & Robins, R. W. (2003). Stability of self-esteem across the life span. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 205–220.
Tseng, W. S., Asai, M., Liu, J., Pismai, W., et al. (1990). Multi-cultural study of minor psychiatric disorders in Asia: Symptom manifestations. International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 36, 252–264.
Tucker, V. A. (2000). The deep fovea, sideways vision and spiral flight paths in raptors. Journal of Experimental Biology, 203, 3745–3754.
Tuckett, D. (2005). Psychoanalysis in Great Britain and continental Europe. In E. S. Person, A. M. Cooper, et al. (Eds.), The American psychiatric publishing textbook of psychoanalysis (pp. 407–421). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc.
Page R-48
Tudor, K., & Worrall, M. (2006). Person-centered therapy: A clinical philosophy. New York: Routledge.
Tuiten, A., Van Honk, J., Koppeschaar, H., Bernaards, C., Thijssen, J., & Verbaten, R. (2000). Time course of effects of testosterone administration on sexual arousal in women. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, 149–153.
Tulsky, D. S., Saklofske, D. H., Chelune, G. J., Heaton, R. K., Ivnik, R. J., Bornstein, R., Prifitera, A., & Ledbetter, M. F. (Eds.). (2003). Clinical interpretation of the WAIS-III and WMS-III. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Tulving, E. (2002). Episodic memory: From mind to brain. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 1–25.
Tulving, E., & Thomson, D. M. (1973). Encoding specificity and retrieval processes in episodic memory. Psychological Review, 80, 359–380.
Tupala, E., & Tiihonen, J. (2004). Dopamine and alcoholism: Neurobiological basis of ethanol abuse. Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry, 28, 1221–1247.
Turk, D. C. (2001). Physiological and psychological bases of pain. In A. Baum & T. A. Revenson (Eds.), Handbook of health psychology. Mahwah, NJ; Erlbaum.
Turk, D. C., & Melzack, R. (2001). Handbook of pain assessment (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Press.
Turk, D. C., & Winter, F. (2006). The pain survival guide: How to reclaim your life. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Turkheimer, E., Haley, A., Waldron, N., D'Onofrio, B., & Gottesman, I. I. (2003). Socioeconomic status modifies heritability of IQ in young children. Psychological Science, 14, 623–628.
Turnbull, C. M. (1961). Some observations concerning the experiences and behavior of the BaMbuti Pygmies. American Journal of Psychology, 74, 304–308.
Turner, J. A., & Aaron, L. A. (2001). Pain-related catastrophizing: What is it? Clinical Journal of Pain, 17, 65–71.
Turner, J. A., Deyo, R. A., Loeser, J. D., et al. (1994). The importance of placebo effects in pain treatment and research. Journal of the American Medical Association, 271, 1609–1614.
Tusing, K. J., & Dillard, J. P. (2000). The psychological reality of the door-in-the-face: It's helping, not bargaining. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 19, 5–25.
Tversky, A., & Kahneman, D. (1982). Judgments of and by representativeness. In D. Kahneman, P. Slovic, & A. Tversky (Eds.), Heuristics and biases. Cambridge University Press.
Tversky, B., & Tuchin, M. (1989). A reconciliation of the evidence on eyewitness testimony: Comments on McCloskey and Zaragoza. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 118, 86–91.
Tyrka, A. R., Waldron, I., Graber, J. A., & Brooks-Gunn, J. (2002). Prospective predictors of the onset of anorexic and bulimic syndromes. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 32, 282–290.
Tzeng, O. J., Hung, W., Cohen, F. J., & Wang, P. (1979). Visual lateralization effect in reading Chinese characters. Nature, 282, 499–501.
Tzeng, S. F. (1997). Neural progenitors isolated from newborn rat spinal cords differentiate into neurons and astroglia. Journal of Biomedical Science, 9(1), 10–16.

U.S. Census Bureau. (2002). Demographic Trends in the 20th Century: Census 2000 Special Reports, CENSR-4, November. Available online: http://www.census.gov/population/www/cen2000/briefs.html

U.S. Census Bureau. (2003). Married-couple and unmarried-partner households: 2000. Census 2000 Special Reports, CENSR-5. Available online: http://www.census.gov/population/www/cen2000/briefs.html

U.S. Census Bureau (2005a). Children's characteristics. 2005 American Community Survey. Retrieved online on 12/12/07 from: http://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/STTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=01000US&-qr_name=ACS_2005_EST_G00_S0901&-ds_name=ACS_2005_EST_G00_&-redoLog=false.

U.S. Census Bureau (2005b). U.S. population projections for selected age groups by state: 2005–2030. Retrieved February 25, 2007 from http://www.aoa.gov/prof/Statistics/future_growth/State-5-yr-age-projections-2005-2030.pdf.

U.S. Census Bureau. (2005c). American Community Survey: Table C16001. Language spoken at home by ability to speak English for the population 5 years and over. Retrieved Feburary 18, 2007 from http://factfinder.census.gov/servlet/DTTable?_bm=y&-geo_id=0100…lang=en&-mt_name=ACS_2005_EST_G2000_C16001&-format=&-CONTEXT=dt

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. (2002). National Comorbidity Survey, 1990–92. Available online: http://www.icpsr.umich.edu/SAMHDA/STUDIES/ncs.html (Substance Abuse and Mental Health Data Archive [SAMHDA]).

U.S. Office of Behavior Technology. (1990). Provision of professional services to the physically handicapped. Washington, DC: Author.
U.S. Public Health Service. (1979). Healthy people: The Surgeon General's report on health promotion and disease prevention. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.
Ungerleider, L. G., & Mishkin, M. (1982). Two cortical visual systems. In D. J. Ingle, M. A. Goodale, & R. J. W. Mansfield (Eds.), Analysis of visual behavior. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
United Nations. (2002). Report on the global reach of AIDS. New York: Author.
Unverzagt, F. W., Gao, S., Baiyewu, O., Ogunniyi, A. O., Gureje, O., Perkins, A., et al. (2001). Prevalence of cognitive impairment: Data from the Indianapolis Study of Health and Aging. Neurology, 57, 1655–1662.
Valberg, A. (2006). Light vision color. New York: Wiley.
Valent, P. (1998). Effects of the Holocaust on Jewish child survivors: Traumas and latent disturbances 50 years later. Psyche: Zeitschrift fuer Psychoanalyse und ihre Anwendungen, 52, 751–771.
Valent, P. (2000). Stress effects of the Holocaust. In G. Fink (Ed.), Encyclopedia of stress. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Vallone, R. P., Griffin, D., Lin, S., & Ross, L. (1990). Overconfident prediction of future actions and outcomes by self and others. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 582–592.
Valsiner, J., & Lawrence, J. A. (1997). Human development in culture across the life span. In J. W. Berry, P. R. Dasen, & T. S. Saraswathi (Eds.), Handbook of cross-cultural psychology (Vol. 2). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.
van Beest, I., & Williams, K. D. (2006). When inclusion costs and ostracism pays, ostracism still hurts. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 91, 918–928.
Vandell, D. L., Burchinal, M. R., Belsky, J., Owen, M. T., Friedman, S. L., Clarke-Stewart, A., McCartney, K., & Weinraub, M. (2005). Early child care and children's development in the primary grades: Follow-up results from the NICHD Study of Early Child Care. Paper presented at the biennial meeting of the Society for Research in Child Development, Atlanta, Georgia.
Van der Borght, K., Meerlo, P., Luiten, P., Eggen, B., & Van der Zee, E. A. (2005). Effects of active shock avoidance learning on hippocampal neurogenesis and plasma levels of corticosterone. Behavioural Brain Research, 157, 23–30.
van de Rijt, A., & Macy, M. W. (2006). Power and dependence in intimate exchange. Social Forces, 84, 1455–1470.
Van Der Werf, Y. D., Jolles, J., Witter, M. P., & Uylings, H. B. M. (2003). Contributions of thalamic nuclei to declarative memory functioning. Cortex, 39, 1047–1062.
Van Goozen, S., Fairchild, G., Snoek, H., & Harold, G. (2007). The evidence for a neurobiological model of childhood antisocial behavior. Psychological Bulletin, 133, 149–182.
van Ijzendoorn, M. (1995). Adult attachment representations, parental responsiveness, and infant attachment: A meta-analysis of the Adult Attachment Interview. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 387–403.
van Laar, C., & Levin, S. (2006). The experience of stigma: Individual, interpersonal, and situational influences. In S. Levin & C. van Laar (Eds.), Stigma and group inequality: Social psychological perspectives. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Vanman, E. J., Saltz, J. L., Nathan, L. R., & Warren, J. A. (2004). Racial discrimination by low-prejudiced Whites: Facial movements as implicit measures of attitudes related to behavior. Psychological Science, 15, 711–714.
van Praag, H. M. (2004). Stress, vulnerability and depression. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Van Yperen, N. W. (2006). A novel approach to assessing achievement goals in the context of the 2 x 2 framework: Identifying distinct profiles of individuals with different dominant achievement goals. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 32, 1432–1445.
Page R-49
Van Zomeren, A. H., & Brouwer, W. H. (1994). Clinical neuropsychology of attention. New York: Oxford University Press.
Varela, R. E., Steele, R. G., & Benson, E. R. (2007). The contribution of ethnic minority status to adaptive style: A comparison of Mexican, Mexican American, and European American children. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 38, 26–33.
Vargha-Khadem, F., Gadian, D. G., Watkins, K. E., Connelly, A., Van Paesschen, W., & Mishkin, M. (1997). Differential effects of early hippocampal pathology on episodic and semantic memory. Science, 277, 376–380.
Vasilaki, E. I., Hosier, S. G., & Cox, W. M. (2006). The efficacy of motivational interviewing as a brief intervention for excessive drinking: A meta-analytic review. Alcohol and Alcoholism, 41, 328–335.
Vaughan, P. W., Rogers, E. M., Singhal, A., & Swalehe, R. M. (2000). Entertainment-education and HIV/AIDS prevention: A field experiment in Tanzania. Journal of Health Communication, 5, 81–100.
Vaughn, C., & Leff, J. (1976). The measurement of expressed emotion in the families of psychiatric patients. British Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 15, 157–165.
Velotis, C. M. (2006). New developments in anxiety disorders research. Hauppauge, NY: Nova Biomedical Books.
Verona, E., & Carbonell, J. L. (2000). Female violence and personality: Evidence for a pattern of overcontrolled hostility among one-time violent female offenders. Criminal Justice and Behavior, 27, 176–195.
Verona, E., Patrick, C., Curtin, J., Bradley, M. M., & Lang, P. J. (2004). Psychopathy and physiological response to emotionally evocative sounds. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 113, 99–108.
Verplanken, B., & Holland, R. W. (2002). Motivated decision making: Effects of activation and self centrality of values on choices and behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 82, 434–447.
Vertes, R. P., & Eastman, K. E. (2003). The case against memory consolidation in REM sleep. In E. F. Pace-Schott, M. Solms, M. Blagrove, & S. Harnad (Eds.), Sleep and dreaming: Scientific advances and reconsiderations. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Vetter, H. J. (1969). Language behavior and psychopathology. Chicago: Rand McNally.
Victoir, A., Eertmans, A., Van den Bergh, O., & Van den Broucke, S. (2005). Learning to drive safely: Social-cognitive responses are predictive of performance rated by novice drivers and their instructors. Transportation Research Part F: Traffic Psychology and Behaviour, 8, 59–71.
Villarreal, D. M., Do, V., Haddad, E., & Derrick, B. E. (2002). NMDA receptor antagonists sustain LTP and spatial memory: Active processes mediate LTP decay. Nature Neuroscience, 5, 48–52.
Vinden, P. G. (2002). Understanding minds and evidence for belief: A study of Mofu children in Cameroon. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 26, 445–452.
Virnig, B., Huang, Z., Lurie, N., Musgrave, D., McBean, M., & Dowd, B. (2004). Does Medicare managed care provide equal treatment for mental illness across races? Archives of General Psychiatry, 61, 201–205.
Vitaliano, P. P., Young, H. M., & Zhang, J. (2004). Is caregiving a risk factor for illness? Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 13–16.
Vogels, W. W. A., Dekker, M. R., Brouwer, W. H., & deJong, R. (2002). Age-related changes in event-related prospective memory performance: A comparison of four prospective memory tasks. Brain and Cognition, 49, 341–362.
von Frisch, K. (1974). Decoding the language of the bee. Science, 185, 663–668.
Vral, A., Thierens, H., Baeyens, A., & De Ridder, L. (2002). The micronucleus and g(2)-phase assays for human blood lymphocytes as biomarkers of individual sensitivity to ionizing radiation: Limitations imposed by intraindividual variability. Radiation Research, 157, 472–477.
Vurpillot, E. (1968). The development of scanning strategies and their relation to visual differentiations. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 6, 632–650.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. (Original work published 1935)
Wadden, T. A., Brownell, K. D., & Foster, G. D. (2002). Obesity: Responding to the global epidemic. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 70, 510–525.
Wadden, T. A., Vogt, R. A., Andersen, R. E., et al. (1997). Exercise in the treatment of obesity: Effects of four interventions on body composition, resting energy expenditure, appetite, and mood. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 654, 269–277.
Wade, K. A., Sharman, S. J., Garry, M., Memon, A., Mazzoni, G., et al. (2007). False claims about false memory research. Consciousness and Cognition: An International Journal, 16, 18–28.
Wade, P., & Bernstein, B. (1991). Culture sensitivity training and counselor's race: Effects on Black female client's perceptions and attrition. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 38, 9–15.
Wagner, K. D., Ambrosini, P., Rynn, M., Wohlberg, C., Yang, R. Y., Greenbaum, M. S., et al. (2003). Efficacy of sertraline in the treatment of children and adolescents with major depressive disorder: Two randomized controlled trials. Journal of the American Medical Association, 290(8), 1033–1041.
Wagstaff, G., Brunas-Wagstaff, J., Cole, J., & Wheatcroft, J. (2004). New directions in forensic hypnosis: Facilitating memory with a focused meditation technique. Contemporary Hypnosis, 21, 14–27.
Wahlberg, K. E., Wynne, L. C., Oja, H., Keskitalo, P., et al. (1997). Gene-environment interaction in vulnerability to schizophrenia: Findings from the Finnish Family Study of Schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 355–362.
Wakefield, M., Reid, Y., Roberts, L., Mullins, R., & Gillies, R. (1998). Smoking and smoking cessation among men whose partners are pregnant: A qualitative study. Social Science Medicine, 47, 657–664.
Walen, S. R., & Roth, D. (1987). A cognitive approach. In J. H. Geer & W. T. O'Donohue (Eds.), Theories of human sexuality. New York: Plenum Press.
Walker, P. L. (2001). A bioarchaeological perspective on the history of violence. Annual Review of Anthropology, 30, 573–596.
Walker, W. R., Skowronski, J., Gibbons, J., Vogl, R., & Thompson, C. (2003). On the emotions that accompany autobiographical memories: Dysphoria disrupts the fading affect bias. Cognition & Emotion, 17, 703–723.
Walker, W. R., Skowronski, J. J., & Thompson, C. P. (2003). Life is pleasant—and memory helps to keep it that way! Review of General Psychology, 7, 203–210.
Walker, W. R., Vogl, R. J., & Thompson, C. P. (1997). Autobiographical memory: Unpleasantness fades faster than pleasantness over time. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 11, 399–413.
Wallbott, H., & Scherer, K. (1988). How universal and specific is emotional experience? Evidence from 27 countries and five continents. In K. Scherer (Ed.), Facets of emotion: Recent research. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Walling, D. P., Baker, J. M., & Dott, S. G. (1998). Scope of hypnosis education in academia: Results of a national survey. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 46, 150–156.
Walsh, B. T., & Devlin, M. J. (1998). Eating disorders: Progress and problems. Science, 280, 1387–1390.
Walster, E., Aronson, V., Abrahams, D., & Rottman, L. (1966). The importance of physical attractiveness in dating behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 4, 508–516.
Walter, H., Bretschneider, V., Gron, G., Zurowski, B., Wunderlich, A. P., Tomczak, R., & Spitzer, M. (2003). Evidence for quantitative domain dominance for verbal and spatial working memory in frontal and parietal cortex. Cortex, 39, 897–911.
Wang, A. Y., & Thomas, M. H. (2000). Looking for long-term mnemonic effects on serial recall: The legacy of Simonides. American Journal of Psychology, 113, 331–340.
Wang, P. S., Demler, O., & Kessler, R. C. (2002). Adequacy of treatment for serious mental illness in the United States. American Journal of Public Health, 92, 92–98.
Wang, Q. (2001). Culture effects on adults' earliest childhood recollection and self-description: Implications for the relation between memory and the self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 220–233.
Page R-50
Wang, S., Baillargeon, R., & Paterson, S. (2005). Detecting continuity violations in infancy: A new account and new evidence from covering and tube events. Cognition, 95, 129–173.
Wang, T., Brownstein, R., & Katzev, R. (1989). Promoting charitable behaviour with compliance techniques. Applied Psychology: An International Review, 38, 165–183.
Ward, S. L., & Overton, W. F. (1990). Semantic familiarity, relevance, and the development of deductive reasoning. Developmental Psychology, 26, 488–493.
Warga, C. (1987). Pain's gatekeeper. Psychology Today, 21, 50–59.
Wasserman, D., & Wachbroit, R. (2001). Genetics and criminal behavior. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Waters, A., Hill, A., & Waller, G. (2001). Bulimics' responses to food cravings: Is binge-eating a product of hunger or emotional state? Behaviour Research and Therapy, 39, 877–886.
Watkins, L. R., & Maier, S. F. (2003) When good pain turns bad. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12, 232–236.
Watson, D., & Clark, L. A. (1992). Affects separable and inseparable: On the hierarchical arrangement of the negative affects. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 489–505.
Watson, D. L., & Tharp, R. G. (1997). Self-directed behavior: Self-modification for personal adjustment (7th ed.) Belmont, CA: Brooks/Cole.
Watson, J. B. (1924). Behaviorism. New York: People's Institute.
Watson, J. B., & Rayner, R. (1920). Conditioned emotional reactions. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 3, 1–14.
Watson, J. C., & Greenberg, L. S. (1998). The therapeutic alliance in short-term humanistic and experiential therapies. In J. D. Safran & C. J. Muran (Eds.), The therapeutic alliance in brief psychotherapy. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Wauterickx, N., Gouwy, A., & Bracke, P. (2006). Parental divorce and depression: Long-term effects on adult children. Journal of Divorce & Remarriage, 45, 43–68.
Weaver, C. A., III, & Krug, K. S. (2004). Consolidation-like effects in flashbulb memories: Evidence from September 11, 2001. American Journal of Psychology, 117, 517–530.
Webb, W. B. (1974). Sleep as an adaptive response. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 38, 1023–1027.
Webb, W. B. (1992). Sleep: The gentle tyrant (2nd ed.). Bolton, MA: Anker.
Webb, W. B. (1994). Prediction of sleep onset. In R. D. Ogilvie & J. R. Harsh (Eds.), Sleep onset: Normal and abnormal processes. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Webster, D. M., Richter, L., & Kruglanski, A. W. (1996). On leaping to conclusions when feeling tired: Mental fatigue effects on impressional primacy. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 32, 181–195.
Wechsler, H., Davenport, A., Dowdall, G., Hoeykins, B., & Castillo, S. (1994). Health and behavioral consequences of binge drinking in college: A national survey of students at 140 campuses. Journal of the American Medical Association, 272, 1672–1677.
Weinberger, D. R., & McClure, R. K. (2002). Neurotoxicity, neuroplasticity, and magnetic resonance imaging morphometry: What is happening in the schizophrenic brain? Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 553–559.
Weiner, B. (1992). Human motivation: Metaphors, theories, and research. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Weiner, B. (2005). Motivation from an attributional perspective and the social psychology of perceived competence. In A. J. Elliot & C. S. Dweck (Eds.), Handbook of competence and motivation. New York: Guilford.
Weinert, F. E., & Hany, E. A. (2003). The stability of individual differences in intellectual development. In R. J. Sternberg, J. Lautrey, & T. I. Lubart (Eds.), Models of intelligence: International perspectives. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Weingardt, K. R., & Marlatt, G. A. (1998). Harm reduction and public policy. In G. A. Marlatt (Ed.), Harm reduction: Pragmatic strategies for managing high-risk behaviors. New York: Guilford Press.
Weingarten, H. P. (1983). Conditioned cues elicit feeding in sated rats: A role for learning in meal initiation. Science, 220, 431–433.
Weiskrantz, L. (2002). Prime-sight and blindsight. Consciousness and Cognition, 11, 568–581.
Weissman, M. M., Bland, R. C., Canino, G. J., et al. (1994). The cross-national epidemiology of obsessive-compulsive disorder: The Cross-National Collaborative Group. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 55, 5–10.
Weissman, M. M., Geshon, E. S., Kidd, K. K., Prusoff, B. A., Leckman, J. F., Dibble, E., Hamovit, J., Thompson, W. D., Pauls, D. L., & Guroff, J. J. (1984). Psychiatric disorders in the relatives of probands with affective disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 41, 13–21.
Weissman, M. M., & Markowitz, J. C. (1994). Interpersonal psychotherapy: Current status. Archives of General Psychiatry, 51, 599–606.
Weissman, M. M., Markowitz, J. C., & Klerman, G. L. (2007). Clinician's quick guide to interpersonal psychotherapy. New York: Oxford University Press.
Weitlauf, J., Smith, R. E., & Cervone, D. (2000). Generalization effects of coping skills training: Influences of self-defense training on women's efficacy beliefs, assertiveness, and aggression. Journal of Applied Psychology, 85, 625–633.
Weitzenhoffer, A. M., & Hilgard, E. R. (1962). Stanford Hypnotic Susceptibility Scale: Form C. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists.
Weller, A., & Weller, L. (1997). Menstrual synchrony under optimal conditions: Bedouin families. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 111, 143–151.
Weller, L., Weller, A., Koresh, H. K., & Shoshan, B. R. (1999). Menstrual synchrony in a sample of working women. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 24, 449–459.
Wender, P. H., Kety, S. S., Rosenthal, D., Schulsinger, F., Ortmann, J., & Lunde, I. (1986). Psychiatric disorders in the biological and adoptive families of adopted individuals with affective disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 43, 923–929.
Wenzlaff, R. M., Wegner, D. M., & Roper, D. W. (1988). Depression and mental control: The resurgence of unwanted negative thoughts. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 55, 882–892.
Werner, E. E., & Smith, R. S. (1982).Vulnerable and invincible: A longitudinal study of resilient children. New York: McGraw-Hill.
Wernig, M., & Brustle, O. (2002). Fifty ways to make a neuron: Shifts in stem cell hierarchy and their implications for neuropathology and CNS repair. Journal of Neuropathology and Experimental Neurology, 61(2), 101–110.
Werth, J. L., Jr., Blevins, D., Toussaint, K. L., & Durham, M. R. (2002). The influence of cultural diversity on end of life care and decisions. American Behavioral Scientist, 46, 204–219.
Wertheimer, M. (1912). Experimentelle studien über das Gesehen von Bewegung. Zeitschrift fuer Psychologie, 61, 161–265.
West, P. D., & Evans, E. F. (1990). Early detection of hearing damage in young listeners resulting from exposure to amplified music. British Journal of Audiology, 24, 89–103.
West, S. A., Pen, I., & Griffin, A. S. (2002). Cooperation and competition between relatives. Science, 296, 72–75.
Westen, D. (1998). The scientific legacy of Sigmund Freud: Toward a psychodynamically informed psychological science. Psychological Bulletin, 24, 333–371.
Westen, D., & Morrison, K. (2001). A multidimensional meta-analysis of treatments for depression, panic, and generalized anxiety disorder: An empirical examination of the status of empirically supported therapies. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 69, 875–899.
Westen, D., Novotny, C. M., & Thompson-Brenner, H. (2004). The empirical status of empirically supported psychotherapies: Assumptions, findings, and reporting in controlled clinical trials. Psychological Bulletin, 130, 631–663.
Wethington, E. (2000). Expecting stress: Americans and the “midlife crisis.” Motivation and Emotion, 24, 85–103.
Wexler, B. E. (2006). Brain and culture: Neurobiology, ideology, and social change. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Page R-51
Whalen, P. J. (2003). Remembering people: Neuroimaging takes on the real world. Learning & Memory, 10, 240–241.
Whalley, L. J., & Deary, I. J. (2001). Longitudinal cohort study of childhood IQ and survival up to age 76. British Medical Journal, 322, 819–822.
Wheeden, A., Scafidi, F. A., Field, T., & Ironson, G. (1993). Massage effects on cocaine-exposed preterm neonates. Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 14, 318–322.
Wheeler, L., & Miyake, K. (1992). Social comparison in everyday life. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 760–773.
Wheeler, M. E., & Fiske, S. T. (2005). Controlling racial prejudice: Social-cognitive goals affect amygdala and stereotype activation. Psychological Science, 16, 56–63.
Whitam, F. L., & Mathy, R. M. (1991). Childhood cross-gender behavior of homosexual females in Brazil, Peru, the Philippines, and the United States. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 20, 151–170.
White, K. M., Hogg, M. A., & Terry, D. J. (2002). Improving attitude behavior correspondence through exposure to normative support from a salient ingroup. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 24, 91–103.
White, N. M., & Milner, P. M. (1992). The psychobiology of reinforcers. Annual Review of Psychology, 43, 443–472.
Whorf, B. L. (1956). Science and linguistics. In J. B. Carroll (Ed.), Language, thought and reality: Selected writings of Benjamin Lee Whorf. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Whyte, J., & Kavey, N. B. (1990). Somnambulistic eating: A report of three cases. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 9, 577–581.
Widiger, T. A., & Sankis, L. M. (2000). Adult psychopathology: Issues and controversies. Annual Review of Psychology, 51, 377–405.
Wiedenfeld, S. A., O'Leary, A., Bandura, A., Brown, S., Levine, S., & Raska, K. (1990). Impact of perceived self-efficacy in coping with stressors on components of the immune system. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 1082–1094.
Wiederhold, B. K., & Wiederhold, M. D. (2005). Virtual reality therapy for anxiety disorders. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Wiens, A. N., & Menustik, C. E. (1983). Treatment outcome and patient characteristics in an aversion therapy program for alcoholism. American Psychologist, 38, 1089–1096.
Wierzbicka, A. (1986). Human emotions: Universal or culture-specific? American Anthropologist, 52, 759–781.
Wigfield, A., Eccles, J. S., Schiefele, U., Roeser, R., & Davis-Kean, P. (2006). Development of achievement motivation. In N. Eisenberg, W. Damon, & R. M. Lerner (Eds.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 3, Social, emotional, and personality development (6th ed). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Wilbrecht, L., & Nottebohm, F. (2003). Vocal learning in birds and humans. Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews, 9, 135–148.
Wilcox, S., & Storandt, M. (1996). Relations among age, exercise, and psychological variables in a community sample of women. Health Psychology, 15, 110–113.
Wilensky, A. E., Schafe, G. E., Kristensen, M. P., & LeDoux, J. E. (2006). Rethinking the fear circuit: The central nucleus of the amygdala is required for the acquisition, consolidation, and expression of Pavlovian fear conditioning. The Journal of Neuroscience, 26, 12387–12396.
Willenberg, H. S., Bornstein, S. R., & Crousos, G. P. (2000). Stress-induced disease: Overview. In G. Fink (Ed.), Encyclopedia of stress. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
Williams, K. D., Cheung, C. K. T., & Choi, W. (2000). Cyberostracism: Effects of being ignored over the Internet. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 748–762.
Williams, T. J., Pepitone, M. E., Christensen, S. E., Cooke, B. M., Huberman, A. D., & Breedlove, N. J. (2000). Finger length patterns and human sexual orientation. Nature, 404, 455–456.
Williamson, P. (2006). Mind, brain, and schizophrenia. New York: Oxford University Press.
Willingham, W. W., Rock, D. A., & Pollack, J. (1990). Predictability of college grades: Three tests and three national samples. In W. W. Willingham & C. Lewis (Eds.), Predicting college grades: An analysis of institutional trends over two decades. Princeton, NJ: Educational Testing Service.
Willis, S. L., & Schaie, K. W. (1986). Training the elderly on the ability factors of spatial orientation and inductive reasoning. Psychology and Aging, 1, 239–247.
Wills, A. J. (2005). Association and cognition. In A. J. Wills (Ed.), New directions in human associative learning. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Wilson, B. J., & Gottman, J. M. (2002). Marital conflict, repair, and parenting. In M. H. Bornstein (Ed.), Handbook of parenting: Vol. 4. Social conditions and applied parenting (2nd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Wilson, D. A., Best, A. R., & Sullivan, R. M. (2004). Plasticity in the olfactory system: lessons for the neurobiology of memory. Neuroscientist, 10, 513–524.
Wilson, J. P., & Keane, T. M. (2004). Assessing psychological trauma and PTSD. New York: Guilford Press.
Wilson, R. S., & Bennett, D. A. (2003). Cognitive activity and risk of Alzheimer's disease. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12, 87–91.
Wilson, S. C., & Barber, T. X. (1982). The fantasy-prone personality: Implications for understanding imagery, hypnosis, and parapsychological phenomena. PSI-Research, 1, 94–116.
Wilson, S. J., Lipsey, M. W., & Derzon, J. H. (2003). The effects of school-based intervention programs on aggressive behavior: A meta-analysis. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 71, 136–149.
Wilson, S. L. (2003). Post-institutionalization: The effects of early deprivation on development of Romanian adoptees. Child and Adolescent Social Work Journal, 20, 473–483.
Windholz, G. (1997). Ivan P. Pavlov: An overview of his life and psychological work. American Psychologist, 52, 941–946.
Winkler, I., Korzyukov, O., Gumenyuk, V., Cowan, N., Linkenkaer, H. K., Ilmoniemi, R. J., Alho, K., & Naeaetaenen, R. (2002). Temporary and longer-term retention of acoustic information. Psychophysiology, 39, 530–534.
Winne, P. H., & Hadwin, A. F. (1998). Studying as self-regulated learning. In D. J. Hacker, J. Dunlosky, & A. C. Graesser (Eds.), Metacognition in educational theory and practice. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Winnepenninckx, B., Rooms, L., & Kooy, R. F. (2003). Mental retardation: A review of the genetic causes. British Journal of Developmental Disabilities, 49, 29–44.
Winner, E. (2000). The origins and ends of giftedness. American Psychologist, 55, 159–169.
Winson, J. (1990). The meaning of dreams. Scientific American, 260(11), 86–96.
Winston, J. S., Strange, B. A., O'Doherty, J., & Dolan, R. J. (2002). Automatic and intentional brain responses during evaluation of trustworthiness of faces. Nature Neuroscience, 5, 277–283.
Witelson, S. F., Kigar, D. L., & Harvey, T. (1999). The exceptional brain of Albert Einstein. Lancet, 353, 2149–2153.
Witkiewicz, K., & Marlatt, G. A. (2004). Relapse prevention for alcohol and drug problems. American Psychologist, 59, 224–235.
Wittchen, H. U., Zhao, S., Kessler, R. C., & Eaton, W. W. (1994). DSM-III-R generalized anxiety disorder in the National Comorbidity Survey. Archives of General Psychiatry, 51, 355–364.
Wixted, J. T. (2005). A theory about why we forget what we once knew. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 14, 6–9.
Wolberg, L. R. (1967). The technique of psychotherapy (2nd ed.). New York: Grune & Stratton.
Woldt, A. L., & Toman, S. M. (2005). Gestalt therapy: History, theory, and practice. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
Wolfe, B. (2005). Understanding and treating anxiety disorders: An integrative approach to healing the wounded self. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Wolken, J. J. (1995). Light detectors, photoreceptors, and imaging systems in nature. New York: Oxford University Press.
Wolpe, J. (1958). Psychotherapy by reciprocal inhibition. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Page R-52

Wong, D. F., Wagner, H. N., Tune, L. E., et al. (1986). Positron emission tomography reveals elevated D2 dopamine receptors in drug-naive schizophrenics. Science, 234, 1558–1563.

Wong, I. C. K., Besag, F. M. C., Santosh, P. J., & Murray, M. L. (2004). Use of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in children and adolescents. Drug Safety, 27(13).
Wong, M. M., & Csikszentmihalyi, M. (1991). Affiliation motivation and daily experience: Some issues on gender differences. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 154–164.
Wood, S. L., & Swait, J. (2002). Psychological indicators of innovation adoption: Cross-classification based need for cognition and need for change. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 12, 1–13.
Wood, W., & Eagly, A. H. (2000). A call to recognize the breadth of evolutionary perspectives: Sociocultural theories and evolutionary psychology. Psychological Inquiry, 11, 52–55.
Wood, W., Lundgren, S., Ouellete, J. A., Busceme, S., & Blackstone, T. (1994). Minority influence: A meta-analytic review of social influence processes. Psychological Bulletin, 115, 323–345.
Wood, W., Rhodes, N., & Whelan, M. (1989). Sex differences in positive well-being: A consideration of emotional style and marital status. Psychological Bulletin, 106, 249–264.
Woodcock, R. W. (1997). The Woodcock-Johnson Tests of Cognitive Ability-Revised. In D. P. Flanagan, J. L. Genshaft, & P. L. Harrison (Eds.), Contemporary intellectual assessment: Theories, tests, and issues. New York: Guilford Press.
Woodruff-Pak, D. S. (1993). Eyeblink classical conditioning in H. M.: Delay and trace paradigms. Behavioral Neuroscience, 107, 911–925.
Woods, S. C., & Seeley, R. J. (2002). Hunger and energy homeostasis. In H. Pashler & R. Gallistel (Eds.), Steven's handbook of experimental psychology: Vol. 3. Learning, motivation, and emotion (3rd ed.), New York: Wiley.
Word, C. O., Zanna, M. P., & Cooper, J. (1974). The nonverbal mediation of self-fulfilling prophecies in interracial interaction. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 10, 109–120.
Worell, J., & Remer, P. P. (2003). Feminist perspectives in therapy: Empowering diverse women. New York: Wiley.
World Health Organization (2004). Global summary of the AIDS epidemic, December, 2004. Geneva, Switzerland: Author.
Wouters-Adriaens, M., & Westerterp, K. (2006). Basal metabolic rate as a proxy for overnight energy expenditure: The effect of age. British Journal of Nutrition, 95, 1166–1170.
Wynn, K. (1992). Addition and subtraction by human infants. Nature, 358, 749–750.
Wynn, K. (1998). An evolved capacity for number. In D. D. Cummins & C. Allen (Eds.), The evolution of mind (pp. 107–126). New York: Oxford University Press.
Yang, L., Krampe, R. T., & Baltes, P. B. (2006). Basic forms of cognitive plasticity extended into the oldest-old: Retest learning, age, and cognitive functioning. Psychology and Aging, 21, 372–378.
Yen, S., Shea, T., Pagano, M., Sanislow, C. A., Grilo, C. M., McGlashan, T., et al. (2003). Axis I and Axis II disorders as predictors of prospective suicide attempts: Findings from the Collaborative Longitudinal Personality Disorders Study. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 112, 375–381.
Yerkes, R. M., & Dodson, J. D. (1908). The relation of strength of stimulus to rapidity of habit-formation. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 18, 459–482.
Yin, T. C. T., & Kuwada, S. (1984). Neuronal mechanisms of binaural interaction. In G. M. Edelman, W. M. Cowan, & W. E. Gall (Eds.), Dynamic aspects of neocortical function. New York: Wiley.
Young, A. W. (2003). Face recognition with and without awareness. In A. Cleeremans (Ed.), The unity of consciousness: Binding, integration, and dissociation. New York: Oxford University Press.
Young, L. R., & Joffe, R. T. (1997). Bipolar disorder: Biological models and their clinical application. New York: Marcel Dekker.
Youngstedt, S. D., O'Connor, P. J., & Dishman, R. K. (1997). The effects of acute exercise on sleep: A quantitative synthesis. Sleep, 20, 203–214.
Yrizarry, N., Matsumoto, D., Imai, C., Kooken, K., & Takeuchi, S. (2001). Culture and emotion. In L. L. Adler & U. P. Gielen (Eds.), Cross-cultural topics in psychology (2nd ed.). Westport, CT: Praeger.
Zahava, S., Shklar, R., Singer, Y., & Mikulincer, M. (2006). Reactions to combat stress in Israeli war veterans twenty years after the 1982 Lebanon war. Journal of Mental and Nervous Disease, 194, 935–939.
Zajonc, R. B. (1965). Social facilitation. Science, 149, 269–274.
Zajonc, R. B., Murphy, S. T., & Inglehart, M. (1989). Feeling and facial efference: Implications of a vascular theory of emotion. Psychological Review, 96, 395–416.
Zakzanis, K. K. (1998). Neuropsychological correlates of positive vs. negative schizophrenic symptomatology. Schizophrenia Research, 29, 227–233.
Zald, D., & Rauch, S. (Eds.) (2006). The orbitofrontal cortex. New York: Oxford University Press.
Zambelis, T., Paparrigopoulos, T., & Soldatos, C. R. (2002). REM sleep behaviour disorder associated with a neurinoma of the left pontocerebellar angle. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry, 72, 821–822.
Zatzick, D. F., & Dimsdale, J. E. (1990). Cultural variations in response to painful stimuli. Psychosomatic Medicine, 52, 544–557.
Zautra, A. J. (2003). Emotions, stress, and health. New York: Oxford University Press.
Zayas, V., & Shoda, Y. (2007). Predicting preferences for dating partners from past experiences of psychological abuse: Identifying the psychological ingredients of situations. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 33, 123–138.
Zebrowitz, L. A., Voinescu, L., & Collins, M. A. (1996). “Wide-eyed” and “crooked-faced”: Determinants of perceived and real honesty across the life span. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22, 1258–1269.
Zechner, U., Wilda, M., Kehrer-Sawatzki, H., Vogel, W., Fundele, R., & Hameister, H. (2001). A high density of X-linked genes for general cognitive ability: A runaway process shaping human evolution? Trends in Genetics, 17, 697–701.
Zhang, D., Zhang, X., Sun, X., Li, Z., Wang, Z., He, S., & Hu, X. (2004). Cross-modal temporal order memory for auditory digits and visual locations: An fMRI study. Human Brain Mapping, 22, 280–289.
Zhang, Y., Proenca, R., Maffei, M., Barone, M., Leopold, L., & Friedman, J. M. (1994). Positional cloning of the mouse obese gene and its human homologue. Nature, 372, 425–432.
Zhdanova, I. V., & Wurtman, R. J. (1997). Efficacy of melatonin as a sleep-promoting agent. Journal of Biological Rhythms, 12, 644–650.
Zhou, Z., Peverly, S. T., & Lin, J. (2005). Understanding early mathematical competencies in American and Chinese children. School Psychology International, 26, 413–427.
Zimbardo, P. G. (2004). A situationist perspective on the psychology of evil: Understanding how good people are transformed into perpetrators. In A. G. Miller (Ed.), The social psychology of good and evil. New York: Guilford Press.
Zimbardo, P. G., Haney, C., Banks, W. C., & Jaffe, D. (1973, April 8). The mind is a formidable jailer: A Pirandellian prison. New York Times Magazine, pp. 38–60.
Zinbarg, R. E., Barlow, D. H., Brown, T. A., & Hertz, R. M. (1992). Cognitive-behavioral approaches to the nature and treatment of anxiety disorders. Annual Review of Psychology, 43, 235–268.
Zinovieva, I. L. (2001). Why do people work if they are not paid? An example from Eastern Europe. In D. R. Denison (Ed.), Managing organizational change in transition economies. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Zoellner, T., & Maercker, A. (2006). Posttraumatic growth in clinical psychology: A critical review and introduction of a two component model. Clinical Psychology Review, 26, 626–653.
Zubieta, J.-K., Smith, Y. R., Bueller, J. A., et al. (2001). Regional mu opioid receptor regulation of sensory and affective dimensions of pain. Science, 293, 311–315.
Page R-53
Zucker, T. P., Flesche, C. W., Germing, U., Schroeter, S., Willers, R., Wolf, H. H., & Heyll, A. (1998). Patient-controlled versus staff-controlled analgesia with pethidine after allogeneic bone marrow transplantation. Pain, 75, 305–312.
Zuckerman, M. (1991). Psychobiology of personality. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Zuckerman, M. (2005). Psychobiology of personality (2nd ed.). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Zuckerman, M., Hall, J. A., DeFrank, R. S., & Rosenthal, R. (1976). Encoding and decoding of spontaneous and posed facial expressions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 966–977.
Zuroff, D. C., & Blatt, S. J. (2006). The therapeutic relationship in the brief treatment of depression: Contributions to clinical improvement and enhanced adaptive capacities. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 74, 130–140.